A Letter to a Younger Self

What if you could write a letter to a younger self today? What if an older self could write to you today? What would you write? What would you like to hear? I’ve been wondering about those questions both as an investor and an individual. Why? Maybe it’s the end of summer mood; perhaps it’s many conversations with young, aspiring professionals I’ve had in the last few months.

The inspiration for this essay came from several directions. First, I spoke with a good friend, Tom Morgan (Curiosity Sherpa to Billionaires), about the idea of a future self-guiding us today on our path. Then, I exchanged emails with the author and UCLA professor Hal Hershfield about his book: “Your Future Self”. Finally, with Jordan Olmscheid from The Wealth Letters I discussed the idea of a letter to a younger generation.

Tom Morgan writes: Our “future selves” may indeed use our attention and passions to direct us towards manifesting our unique potential. We aim our curiosity at the “thing of the highest value.””

Professor Hershfield shares: “People who are able to connect with their future selves, however, are better able to balance living for today and planning for tomorrow.”

Jordan Olmscheid has been collecting “The Wealth Letters,” which rely on The Wisdom of Crowds to build a framework for finding true wealth.

Writing this letter, I also thought of my earlier conversation with John Soforic, the author of “The Wealthy Gardener: Lessons on Prosperity Between Father and Son”.

***

Back to the question — what would I say if I stood in front of my 21-year-old self, who was attending a highly regarded business school in Poland, about to study abroad in Brussels, the “capital of Europe,” had his mind set on a prestigious graduate school in Paris, and was soon to start a search for an internship in New York City?

I’d say: Everything is going to be alright. Would that be wise to say, though?

Life and investing are about what we want and what we don’t want — success and failure, in a sense. It’s not always certain that what we think we want is good for us, though, and even that it’s something we will actually want when we get it. Similarly, an unpleasant experience can sometimes be more beneficial than a warm pat on the back. Life can be funny this way.

I rediscovered a great quote from Jim Carey in the beautiful book “The Sketchbook of Wisdom” by Vishal Khandelwal (special thanks to Hari, thank you for shipping a copy to me half a globe away!):

“I hope everybody could get rich and famous and have everything they ever dreamed of, so they will know that it’s not the answer.” – Jim Carrey.

What is the answer, Jim? It’s much more nuanced.

Principles

When it comes to investing, you’d think I’d like to know the top 5 best-performing stocks and put all the money in them. I think what would be better is a collection of timeless principles. Why?

For many reasons, first of all, those principles could serve me well over many decades and through all kinds of markets. Second, I think I’d have a lot of doubts about a list of five stocks shared with me by an alleged future self. Lastly, I know I could test the principles, while 5 stock recommendations without any context would be hard to hold on to for a long time.

If I had a brief moment with my younger self, I’d share what I heard growing up: work hard, be honest, and be kind. If I had another moment to distill money and investing wisdom, I’d say: live below your means and invest the rest.

Purpose

I don’t know where it came from, but I’ve always had a very clear sense of purpose. My family tells me that I have always been on a mission.

I find it helpful to be both grateful and happy with what I have today, yet I feel a constant appetite for more. I call it curiosity. That’s what leads me to another book, another stock, another adventure. The more I read, the more I want to read, and the more I realize how much more there is to know, or in other words – how much I don’t know yet! The more stocks I have researched, the more business models I discover. The more I see of the world, the more I know there is to see.

That kind of humility keeps my enthusiasm in check when it comes to investing. I’m cautiously optimistic but with a healthy dose of skepticism, always ready to ask that one more question.

Patience

I’ve always been more patient than most people I knew at any given time. I’m not sure if it’s my nature or upbringing. I think both. I wasn’t always sure that patience is a good quality, either. Maybe in some endeavors, waiting is detrimental in the spirit of “you snooze, you lose.” In investing, it’s NOT usually the case, though.

Looking back, I didn’t grow up around same-day delivery, instant shopping, and entertainment; everything took time, and most things didn’t work as hoped right away. Even computer games took a while to load, not to mention early websites. In the real world, I remember planting vegetables and trees growing up. I knew that waiting was part of the game. Patience was the only way.

Only this week, in my podcast recording with Brian Feroldi (financial educator, YouTuber, author). we spoke about patience being the only edge that investors have over Wall Street. I call it the last arbitrage — time arbitrage. I often share that I’m probably not smarter or faster than most, but I do my best to be more patient. You’d be surprised how any competition quickly fades away when you are willing to stay that extra hour or an extra year.

Christopher W. Mayer (best-selling author, and investor) shared with me the idea of a delayed reaction. Many might be familiar with delayed gratification – the now almost proverbial waiting for the second marshmallow. Chris’ point is very helpful, though, even life-changing. In moments when a lot is at stake, a quick reaction might get us in trouble. A deep breath, a pause, and the extra thought can make all the difference. Sometimes, the best we can do is sleep on it.

In the service of others

I was raised around some great examples of lives well-lived. In my family, we have had doctors, teachers, accountants, engineers, and a senior citizen home builder and long-time manager. In a household with two doctors, often on-call and away from home, I knew that serving others is important. In the first decade of my life, in Soviet-era Poland with the Cold War reality, my parents, as physicians saving lives, were paid less than the hospital electrician – with all due respect to electricians. An arbitrary payscale ruled the day. I know that money wasn’t their motivator; it was a higher calling to serve others.

My grandmother’s second career as a builder and manager of a senior citizen home taught me about putting others first. While her contemporaries were ready to take an early retirement, she stepped up to a new role, which she found even more fulfilling than her earlier accounting career. I’m not sure which position was more beneficial on a monetary level, but I don’t think she ever cared. She answered her true calling, though it came later in her life.

***

Thinking about a letter to a younger self, I ponder what would be both timeless and impossible to misunderstand. What if I could only pass on a handful of words? I’d say follow principles that have worked for others in life and in your field. Keep your purpose alive and well throughout your life. Nurture your patience; it will save you from trouble and open up doors to wonderful opportunities. Remember that as much as you might enjoy what you do, do it in the service of others. If it pays well, it’s a bonus, but not a reason in itself. Money motivates us only that far, but to go further, we need to follow our true calling.

On another note, I can’t help but wonder — if I had indeed told my younger self that everything would be all right, would I study a bit less, work a little less hard, send fewer applications, read fewer books, research fewer stocks, etc… Would that marginal easing on the pedal make a difference? There is no way of knowing. I think that this healthy combination of excitement and nervousness, fueled by uncertainty and hope about the future and propelled forward by passion and curiosity, has proven to be a great driving force that has kept me going for a little over four decades of my life.

What I do know for sure is that the last thing I’d like my future self to do is to give me all the answers and erase all the challenges and struggles. It would take all the fun away. I’d rather know I tried hard and failed miserably, only to be ready to try again with an equal or bigger enthusiasm.

What about today? After almost twenty years in the investment profession, countless stock picks, a few books, a podcast, many world travels, many friends, and many experiences, what’s next? I’m curious what my future self would have to tell me. Everything is going to be alright? I’d prefer to hear: remember — the principles, the purpose, patience, and being of service to others. I trust that this timeless advice can guide everyone well as much as it continues to guide me, and everything has to be alright in the end.

What about your future selves?

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 9/28/2023

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (”Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Making the Impossible Possible

Imagine you’re staying at a 5-star resort, and you want to put the chef’s promise that anything is possible to the test. What would you ask for? A rare, freshly picked mango in the middle of winter or a Maine lobster if you happen to be on a tropical island with scorching heat outside? I’ll let you ponder, but in investing, too, there are some impossible asks. However, I have good news: there is at least one way to make some of them possible! Let’s explore.

This article was inspired by my summer chats with fellow investors and a travel show featuring Eugene Levy, the Reluctant Traveller. For those who aren’t aware, he’s a renowned Canadian comedian whose peculiar sense of humor perfectly sums up his globe-trotting show. Aren’t we all a bit of reluctant travelers these days anyway? Airports seem busier, airplane seats narrower, and peanut bags tinier than we remember, don’t they?

In one of his episodes, Eugene stays at a glamorous resort on a remote tropical island, where he puts the chef to the test. He merely asks for a burger, but other guests seem to request a lot more – perishable rarities from afar that are nearly impossible to deliver on time to that location.

This travel experience conjured up two images: one of a youngster asking a parent for something impossible and an aspiring investor with an equally ambitious request. For the former, it would be a plush toy in the middle of a long flight that was left behind at home. For the latter, it would be doubling or tripling the capital in an incredibly short time frame.

In my career as an investment advisor, I’ve taken many calls, participated in countless conversations, and answered numerous emails. Some led to potential business opportunities where what we offer matches what the client is looking for. Certain interactions made me smile. I remember at least one instance when someone asked if we could double their assets by the winter holidays because they were in the market for a bigger house. Wrong number, wrong advisor – I politely explained.

The conversations I mentioned, along with Eugene’s experience, made me ponder what happens if we flip the idea of an impossible ask on its head. What truly renders a request impossible? If late one evening, someone asks the chef for a rare, expensive French cheese on a tropical island thousands of miles away and expects it first thing in the morning, the time frame makes this demand nearly impossible.

The cheese is out there, available. It may not travel well, but there’s a way to fulfill the request safely. The obstacle is the time frame. The next 12 hours make this wish not much different than the cries I heard when a young passenger demanded immediate delivery of their favorite plush toy in the middle of a cross-Atlantic flight. Impossible.

Now, if we separate the request from the time frame, something interesting happens. You’d like the cheese, he’d like the toy, and the investor wants to double the assets. I have some good news! All three are possible. The cheese may take a bit longer to fly in, the toy might be shipped as well, and the investment returns could come over a more reasonable time frame. If the investments return 5-15%, the assets double every 5 to 15 years.

In conclusion, many requests are possible, but what can make them impossible is the time frame. With a suitable time frame, much more becomes possible. If we want them sooner, it will come at a higher price. A private jet can fly in a plate of cheese, but with investments, the risk is the ultimate price. The more impossible the request, the higher the risk. Sometimes, the risk can be just too high to accept.

A coin flip with everything at stake could double your fortune in a heartbeat. The highest possible return with the least effort and the shortest wait is a lottery ticket. Everything else will require time and patience.

I’ll let you in on a secret: the easiest way to turn the impossible into possible is to ask for it earlier. It doesn’t work everywhere and always – there are some absolutely impossible asks, but many can be made more likely with a bit more time!

You want that special cheese? Ask the chef before you even arrive. You need the plush toy on the flight? Pack it with you. You want to double your assets? Start investing now. Let’s savor the cheese, enjoy the toy, and anticipate the returns. But also, let’s remember the cost, price, and risk – a more reasonable time frame can make all the difference.

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 8/7/2023

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (”Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Is Time Really Money?

I recently stepped out of Zurich Airport on a warm summer day, a stark contrast to my last winter visit. Banks and watches come to mind when many think of Switzerland, followed by chocolate. Let’s indulge in a bite of chocolate and converse about time and money. Zurich Airport is one of the few places filled with ads referencing both money and time. One ad even proclaimed that money is time. We are more accustomed to hearing “time is money.” Which is it, then? Both make money and time seem equal and exchangeable to a certain extent. But that’s not entirely accurate. Let’s delve into this.

In my podcast, Talking Billions, I’ve talked with fifty authors, experts, and investors about wealth, money, investing, and better living. In our discussions, we often start with money and end up talking about time. Many guests have reminded me how time is our most precious asset. Others pointed out that you can borrow and save money, but you can’t do the same with time. That’s just the first difference.

Very often, we utilize the same vocabulary to describe money and time: save, invest, spend, waste, lose, gain. This language use creates an illusion that they are exchangeable or even identical.

So, what is time, and what is money? Money is a medium of exchange, a measure of value that allows us to trade goods, services, and assets amongst each other. Time, however, is more nuanced. It permits us to perceive our reality in a linear fashion; it measures the order and duration of events; it’s the fourth dimension. If humans invented money, wasn’t time already there, even if not observed and measured?

The phrase “Time is money” is most commonly attributed to Benjamin Franklin. He employed it in his essay, “Advice to a Young Tradesman,” published in 1748, where he penned, “Remember that time is money.” Yet, the idea predates him.

We grow accustomed to trading time for money. There is even a concept of an hourly wage for work, from a barista at your local coffee shop to a high-powered corporate lawyer racking up billable hours.

Your time can be traded for money, and your money can be traded for other people’s time. We understand that much. Interestingly, if you want to borrow money for a period of time, you’ll need to pay interest. This concept is as old as money itself.

So how old is money? And what about time?

The first known form of currency dates back to ancient Mesopotamia (modern-day Iraq) around 3000 BCE. They used clay tablets as a medium of exchange. These tablets represented a certain amount of goods, like grain, and were employed in trade.

The first known devices for measuring time were sundials, which date back to ancient Egypt around 1500 BCE. Water clocks, or clepsydras, were also utilized by various ancient civilizations, including the Egyptians, Greeks, and Chinese, as early as the 16th century BCE.

It seems we quantified money before we started tracking time. Of course, time didn’t start the moment we decided to measure it. It doesn’t stop when we neglect to measure it, either.

In essence, money is a promise of repayment at a later date. If there’s no tomorrow, money ceases to exist. Before we had refrigeration, drying, smoking, and pickling food, we’d only pick and harvest what we could consume today. In some cultures, people live for today. They earn what they need to pay today’s bills, including meals. Even in these societies, there is some form of credit, which relies on the promise of repayment later.

The only reason to accept any money in any form is that there’s an opportunity to spend it at a later time.

Now, if all the money were lost with one wrong click at some mega-bank, time would be just fine, ticking along. New money would reemerge to settle debts among us.

There are people who are time-rich and cash-poor. A high earner working 100 hours a week with a long commute on top of that might be making millions, but he or she doesn’t “have” time to “spend.” A young graduate backpacking through Asia on a shoestring budget has all the time in the world but little money. They are stretching the proverbial dollar. Try to stretch an hour sometime.

Some choose to work, save, and retire early. They have a clear goal of saving decades’ worth of annual expenses and possibly never work again as they enjoy their financial independence. They trade some years for future years of financial freedom.

Another interesting phenomenon differentiates money and time further: lost money can be earned back; lost time cannot.

You’d think that we’d immediately know that time is more precious to us than money. Yet, we sometimes value money over time. We’ll walk for 45 minutes instead of taking a 5-minute taxi ride, for instance.

Throughout most of our human history, we didn’t know what time it was. We had a vague idea. Watches are only five centuries old, and in the US, still only one out of three people wear a wristwatch daily (I know, smartphones tell time now, too).

Also, money can outlive us, but our time cannot. We manage multi-generational fortunes and witness another interesting phenomenon. The initial fortune created a century or two ago is still around, and growing, reinvested in new businesses serving another generation. This gives money a certain level of immortality with an infinite time horizon.

If you buried a gold bar in the sand in ancient Mesopotamia and dug it out today, it would probably still buy you something, including someone’s time. Perhaps it was purchased with someone’s time as well? This makes money seem a lot like time captured in a time capsule.

Speaking of unearthing treasures, let’s introduce another dimension to our discussion and consider fossil fuels for a moment: oil, gas, and coal. They are essentially a form of stored solar energy. Hundreds of millions of years ago, plants used photosynthesis to convert solar energy into chemical energy. That energy is converted into money today while it powers our lives and economies. It’s easier to think of millions of dollars than millions of years. What’s the true value of anything that took that long to produce?

Time and money seem to be engaged in a perpetual dance. Time never stops, and money tries to keep up with it, relating to it in various ways.

We might have started with sundials and clay tablets, but today, sophisticated financial instruments like options have a pricing component called “time value,” second only to its intrinsic value. The closer we get to expiration, the more the time value decays.

It was the ancient Sumerians, around 2000 BCE, who are credited with dividing the day into 24 hours, each hour into 60 minutes, and each minute into 60 seconds. This sexagesimal system was based on their counting system, which used a base of 60.

4,000 years later, with two smartwatches on our wrists and digital money in our virtual pockets—we all still have only 24 hours in a day, and 60 minutes in each hour, no matter how large our bank account may be.

At the end of the day, it’s all about the perception of value. We all fall somewhere between those that have all the time and no money and all the money and no time. At different points in life, we might feel we have more or less of either of the two. There is no one right answer, but it’s good to remind ourselves that money can be borrowed and saved. It’s fungible in many ways, while time is not.

Money has yet one more interesting quality – it seems to have the ability to buy us the freedom to spend our time as we like. Let’s spend our time wisely, or at least, let’s think for a minute about how we spend it. I plan to!

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 7/19/2023

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (”Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Game-Overs and Do-Overs

I imagine a bomb squad member on his knees, sweat trickling down his forehead, clutching two wires in his hands. There’s no room for do-overs in this profession, and he faces a potential game-over every time he shows up for work. For me, in investing, business, and life, it’s wise not to solely aim for the fastest route, the highest peak, or the biggest paycheck but to stay in the game. You’ll soon see why we need ample room for do-overs and none for a game-over. Allow me to explain.

Not far from where I grew up in Poland, there was a forest littered with explosives left by the Nazi army. As they retreated at the close of World War II, fleeing from the Soviet Army in the east into the arms of the Allies in the west, this dense forest with its rugged, uneven terrain was pockmarked with large craters from bombs – or so I was told.

World War II ended 35 years before I was born, but memories of it lingered as if it had concluded just a year prior. That particular site was shrouded in mystery. As children, we were regaled with stories of mishaps involving youngsters who dared to explore those woods. If you instruct children not to venture somewhere, especially if their more impulsive friends go, what do you think they will do? Aren’t investors sometimes similar?

Venturing into those woods carried the very real risk of an irreversible game-over, with no opportunity for a do-over.

What else should we be cautious of in life, business, and investing?

Friendships can crumble when trust is shattered. A promising career can be derailed by severe burnout. An investment portfolio might plummet due to a cluster of risky and volatile investments.

Recently, I had two extensive conversations with Luca Dellanna, author of the book Ergodicity, while recording a podcast episode. Guy Spier, a Zurich-based investor and author of The Education of a Value Investor, introduced me to Dellanna’s concepts. What instigated that discussion was another book, Finite, and Infinite Games, by James Carse. Carse explains that there are two types of games: finite games with winners or losers, time limits, and clear rules, and infinite games, where the goal is to sustain the game, akin to friendship.

Luca Dellanna posits that many games we engage in resemble a game of Russian roulette. One unfavorable outcome can remove us from the game, be it in a skiing competition or an investment career. “Irreversible consequences can absorb future gains,” – Luca writes. While not all situations are life-or-death, ignoring these “phantom consequences,” as Dellanna terms them, can lead to disastrous results.

Dellanna recounts a poignant tale of his cousin, a competitive skier whose career was abruptly halted before he turned twenty due to a leg injury. Dellanna explains, “It is not the best ones who succeed. It is the best ones of those who survive.”

What about do-overs? Dellanna uses the analogy of baking cakes. The allure of this activity lies in the low stakes and minimal risk. If a cake turns out poorly, you can simply start anew. In investing, maintaining a carefully chosen, well-researched, closely monitored, yet wisely diversified portfolio can be a recipe for harmless do-overs. If one stock falters, it’s an inconvenience, but it doesn’t wreak havoc, and you can readily replace it.

Almost everyone has heard tales of sudden, immense cryptocurrency fortunes, but fewer seem to share stories of financial ruin among former crypto “investors.” I, for one, have heard both. Financial do-overs are sometimes possible, but they are far from easy.

We manage money for families and individuals, the capital they don’t immediately need and can’t afford to lose. We operate under the assumption that once lost, the capital cannot be recovered. Often, we are responsible for a significant portion, if not the majority, of our clients’ liquid assets.

This role requires that we remain open to opportunities while being acutely risk-aware. Luca Dellanna’s book reiterates the importance of not taking certain risks. The greatest peril in life, business, and investing is concentrating on potential gains while neglecting the possible losses. We all yearn for a trophy, but first and foremost, we must ensure a safe journey.

I never set foot in that eerie, bomb-laden forest, and there are vast segments of the market you’ll never find me exploring. Let’s remain in the game, evade irreversible consequences, and allow ample space for do-overs.

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 7/4/2023

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (”Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Plenty of Room at the Top

Are life and investing an Olympic sport with one sole gold medalist?

I had the privilege of having deep conversations with some of the brightest minds of investing lately, both on my podcast over the last few months and more recently in Omaha at Buffett’s Berkshire Hathaway Annual Meeting. Those conversations inspired and resurfaced the idea that maybe we are looking at the world the wrong way and there is plenty of room at the top in life and investing. Let me explain.

I think healthy competition is helpful in life and investing; too much of it can stifle the results, impede collaboration, and deprive us of the joy of the pursuit. For me, it started in high school, but when I went to college, many of my professors really played up this feeling of competition. They’d say: “Look around you; there are only two spots and thousands of students just like you.” In graduate school, the pressure only heated up. Only a handful of spots were always available for the most desirable scholarships, exchange programs, and internships. The next stop was a lucrative job or nothing – allegedly.

It is easy to start to see all pursuits as an Olympic sport with one gold medalist and those right behind them, only a fraction of a second slower, yet going home with nothing. In an interview with William Green, Tom Gayner, the legendary investor and the CEO of Markel Corporation, eluded to that idea. This conversation reminded me that not all life and investing is an Olympic sport; most of it is not.

If I told you the world’s 100th-best runner is still really fast, it doesn’t make an impression. But if I said the world’s 100th richest person is still very rich, it does sound different. Why is that?

***

I can’t say I don’t have a competitive streak. In graduate school, there was a very coveted internship with a major investment bank. Everyone I knew wanted a spot. I believe they offered a handful each year. My mind was set already: I wanted to be a stockpicker and value investor. I knew that I could possibly learn a lot at an investment bank, but I decided on a different career path. Peter Lynch, Phil Fisher, Ben Graham, and Warren Buffett had something to do with that. I was already buying stocks, making mistakes, and learning fast. Their lessons cannot be unheard, and I was under a spell that only grew stronger as the years passed.

Applying for this “top of the world” opportunity cost me some extra effort. Maybe I wanted to prove something to myself. I remember being called in for a series of interviews. One of them was very memorable and different than I expected to have. It was a heart-to-heart conversation with a junior banker, only a year or two older than me. He said that, given my credentials, I would likely get the position. A few days later, I found out he was right.

You probably guessed that I didn’t accept it. Another investment bank reached out soon after, but I had all the intention to start an internship with my soon-to-be boss, mentor, and, these days, business partner, Mr. François Sicart. That was over 18 years ago! I never looked back. The investment banking position offered better upfront pay, but the career I chose has been so much more rewarding and fulfilling. I respect those who took my spot and many others who worked in that profession; I just knew I wanted a different direction for myself. My mind was set.

***

Sitting at Buffett’s Annual Meeting, I was thinking about how Buffett clearly accumulated the majority of the wealth that Berkshire created under his leadership. He is the biggest shareholder, after all. Charlie Munger, his business partner, has a net worth that’s about 1/40th of Buffett’s. It doesn’t seem to frazzle him one bit. His $2.4 billion puts him in a very comfortable spot, financially speaking. Apparently, already 1/1000th of Charlie’s fortune is enough to feel rich, somewhere around $2.3 million, studies show.

If Buffett is a gold medalist in this pursuit, aren’t those with a minuscule fraction of his wealth still fine?

With my podcast guests, I spent a fair amount of time discussing their definition of success. They keep surprising me with how they look at such a simple yet powerful question. The answer can define our lives and careers. We discuss whether it’s a destination or a journey and whether we should maximize or optimize for some particular outputs we want. It’s a much more elaborate and complex answer than an image of a gold medalist standing high on a pedestal.

What I love about my interviews is how we can go on for an hour about everything investing and not mention benchmarks, indexes, and outperformance. Other times, we were supposed to talk about money, yet we talked about time as our most precious asset. How come some of us are time rich while others time poor? I’m reminded that time is not like money; we cannot save or borrow it. We can’t even steal it, for that matter. We all have the same 24 hours, 12 months, 52 weeks each year.

Sitting among Berkshire shareholders, celebrating the owners of this living case study in business success, I realized that we could all be winners in our own races. The closer you look, the more you’ll see that it’s not one single spot but many at the top. There are also many “tops” worth pursuing. You create your own idea of what it means to be at the proverbial top, after all. Financially speaking, it can be three months of monthly expenses saved, but it could also be a family fortune that can last 100 years or beyond.

Speaking of satisfaction derived from reaching the top, I think of Morgan Housel’s recent articles. He wrote: “The richest you’ll probably ever feel is when you get your first paycheck, and your bank account goes from $5 to, perhaps, $500. The contrast that it generates might be greater than going from $10 million to $20 million. Going from nothing to something is so much more powerful than going from a lot to super a lot. The contrast, not the amount, is what makes you happy.”

All this to say, there is plenty of room at the top; we all define our own “tops,” and paradoxically, it’s the first step on that journey, the first paycheck, that may give us more satisfaction than the actual “arrival” at the dreamt-up destination.

Buffett’s success made his business partner, Charlie Munger, rich, and many others. Obviously, Charlie contributed a lot more than shareholders watching Berkshire’s rise from afar.

You could be, but you don’t have to be the richest person to be at “the financial top.” It’s not about the last penny that sets you apart from someone right behind you. Some healthy competition keeps the world moving forward, more collaboration can help even more, and while we are it, why not enjoy the pursuit? It might bring us more satisfaction than the destination. Let’s not forget, after all; there is plenty of room at the top!

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 5/25/2023

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (”Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Return on Kindness

I got up and stood on a platform — a microphone in front of me, a beam of bright light in my face. Warren Buffett just called me to ask a question in front of tens of thousands of people around me and millions watching worldwide. I was in the middle of Berkshire Hathaway’s Annual Meeting – the Woodstock for Capitalists held in Omaha, Nebraska, each year. It was my turn to speak; I said: “Thank you for making our lives better.” My words echoed back, confusing me for a moment; I proceeded with the question, nonetheless!

Before I share with you what followed, I must thank everyone who asked me if I’m going to Omaha this year. There were many of you, many more than usual: Guy Spier, William Green, Adam Mead, Gautam Baid, Phil Ordway, Christopher Tsai, Robert Karas, Saurabh Madaan, Jeff Henriksen, Ninad Shinde, Jake Taylor, Gillian Zoe Segal, Eugene Ng, Tyler Howell, John Mihaljevic, Alex Wetterling, Tilman Versch, and many others. Special credit goes to Lauren Templeton, though, who, in our podcast conversation, finally convinced me to pack up and head over on this very special pilgrimage, my first in a long time. Thank you, Lauren!

If I were to describe the three-day experience in three words, I would say with no hesitation: the Return on Kindness. The credit for the article’s title has to go to my friend Direk Khanijou – I shared with him how all I feel around fellow Berkshire shareholders is kindness. He said the founder of the famous yogurt company Chobani, Hamdi Ulukaya, uses the term “return on kindness.” Thank you, Direk!

Over this long weekend, we got a refresher of all the Buffett and Munger wisdom, but it’s more than that. Being in the company of tens of thousands of attendees and millions watching online, as my new friend Luis Gomez Cobo told me, you feel like it’s just you and the two of them talking to you directly. And that’s exactly how I felt. I saw their advice through my own personal experience. Luis deserves the credit for holding a spot for me in the line on Saturday morning and inspiring me to put my name down to ask a question. Thank you, Luis!

I think there are some amusing contradictions about the event, though. It attracts a big crowd of people who usually avoid crowds. I love people and deep conversations, but you won’t usually find me in a big crowd. I wrote a book, “Outsmarting the Crowd,” after all. These are mostly people like me who don’t get emotional about the market’s vicissitudes. We like the logic and simplicity of the value investing philosophy. We admire Buffett and Munger and the business they built. Most of all, we appreciate how they live by example and humbly share their many mistakes.

There was a recent time when we all avoided crowds. In May 2020, my wife and I were staying in a cabin in the woods, 2-3 hours outside of New York City, and I remember well watching the online broadcast of Buffett speaking alone at this annual event. We were all hunkered down and avoided any social interaction. I didn’t dare to dream that in three years; I’ll be among tens of thousands shoulder to shoulder in Omaha waiting to get in, save a good seat, and watch them both live again. I shared some intimate essays penned in those days in my recent book. They were written to our clients and never meant to be published, but here they are, Crisis Investing.

Life is an amusing journey. Buffett and Munger are around the age of my two late grandfathers. One of them took me fishing on a lake like Munger spends his summers. These were my first lessons in patience and discipline. The other told me tales of his early childhood and upbringing, just like Buffett likes to do. He taught me about the value of hard currency and the dangers of fiat money. I grew up with a work ethic, the value of education, the importance of serving others, and most of all, kindness towards each other.

Berkshire weekend is a celebration of capitalism, but more so, a celebration of the shareholder, the business owner. There was minimal if any, private ownership of the business in the Cold War era, 1980s Poland of my childhood. The stock exchange shut down when the Nazi tanks rolled in and were yet to reopen. Big land and most businesses were nationalized following WW2.

I accompanied my more senior grandfather each month to pick up ration cards in those pre-teen years. The failing Soviet-style centrally planned economy led to a shortage in government-operated stores. Meat, flour, milk, and sugar were rationed in Poland, a country covered with wheat and sugar beets and abundant with pigs and cows. Not that different from recent tales of insanely oil-rich Venezuela running out of gas at the pump. The free gray or black market filled the gap in Poland, where the government failed, as it does in Venezuela today.

By the way, I was absolutely convinced that all kids my age in the whole world share the ritual of a walk to pick up ration cards with their grandpas. Now, I know it’s not true. I still have fond memories of those strolls, but I wish we had a See’s Candies store as our destination instead, with a lesson or two about the long-term benefits of owning quality businesses.

I need no convincing that a free market economy works. I also need no convincing that ownership of businesses can allow you to grow wealth over time and serve society with an abundance of products and services that no centrally planned authority can ever match. When you look closer, it’s not the capital on the pedestal in Omaha, but the owner. Buffett makes sure that we, the owners of Berkshire, know well that he is working for us. He benefits, along with us being a major shareholder himself.

Capitalism, ownership, and business aside for a moment, there was a bigger lesson I walked away with from my long weekend in Omaha: the Return on Kindness.

I asked Buffett and Munger about their 100-year vision for Berkshire; I quoted Warren’s 1976 tribute to Benjamin Graham, where he referred to Graham as a man who would plant trees that other men would sit under. I told Buffett and Munger that I see them both as such people.

I was curious about the 100 years because of our multi-generational view of the fortunes we are responsible for at Sicart Associates. It’s a view I share in my previous book – Money, Life, Family. I strongly believe that the quality of thinking improves dramatically once we look at investing as planting trees for others to enjoy. The results may happen a lot sooner than a century, of course, but this mindset instills a healthy, responsible, opportunistic, but cautious framework.

Buffett reminisced about the generosity of Benjamin Graham, his mentor, and friend, who remains the preeminent father of value investing. He reminded us how Graham’s book – The Intelligent Investor changed his life. Almost a quarter of a century ago, I discovered Warren Buffett himself in the foreword to a later edition of this book. I might have heard his name in Peter Lynch’s book – One Up on Wall Street, but only after reading Graham’s book I knew I had to pay attention to his Omaha-based disciple. I remember reading Robert Hagstrom’s books next.

In his 100-year vision, Buffett shared how Berkshire has the capital, talent, and shareholders that should allow it to perpetuate its success and behave in a way that society is happy that it exists while others can learn from its example.

Munger praised Graham for being a gifted teacher. He reminded us that half of his investment returns came from one stock, a growth stock, GEICO (the insurance company now owned by Berkshire). Charlie pointed out that buying undervalued great companies is a very good thing — an investment philosophy that Berkshire has lived by for decades.

I felt very fortunate to have had the opportunity to ask them a question directly. Ahead of this weekend, my wife, Megan, asked me what was one thing I’d like to happen there. I said I’m looking forward to spending time with so many friends that are coming, but I have a question I’d like to ask Warren and Charlie. Now, the odds were not in my favor. There are usually 30-50,000 attendees and up to 60 questions get asked, only half of them by attendees that come in person; the other half are emailed and read out. I think around 20 people in the audience got to ask a question this year. I held a lucky ticket that got selected, one of two people in one out of ten stations. I trust that I channeled a question that has been on the minds of many.

The odds are a funny concept, and they have never really been in my favor. In mid-August 1980, when I was born, the odds of me standing one day in the middle of the Woodstock for Capitalists asking one of the richest people in the world a question were close to zero. After all, I was born in Cold War Poland the day the Solidarity movement started strikes against the authoritarian government. I was in diapers when my parents were sent home from medical school; Martial Law and tanks on the streets followed. You’d think it’s not the most obvious time and place for an emergence of a future capitalist and a shareholder, yet it was.

I think life and investing are less about odds and more about showing up for the opportunity. I subscribe to a philosophy shared by Charlie Munger – there are very few big opportunities in life: “When you see a big opportunity, seize it boldly, and don’t do it small.” That’s the wisdom of Charlie Munger’s great-grandfather, whom he never knew. Munger shared it again at this year’s annual meeting.

Buffett and Munger built Berkshire to be a fortress so that they don’t need to count on the kindness of strangers. I agree. I live my life and run investments the same way. Yet often, we offer kindness and sometimes rely on it, it makes life much more pleasant, and businesses flourish and prosper when their clients, stakeholders, and shareholders feel appreciated and valued. I am where I am because of the kindness shared and received by me, my parents, grandparents, and generations before me.

The principles and wisdom of Warren and Charlie are timeless and life-changing. I’ve heard them a thousand times, but it may take a few thousand more to make sure that I abide by them and follow them for decades to come. On my flight back, I opened and started reading the newest edition of Lawrence Cunnigham’s wonderful book – The Essays of Warren Buffett: Lessons of Corporate America. I read the previous edition almost twenty years ago. On my last day in Omaha, I got to shake hands with Mr. Cunningham. Buffett’s message is spreading around the world; my seat neighbor from Malaysia had a copy of the same book. That makes me happy.

Many see capitalism, business, and finance as cutthroat and competitive. I think there is a return on kindness that can compound and bring back a million-fold the initial investment. That’s the lesson I brought home. I’m grateful for all the kindness we enjoyed and shared this weekend; let’s grow and perpetuate it. Thank you!

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 5/11/2023

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (”Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

The Odds of Success & Failure

When I share sometimes that the lack of success doesn’t imply failure, and the lack of failure doesn’t imply success, my audiences seem baffled. First of all, what is a success, and what is a failure? For the purpose of this essay, let’s call success the achievement of a chosen goal. Failure would be then reaching the least desirable outcome. They are not opposites or two sides of the same coin. They are two destinations in different directions. On our journey towards the desirable outcome, we may fall and get uncomfortably close to the undesirable one. It’s helpful to see success and failure this way, making life and investment decisions. Let’s see how and why.

I like exaggerating ideas, taking them to their logical limits to make a point, and showing something interesting. In the case of money, wealth, and riches, let’s say that becoming the richest person in the world is our ultimate measure of success. At the same time, becoming completely broke, homeless, and living on the street as a failure.

I remember the last evening before my flight to New York City to start my internship. This opportunity later turned into a full-time position and led to a career path I’m still happily on. It’s amusing how our memory selects one moment over the others. A New York movie was on TV that night. I had already been there and knew it quite well. To my family, it was still an undiscovered corner of the world. The movie was a story of two homeless men played by Danny Glover and Matt Dillon. They kept trying to “make it” and break away from life on the street, yet failed each time.

I enjoyed the movie; it was New York, after all. My family grew even more worried about my decision. They told me I really have to take care of myself there. I did. The image of ending up homeless on the streets of New York became a symbol of failure in my mind. I remember walking past homeless people in many cities around the globe, and I still carry spare change for anyone in need.

At the other end of the spectrum, to exaggerate here a bit, one can picture becoming Warren Buffett as the ultimate success. He might still be living in the same house he bought over half a century ago, but I think he is quite comfortable financially and has no money worries.

In investing, one could define success as keeping and growing a nest egg, a fortune, to a level when work becomes optional. On the other hand, ending up with empty pockets and not even any spare change for coffee at the other end.

Why contemplate this frame of thinking? The simple truth is that each reward comes with risks. I notice how often investment discussions focus on the upside. This stock can go up 20% or double, or be 10x an investment. Some investors hope to find that one stock that will make them rich, while other investors daydream about compounding their wealth at 15%-25%-35% a year for decades and becoming the next Buffett scale successes. It’s all about the rewards.

What about the risk? What about failure? And here, I don’t mean getting richer slower than your neighbors. That’s not risk, that might be a source of frustration, but it’s really meaningless to anyone looking at investing as a way to keep and grow wealth over the long run. Losing money, a permanent loss of capital, that’s a risk. The ultimate failure in investing is losing a big portion of one’s wealth. It’s a very personal decision what ‘big’ means in this context. If one loses half, it will take doubling of what’s left to recover. A 90% loss would require 10x on the remaining capital. If an investment has a minimal chance of recovery, it’s a total loss, not a paper loss anymore. It’s almost impossible to recover.

As much as easy winnings can convince some investors of their genius and invincibility, losses have an impact on the investor psyche, too. The bigger the losses, the bigger the upside is needed to potentially recover. As you might have guessed, that upside comes with ever bigger potential risks. It’s no surprise how this can lead to a quick downward spiral, just like a gambler doubling the stakes with every loss.

There are many stories of hugely successful people that made a fortune so big that one couldn’t imagine ever spending or wasting it away, yet they did — from the Vanderbilts to Great Depression era speculator Jesse Livermore to a much more recent billionaire investor Bill Hwang who managed to part with $20 billion in 2 days.

The legendary investor Charles D. Ellis said: “Large losses are forever – in investing, in teenage driving, and in fidelity. If you avoid large losses with a strong defense, the winnings will have every opportunity to take care of themselves. And large losses are almost always caused by trying to get too much by taking too much risk.”

We always start with the downside, and to keep it simple, we have a no zero policy. We choose not to invest in any stock that we can imagine going to zero. There will be ups and downs and volatility on the way, and not all investments will perform as expected, but zero is not an option.

Warren Buffett repeatedly reminds us that Rule #1 of investing is not to lose money. We also agree with Ellis that the upside will take of itself. We are in no rush. Slow and steady wins the race.

Our mantra of keeping and growing wealth without the risk of losing it all encompasses both our definition of success and failure. We make an educated assumption about the odds of both. We believe that being aware of the two destinations at all times can hugely improve the quality of the investment process.

Years later, living in Manhattan, I ran into Danny Glover, the actor from the movie I watched that memorable evening before my flight to New York. We passed each other a few blocks away from my home. I smiled. That encounter brought back some memories.

As much as we all want the upside, it’s good to be reminded of how much we wouldn’t like the ultimate downside. There is a happy middle; we just need to keep finding it with every life and investment decision. Even if we don’t end up as rich as Buffett, we’ll be just fine, as long as we don’t allow the other extreme to enter the realm of possibility.

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 4/27/2023

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (”Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

The Easy Pile

Charlie Munger and Warren Buffett share that sometimes, certain investment ideas get rejected and end up in the “too-hard pile.” It’s the easier investment that they find appealing. In a recent conversation with a good friend Sophocles Sophocleous, the host of the Cyprus Value Investor Conference, we discussed how the best investments could be obvious. Let’s call them an easy pile, but as you’ll see in a moment, they are far from easy, at least in the common sense of the word!

When I started my investment career, I met a few analysts and portfolio managers that were proud of how complicated, intricate, and hard their investment ideas were. There was no way of explaining the investment case in a 5-minute presentation. I almost felt we needed a rocket scientist in the room to break it down for us.

Usually, their reports included long spreadsheets, graphs, details, and more. Their presentations would last two hours, and many of us would leave the meeting more confused than we were at the beginning.

I was young, and I was still shaping my own preferred investment style. Even the broadly defined value investing school of thought can range from easy-to-explain businesses like Apple to a much more complex investment in a bankrupt company with a complicated capital structure, opaque client relationships, a complex regulatory environment, etc.

Value investing simply means buying something for less than something is worth. What we buy is a very personal choice. It depends on both the portfolio manager’s circle of competence and clients’ preferences.

Reading more about Benjamin Graham, Warren Buffett, Charlie Munger, and many other followers of this particular school of thought, I slowly discovered that hard doesn’t always mean better.

If the investment case takes 100 slides and a few hours to explain, it doesn’t automatically mean the upside is 100x bigger than a stock one can explain on a single page. You can easily imagine how long it takes to research the 100-slide investment, and the time spent doesn’t correlate clearly with expected returns either.

If that’s the case, maybe Charlie and Warren are on to something having a “too hard pile” and choosing an easy pile.

Investing is hard enough on its own; why make it even harder?

The curious part of passing on hard investment ideas is risk avoidance. Easier, and simpler to explain investment ideas may hide fewer bad surprises. If it took so long to produce those 100 slides, how many little but important facts might we have overlooked in the research process?

The devil is in the details! I remember asking my now partner, Francois Sicart, about Enron, the famous fraud and bankruptcy that happened when I was in university.

I wondered if he came across it and how he knew to avoid it. I remember to this day; he told me he and his then partners looked at it, couldn’t make sense of the financials and the story, and walked away. That was a classic “too-hard pile” stock.

Not only did it not deliver on the promise of great returns worth the extreme effort to analyze it, it actually turned out to be a danger zone, a total loss.

When I say an “easy pile,” I mean it’s easy to explain why we like it and how we can make money in it. To get to that conclusion, we still need to do thorough research. The difference is that there is an endpoint where we can put all our facts together, and with a single page, we can explain the story.

I’ve been to many investment pitches that didn’t conclude in any purchase of a single stock. I know well that the research process is just a stepping stone, and the hard part is buying and holding the investment.

The secret to investing is not finding the hardest investment idea to research and explain; it’s to pick the easier ones and not only pick them but actually buy and hold on to them.

I find it to be the hardest part of the investment process. Talking yourself out of buying, or once you buy, talking yourself into selling prematurely, is a frequent mistake that many in the investment world face.

It’s the emotional discipline that lets us navigate the ups and downs of the market, the rollercoaster ride between panic and euphoria fueled by fear and greed.

Picking the right stock to research, buying it, and actually reaping the benefit of holding it long-term is where the real investment success lies. Can you imagine how much harder it would be to buy and hold on to a stock that was hard to even explain?

Why not make your life a lot easier, (and likely more profitable!), and focus on the “easy pile”? Let everything else land in the “too hard pile.” It worked beautifully for Warren and Charlie, and I think it can work well for all the rest of us.

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 3/2/2023

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

A Stock for a Grandchild

Now, that’s an idea!

I was sipping my coffee one morning, and I got a phone call from my partner, Francois Sicart. He likes to surprise me with interesting questions, and that day was no different. He said: “if you were to pick one stock to recommend to a client as a gift to a grandchild, what would it be?” I gave him an answer immediately, and we had a long conversation about it, which planted a seed for this article.

The client’s request was not the only source of inspiration, though! Once a year, I get asked by a dear friend John Mihaljevic to share one stock with the MOI Global Community of investors. It’s an invitation-only global group of thoughtful lifelong investors of which I’m privileged to be a member.

It’s a challenge I take on every winter, and I pick one out of all the stocks we bought in the recent year. I take it very seriously, I usually immediately write down a handful of tickers, and then I boil it down to one idea over the next few weeks. I always remind my MOI listeners that it’s just one stock out of 30-50 that we might be holding at any given time. We will hold it for a while, maybe forever, but it can play its own unique role in the portfolio. One might pay a healthy dividend and offer a limited downside; another can still grow fast and potentially have a much bigger upside.

The third source of inspiration was my conversation with another dear friend Christopher Tsai, a fellow MOI Global member. He was a recent guest on my podcast Talking Billions, where I have intimate conversations about money, investing, and more with friends and friends of friends. He brought up the idea of aiming for a big, huge upside in investments. We concluded how chasing a 10-20% gain is not worthwhile, but making our money 20-50-100 times over in a particular stock (likely over many years!) is something we aspire to!

Picking one stock for a larger audience reminds me of yet another good friend Antony Deden. Whenever he is asked to recommend one stock, he feels like a doctor asked to recommend a good medication without knowing the patient or ailment. Hence, I always recommend my MOI Global listeners to research the idea and see if it may belong in their portfolios.

Here, picking one single investment, I was influenced by my partner Francois Sicart’s question: I had the stock for a grandchild in mind. One of our clients became a grandparent and wanted to gift a single stock. I like that idea a lot – as I do any idea that can turn someone into a lifelong stock investor.

Since I already had a great chat with Christopher Tsai, and I had John’s request on my mind, I had an idea ready to share!

I immediately knew it had to be an investment that would not only be around for the next two decades but has a chance to become a much bigger company. I thought of a relatively new company, yet established enough so it won’t go away and vanish before the grandkid goes to school!

Obviously, the company had to be already public, with a few years of financials and, ideally, a profit. I needed to have some reasons to believe it was already mature enough to defend itself against any competition.

Ideally, this company would operate in a fairly new industry or, if it’s in an old one, at least have a new way of doing things, a disruptor.

Equally important to me was the market potential. I preferred a company that could become global or, even better, already was global. I tend to find more of them in the US market than elsewhere, but it’s just my personal bias since it’s the market I’m the closest to and the most familiar with.

With a two-decade or longer investment horizon, the entry point, the price we pay, could be seemingly less important, but being a disciplined value contrarian investor at heart, I love a good deal. I’ll pay up for quality, but I still want to know that I got more than I paid. Hence, preferably, I’d like my investment candidate to be down, cheap, and out of favor with the market at the time of purchase.

I know it’s still a relatively young company in a promising industry with a big wide long runway ahead, but if I can buy it half off or even cheaper, my odds of turning it into a successful investment immediately rise.

When my partner called, he was a little surprised by how quickly I gave him the answer. What he didn’t know was that, unknowingly to both of us, I had been preparing for this question for a few weeks now. Between John’s request and Christopher’s wise words, I knew exactly what kind of stock a grandparent could gift to a newborn grandchild.

This made me think, why wouldn’t we buy more stocks with that mindset? We’d trade even less, keep the long-term horizon in mind, and possibly even do just fine with very respectable returns in the process!

Next time you think of buying a stock, pause for a minute, and ask yourself, would it be a good stock for a grandchild?

I can think of at least one (if not more) that could!

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 1/5/2022

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

New Year’s Resolutions 2022/2023: Consistency of a Sustainable Effort and Respectable Results

It’s that time of the year again. The Earth did a full circle around the Sun. A year ago, about this time, I wrote a short article about New Year’s Resolutions (read it here). I mentioned how many may like to set ambitious goals, but it’s the process built on helpful habits that lead to favorable outcomes in life and especially investing. A year later, I have further thoughts and observations on the topic, I call it: consistency of a sustainable effort & respectable results. Let me explain.

Year in and year out, The three most popular New Year’s Resolutions cover healthier eating, more exercise, and saving money. Right after better food and more physical activity, our attention falls on money.

Investing attracts people because it seemingly offers sudden and glamorous success, as the media would like us to believe. Those who stay in investing favor consistency and show up every day and do just enough. Their success relies on compounding, as in growing on top of the previous day’s or previous year’s accomplishments. They are not here to win any short-term race. They are not in any race at all. They are in investing for a lifetime. Others may even think of generations, as it happens for many of our clients.

The game of investing, if that’s what you’d like to call it, becomes an infinite game.

James Carse, in the beautiful book: “Finite games and infinite games,” wrote: “There are at least two kinds of games: “One could be called finite; the other infinite. A finite game is played for the purpose of winning, an infinite game for the purpose of continuing the play.”

What can allow us to continue to play better than not losing it all or a big portion of the capital?

We look at each individual decision differently when we think of a lifetime or lifetimes. If a client shares that they have a 1-year or a 5-year investment horizon for a particular capital, we plan differently than if we have an open-ended, infinite horizon in front of us.

Either way, investing is not something you truly successfully do once every blue moon. It’s a lifelong pursuit — a very beneficial part of life. It can help grow savings to a very meaningful nest egg; it can also perpetuate a family fortune over many generations. We also see it as an equally rewarding intellectual pursuit.

Last year, I wrote about the process and habits. I mentioned a few books that tell us about the benefits of daily habits, not just in investing but in any other pursuit.

This year, I have been watching carefully our own investment process and daily, weekly, and monthly routines. I took careful note of client expectations and tolerance for risk as we went through a sell-off, a rally, and another market weakness in the last two years. I was looking for a simple formula that would sum it up.

As I was going over my notes for this article, I thought of two concepts, sustainable effort & respectable results. If I told you that I want to get fit and I will run and win a 400-meter sprint every weekend, you’d be polite and likely say it’s a worthy goal to pursue, but the chosen path might not get me there.

Yet, when someone tells you they can double your money in 7 days, their newsletter likely breaks records, even if only thanks to curious clicks! — just in case there is some secret path to instant riches!

There is no difference between the two. Yes, it may happen that you double your money in a particular investment in an unusually short period of time, but it’s unlikely you’ll do it over and over again.

I remember a particular stock that we bought. It sold off dramatically after some failed new product launch. We assumed the business remained healthy and would recover. Apparently, we weren’t the only ones watching it. A competitor scooped it up at a 90% premium shortly after that! It was the fastest gain in a single stock, I remember, and we owned it in significant quantities. I still think we would have realized a very respectable return on it over a long period of time, but that overnight buyout was a total surprise.

It wasn’t sustainable, and when you really think about it, it’s an impossible promise to get that kind of quick return too many times in your lifetime. That’s not something we count on or hope for.

What we rely on is a sustainable effort. We often share how we aspire to grow our clients’ capital at a 5-15% rate or seek to double it every 5 to 15 years. Over a long enough period, those very respectable returns could compound the capital to a large amount that could help our clients meet their goals, maintain their lifestyle, and more. That’s the aspiration.

How do we get there? We don’t promise to win 400-meter sprints on a weekly basis; we show up every day. Borrowing Warren Buffett’s words, we tap dance to work. We enjoy what we do; we like the process. We research one stock at a time; we add it to the portfolio if it meets our criteria.

We built the financial future of our clients one brick at a time. That’s the consistency of a sustainable effort.

Great things can happen if you have time and larger capital on your side. The rate of return doesn’t have to be eye-popping; it’s enough if it’s respectable. It will likely happen mostly because we do our best to avoid dramatic drawdowns. Our stocks will often drop when the market drops, but because of the make-up of the portfolios, it’s usually less severe than the overall market.

We consider the 5-15% range as a respectable result, a level we have the potential to reach consistently over long periods of time.

2021 was a trying year, not just because of the consecutive COVID lockdown waves but also because the markets rose and attracted a lot of short-lived enthusiasts. Stock investments got too boring for some, even for previously very serious and disciplined investors. Alternative assets garnered more attention, cryptocurrencies, NFTs, illiquid assets, private deals, SPACs, hot venture capital, and more. In many cases, these proved to be the promised sprints, whose trajectories now resemble more base jumping without a parachute than anything else.

Many investment ideas tried to defy gravity like many other hot investments in the past, and they failed again. I mentioned earlier how 2021 is in a category of its own. I have never seen the fear of missing out get to so many. We took Rudyard Kipling’s (a famous English novelist) almost century-old advice: “If you can keep your head when all about you are losing theirs…” We followed the wisdom of a legendary value investor, Jean-Marie Eveillard, who said: “I would rather lose half of our clients than half of our clients’ money.”

Both adages served us well last year, and throughout our careers.

2021 aside, 2022 felt like a cold shower to many former market enthusiasts. We stood on the sidelines of the madness and often emphasized that what we choose NOT to buy matters as much as what we do buy. It felt like an empty mantra as the markets rose in 2021, but 2022 gave us some intellectual and financial reprise.

The money we don’t lose matters as much as the money we make, or maybe even more! We always remember that a 50% loss takes a 100% gain just to get back to even. The math is rather cold and brutal when it comes to losses.

We go a step further and say that we do our best to avoid zeros. These are investments that can drop all the way to zero. We might have had some lemons, some sour ones too, but zeros we avoid at all costs.

As a Team, we all share a great risk aversion as much as our lifelong passion for the market and stock investing. The no-zero policy was ingrained in me over the years because of the many lifelong investors I got to work with.

Our lack of tolerance of zeroes beautifully complements the infinite game mindset I shared at the beginning.

With that framework in mind, when I sit down to review a portfolio and think of return expectations, I think of what we started with – consistency of a sustainable effort & respectable results. We won’t ever promise to double your money every week, but we will continue to aspire to deliver respectable returns over the long run, and we trust our process and showing up every day will help us get there.

As William Durant, the famous historian, once said: “We are what we repeatedly do. Excellence, then, is not an act but a habit.”

We believe that consistent good habits with sustainable effort will continue to lead us to respectable results.

 

We are grateful to have served you yet another year and look forward to many more decades as your trusted investment advisors. Thank you!

Happy Holidays! Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 12/21/2021

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

 

Round Trips and Second Chances

A long time ago, I was having sushi at a tiny restaurant in a less touristy part of Tokyo. It was just my Texan friend among mostly local clientele and me. We stood out. Everyone was sitting around a revolving sushi bar with chefs working in the middle. If you liked something but missed it, the same dish would likely come around in a little bit. You just had to be patient. If you can’t be patient in a Zen-filled Tokyo sushi restaurant, I don’t know where you can. Investing is similarly full of round trips and second chances that require patience and caution. Let me explain.

I often share how investing is not a one-off activity; you pick the perfect stock, it goes up 100 times, and you can quit your job and retire next week. It’s a lifelong practice. The goal is to grow the capital and compound it at a respectable rate without exposing it to unnecessary and excessive risks. It’s a mindset, a framework that helps us make individual investment decisions.

Now and then, an opportunity appears that allegedly is impossible to miss, once in a lifetime opportunity to get on board or miss it forever. It’s a frequently used narrative by salesmen. “The inventory is tight, this model is in high demand, I know it’s not the color and the interior you like, but you just have to act on it quickly, or you’ll never get to own anything like it again” – I owned very few cars in my life, but I heard this tale more than once.

The way the stock market is presented by the media, with the blessing of the salesforce of many institutions profiting from frantic activity, is a place full of once in a lifetime opportunities that we can’t miss. Act now or regret it forever!

That’s not true.

Last year, the list of FOMO (fear of missing out) fueled ideas was the longest in a while. From cryptocurrencies, NFTs (non-fungible tokens), SPACs (Special Purpose Acquisition Companies), venture capital, tech companies – the big and older ones, and those profitless new ones as well, and more. Everything was going up! Even prices of used cars. I jokingly wrote at the time that something isn’t right if you can’t lose money on a used car. And if it’s not right, it’s bound to end.

From my own experience of two decades of professional investing, I place last year in a category of its own. I have never seen this level of delusion with promised upside that never came. It happened many times in various shapes and sizes, but last year should hold some award for the scale of it.

It wasn’t just that the investments failed to go up forever; their drops were eye-popping 90-95% down from their highs, even as much as 98%. Carvana, the online car dealer (which was losing money on an average sale), followed that path. It offered an incredible customer experience but hasn’t figured out unit economics.

Stocks had a great run in 2021, but for some even that wasn’t exciting enough. The catchphrase of the year must have been “alternative assets.” Wikipedia tells me it’s anything that’s not stocks, bonds, or cash, but it could be something as “enticing” as cryptocurrencies and NFTs.

Warren Buffett sometimes writes “Only when the tide goes out do you discover who’s been swimming naked.” The majority of those high-flying investment ideas evaporated, and some are still in the process of letting the hot air out.

There is more to it, though.

In that same way, the enthusiasm of 2021 brought to the center stage some obscure and lesser know alleged investments, the more legitimate investments also flew higher than usual. Many investors gave in to FOMO here as well. They bid up highly profitable big businesses to new highs in hopes of the promise of eternal growth.

Here I have in mind a large group of mostly tech companies that have been around for a while. They seemed not only immune from the pandemic-era economic woes, but actually somehow benefitted from the sudden shift in consumer behavior and business activity as we stayed at home, stopped going to restaurants, gave up on travel, shopped online, and binged on shows. They grew, and thrived, won market share, and enjoyed higher adoption rates. Many took a significant leap forward.

Their stock prices accounted for that and a lot more. Today, the situation is different. They’ve done a roundtrip and gave us a second chance at buying them. Their businesses can be 50%, 100% bigger than before COVID, while their stock prices are right where they were during the dreaded March 2020 market sell-off or lower.

Does it mean they can’t get cheaper? No, but they definitely look the most attractive they have in a very long time or ever as they look for their new normal.

We like to repeat Ben Graham’s (legendary investor) words that price is what you pay; value is what you get. If we are getting a lot more, but we are paying the same price or lower, we are definitely looking, giving them serious consideration or even buying already.

Not all investments that made a roundtrip are worth considering, but among the many, a few offer us a second chance to own them, not for a brief flash in the pan this time, but for the long run.

All noise aside: “alternative assets,” once-in-a-lifetime opportunities, and more, it’s slow and steady that wins the race. “The fast and furious” part of the investment world is the land we completely avoided (ignored, to be honest) the last two years despite strong opinions that we are missing something.

Today, we are looking around among the dusty debris and finding some real golden nuggets that belong in our long-term patient-disciplined portfolios. They’ve been on a roundtrip and give us a second chance to own them, just like in that Tokyo sushi place, a small plate of the chef’s creations that went all around but belonged right in front of us.

All we had to do then and now was to wait!

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 12/8/2022

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Brewster’s Millions

What have your summer reads been? I read a cheeky novel from a hundred years ago. It tells a story of a man who inherits a million dollars from his grandfather, only to find out that he has to spend and lose it within one year, and become penniless to inherit seven million from his uncle instead. Between excessive spending and poor investments, he learns a lot in the process; I know I have reading his story. It dawned on me that this hundred-year-old novel by George Barr McCutcheon — Brewster’s Millions may hide keys to successful wealth preservation.

In today’s money, Monty Brewster’s inheritance would be equivalent to $30 million and $200 million dollars. These are very respectable amounts, and $30 million wouldn’t seem easy to spend or lose. The spending challenge mentioned in the novel was not about acquiring homes and assets but actually wasting it away throwing parties, hosting dinners, traveling the world, and more.

The last two years might have been very disorienting for many investors. For a while, everything was going up. One could make money in stocks, even those with no profit or no business, cryptocurrencies, NFTs (non-fungible tokens), home prices were rising, and even used cars got more expensive and sometimes more valuable than new ones! You could make money even if you didn’t want to!

If you can’t lose money buying a used car, it’s game over. Cars have always been the epitome of a money-losing purchases.

Last year’s experience of easy money in anything from stocks to digital assets and used cars is actually not that different from Monty Brewster’s experience with poor investment choices, which led at first to even more money, not less. He learned that sometimes it might be really hard to lose money, at least in the short-term.

There are at least three lessons from Brewster’s story:

  • There is no amount of money that can’t be lost.
  • Saving can be a challenge at all wealth and income levels.
  • Acting as if a second larger inheritance was around the corner might not be a good idea.

The novel taught me that there is no amount of money that can’t be lost.

Monty’s $1 million ($30 million in today’s money) gets quickly dwarfed by a multi-billion dollar fortune lost by a seasoned hedge fund manager last year. Bill Hwang made ever more audacious speculative bets and managed to lose $20 billion in two days. Monty needed a whole year to part with $1 million. Mr. Hwang took two days, and he was not the only one. Eike Batista, a Brazilian billionaire, went from hoping to become the richest person in the world to losing all — $35 billion in a year between 2012-2014. That’s a thousand times as much as Monty struggled to waste away. Both Mr. Hwang, and Mr. Batista combined highly risky speculations with a lot of borrowed money. It’s an explosive combination that can turn billions into nothing. Since Monty’s times a century ago, people have invented many more ways to make and lose money, from derivatives to digital assets, and more.

Brewster’s tale showed me again how saving is a real challenge no matter how much wealth or income we have at our disposal.

Monty embarked on very expensive international trips. That was before budget airplanes took us around the globe. Travel was still a domain of well-to-do individuals who had both means and time. Europe wasn’t a quick overnight redeye flight away but a long sail away. As incomes and wealth rise, our appetites follow. We think that we need and want more. It might be less of a surprise that 60% of Americans live paycheck to paycheck, but it is a bit shocking that one out of three of those making $250,000 does so too. Monty’s spending habits grew into his new wealth, and income level as they do for us all sometimes.

I noticed another theme from the book. I see how when we receive a lump sum in our lives; we often assume that another one is right around the corner.

Some might act as if that first big amount was just a trial, a time to learn the ropes, and there will be a chance to take the second one much more seriously. We know well the tale of the Vanderbilts, once the richest family in the country. It took only one generation of excessive spending and poor investment choices to part with most of the fortune. Lottery winners follow a similar path. “According to the National Endowment for Financial Education, about 70 percent of people who win a lottery or receive a large windfall go bankrupt within a few years.” While professional athletes, after an often short but very lucrative career, often go broke, a staggering 78% of them in three years into retirement.

The first lesson reminds me of something we write about quite often. There are certain risks that are not worth taking. Warren Buffett explains: “Never risk what you have and need for what we don’t have and don’t need.” It may take a pause and wake-up call to realize that there are risks that nobody, even the richest, can afford to accept.

The second lesson has been a polite reminder of a phenomenon I have witnessed over the years. It’s referred to as lifestyle inflation. We trade what we have for something better. It makes the escape from paycheck to paycheck life almost impossible, and it follows us all the way to the top of earning levels. It may take a real deliberate approach to let spending fall back and decouple from rising income and wealth.

Last but definitely not least. Monty was fortunate enough to have $7 million follow his first $1 million. After a year of intense practice in money-losing, he was a lot more ready for the second inheritance. In life, it may usually be one single life-changing wealth moment with no second chances. We often share how the fortunes that we care for represent the money that our clients don’t immediately need, but most of all, money they can’t afford to lose.

A large inheritance, a big pay at a company, a liquidity event for the founders or a family nest egg saved away over the years, they follow the same logic. It would make sense to take a small portion, spend, and lose all of it, commit all the possible mistakes, and walk away ready for the bigger pie.

In life, it’s rarely that simple, though. Brewster’s uncle wanted to make a point by adding a twist to his inheritance. The uncle tried to settle an old score. He didn’t like the grandfather who disapproved of Brewster’s parent’s marriage. The family feud aside, this experience taught Brewster how to handle a large lump sum. He was much more prepared for his uncle’s fortune.

Does it really take losing it all to learn how to keep it? Is it only then that we appreciate how to grow and preserve what we have? We, at Sicart, think we could do the second best, learn from other people’s mistakes, and keep our own mistakes small enough not to matter in the long run.

Monty Brewster’s tale reminded me of some ages-old wisdom:

  • there are risks not worth taking,
  • saving takes effort, and
  • let’s treat the first fortune as the only one coming.

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 7/7/2022

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

WHAT DOES IT MEAN TO BE RICH ANYMORE?

For the past two decades, I have belonged to the ranks of the 1 percent – presumably the richest people in America. Truly, I never felt that rich, and it brought me no particular pride – perhaps, instead, a touch of guilt thinking about the other 99 percent. Things have changed in the last twenty years or so, however, with the arrival of newer “ultra-rich” (the 0.1percent). Two classics articles have led me to reflect on this new development:

– “Money and Class in America” (Lewis H. Lapham, based on his book with the same title published by Grove Press in 1988).

– “The Rich – How They’re Different…Than They Used to Be” (Michael Lewis in “The New York Times Magazine” on 11/19/1995).

I have no desire to rehash here the ongoing argument about the huge and growing wealth gap between rich and poor in the United States, where the top 1% alone possess more wealth than the bottom 50%, while the least wealthy 40% of households own less than 5% of the wealth (Wikipedia). Many of the latter would be unable to financially survive for more than a few weeks on their accumulated savings, but such huge wealth gaps have existed for centuries in most countries.

What interests me at the moment is how people who would have considered themselves rich only a few years ago now feel relegated to the status of the mere middle class — and how they feel about this. I know a lady in Europe who inherited a “liquid” fortune of $16 million in the mid-1970s. At the time, she was reportedly considered one of the richest women in her country. More recently, she was worth substantially more than $1 billion, yet the world now seems crowded by a new wave of multi-billionaires – a few of them rapidly approaching the trillion dollars. A billion simply is not what it used to be.

While it always is dangerous to generalize, but in his classic book, Lapham makes some interesting remarks on the differences between the owners of old fortunes and the new rich. For new money, he says, “cash has been acquired recently enough to retain an element of magical surprise, and nobody has reason to believe that it won’t endlessly replenish itself.” Thus, the nearly cliché phenomenon of the free-spending new rich.

On the other hand, as Lapham points out, “knowing more or less who they are, the equestrian classes in England or France don’t feel obliged to purchase the patents of their existence… Old money quite naturally prefers to construe its privileges as matters of divine right.” But, “dependent on magic they don’t know how to replenish, they feel themselves threatened by enemies of infinite numbers: thieves, journalists, tax agents, terrorists, unscrupulous merchants, communists, and secret societies.” Elsewhere he says, “Foolish heirs sometimes squander a few millions on schemes advanced by promoters who persuade them that the djinn still lives. More prudent heirs know better, but their credulity still subjects them to the petty tyranny of their servants – lawyers …doctors, etc.” (This list can be usefully updated by adding investment managers and consultants.)

But society has changed since the 1980s: increasingly, people are defined less by their assets than by their activity — which is the new measure of one’s success. In a 1995 article in the New York Times Magazine, Michael Lewis points out that “just as new money once sought to obscure itself with the trappings of ancienne noblesse, new money was now shifting its focus to achievement.”

Forbes Magazine, which has compiled a list of the world’s richest people for more than 30 years, found 140 billionaires in 1987, including 96 outside of the U.S. Now there are 2,668 of them in the world, 724 of in the USA alone. Their number and the sizes of their fortunes have increased exponentially over the last two decades.

One factor has been the stock market, where wealth has progressed much faster, although obviously less regularly than salaries. But that progression still has been much slower (and less sudden) than other finance-related sources of wealth such as mergers and acquisitions, innovation-related IPOs (initial public offerings), etc. The European lady, which I mentioned earlier, did better than the leading stock market indexes yet failed to reach the fast-spreading multi-billion-dollar mark of the new 0.1 percent.

Michael Lewis observes in his article that the old money esthetics depended on the belief that membership in its class is a gift beyond achievement. This implied that old-money status is out of the reach of the middle class. But, in a society where achievement is increasingly the measure of one’s worth, esthetics appears increasingly irrelevant.

My observation is that younger generations of old-money families are beginning to model themselves after the new rich: they spend more freely – although differently than their parents – and at least some of them are working hard and long hours toward professional achievement. In fact, this has not been ignored by employers, as starting salaries in finance, law, and high-tech (where options are an integral portion of compensation) have increasingly become the field of intense competition – at times reaching six figures for inexperienced entrants.

While these trends are not universal, I find them encouraging. But, more than 30 years ago, Lewis Lapham already worried that: “Money always implies the promise of magic, but the effect is much magnified when, as now, people have lost faith in everything else.”

 

François Sicart – June 24, 2022

 

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

SOMETIMES, IT IS ALL WORTH IT!

In past writings, I have occasionally been critical of family scions of the third generation, often calling them the “cursed generation” and implying that they are the ones most likely to waste or lose the fortunes accumulated and preserved by their ancestors. This is not specific to my clientele or to any culture: the equivalent of the American saying “From shirtsleeves to shirtsleeves in three generations” exists in practically every language and country, as I pointed out in my book Luck Is Not Enough.

This is why (without naming names) I cannot resist reproducing the following letter from a young(er) man, which makes all efforts on behalf of our client families worthwhile. Of course, my partner Patsy Jaganath, who operates as our family office (modeled after the 19th-century concept of the homme d’affaires) receives compliments and heartfelt thanks regularly. But this letter addressed to me is particularly thoughtful and shows the kind of gratitude that we strive to inspire.

 

“Dear François,

I read your book this weekend, and I wanted to congratulate you.

Amongst many great takeaways, your last paragraph struck out at me, as I am sure that there are plenty of our family members who would consider that you have influenced their lives in a very positive light. This would also be true for Régine [my wife], as I am sure there are plenty who will recognise that the influence that both of you have had in different areas of one’s life to be extremely positive. I know that I count myself among them.

All that to say, thank you both for the influence that you have had on my life. Although I am firmly in my doing years and would be considered past the learning stage, I look forward to continuing to learn from you and the rest of the Sicart Family and selfishly taking advantage of your teaching years.”

 

INSECURITY and COMPETITION vs. COMPOUNDING

Albert Einstein reportedly said that “Compound interest is the eighth wonder of the world. He who understands it earns it, he who doesn’t pays it.”

There are some character faults which, in my view, tend to distract investors from what should be their primary goal: accumulating a fortune in the long run by letting it compound over time. Modern-day media has increasingly been reporting investment performance in the same sensational way that it reports sport competitions. This constantly pits more cautious investors against highly-publicized recent winners, who have made more money or made it strikingly fast. This emphasis on quick or spectacular success tends to increase the viewer’s or reader’s insecurity and sense of inadequacy in an endeavor that is characterized by uncertainty — like the stock market, for example.

That insecurity has two manifestations:

  • It generates envy, in a sort of “keeping up with the Jones” syndrome: With so many apparently instant billionaires, it’s easy to feel left behind.
  • It may also lead some investors to question their ability or their judgment in choosing an advisor, thus creating or reinforcing a feeling of inadequacy. That may in turn, manifest itself in hyperactivity. But, as Ernest Hemingway is reported to have said, “one should not mistake motion for action”.

Focusing on the most recent, spectacular gains of others also makes one forget the difference between being right (a short-term, superficial satisfaction) and the ultimate goal of accumulating a patrimony, which has much to do with one’s time horizon and thus requires patience and consistency.

Warren Buffett is a fantastic writer, as demonstrated in his books and his annual letters to the shareholders of Berkshire Hathaway, his investment company. In my mind, he will be remembered more for his witty and perceptive observations about the challenges of investing than for the fortune he has accumulated over the years —  although, of course, the fortune gives them credibility.

For me, one of his most memorable statements is: “Success in investing doesn’t correlate with IQ … what you need is the temperament to control the urges that get other people into trouble in investing.”

Temperament, or character, takes longer to forge than skills. But some clients – of any generation –manage to build it over time, by striving to know themselves and learning from their own mistakes. The letter from our young client, above, certainly makes me hopeful that success is possible.

François Sicart – April 13, 2022

 

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

 

 

Investigators and Statisticians

 I have recently been exposed to the work of what is called a “forensic accountant.” These specialists analyze financial information to investigate fraud or embezzlement. Their job is to reconstruct the entire succession of actions that led to the suspected misdeeds. I was frankly amazed at what one can uncover by assembling a puzzle of disparate and often incomplete information and trying to reconstruct the process leading to the final result.

As I recall in my recent book Luck Is Not Enough (Advantage, 2021), I was at best a mediocre student of accounting in business school. Fortunately, after graduation — and for lack of other candidates — I was selected to become an assistant to two high-level American professors of accounting, and this is when I learned most of what I still remember today of the discipline.

These inauspicious beginnings did not prevent me from (briefly) becoming a professor at an institution preparing candidates for the French equivalent of the American CPA (certified public accountant). When I discovered that my students knew more about the rules of financial reporting than I did, I pivoted to teach them the philosophy of accounting. Apparently, I was a very popular teacher, though I am not sure how my students fared at their final exams. But as Swedish essayist, Ellen Key wrote in 1891: “Culture is what subsists after we forgot everything we had learned.”

The Data Can Become Irrelevant

In the 1980s, the economic consensus was that Japan, with its bulging trade surplus and booming stock and real estate markets, was eating the lunch of the US economy. My team at the time disagreed and embarked on a research project to try and prove that American manufacturing was not dying but being reborn. One of the experts who helped us in this endeavor was Robert Kaplan, a well-known professor of accounting at Harvard.

Professor Kaplan explained to us that the statistics used to measure the performance of American manufacturing corporations were based on 19th-century accounting, whereas we were on the brink of entering the 21st century. In the earlier period, the bulk of manufacturing costs were raw materials and direct (manual) labor. For expediency, all other costs (including research, marketing, administration) were allocated to products in proportion to those direct costs.

But by the 1980s, the industry had changed radically. Labor, especially in rapidly-developing electronics, had shrunk to as low as 10% of total costs. Similarly, the industry was using less and lighter materials. So while those costs had diminished dramatically, we were still allocating corporate overhead on the basis of two much less relevant inputs. The traditional measures of corporate productivity and profitability had become highly misleading and had begun to prompt errors of judgment.

The point is that over time, the data that forms our business and economic statistics evolves. It’s necessary to analyze what goes to make up these data to avoid the traditional “garbage in – garbage out” nature of statistics.

Data vs. Process

These days, I am increasingly sensitive to the fact that statistics deal with results (usually results of measurement) without paying too much attention to how these data are obtained.

I created Tocqueville Asset Management in 1985, and I am particularly proud that, during the wild popularity of Enron Corp. among investors in the 1990s, two of my partners particularly knowledgeable in energy matters visited Enron twice and came back with an answer that is too rarely admitted: “We don’t understand how they do it.” This took some courage, as Enron’s reported results were excellent. Fortune named Enron “America’s Most Innovative Company” for six consecutive years, and management routinely humiliated skeptical analysts by labeling them as stupid or ignorant.

But in late 2001 it became clear that Enron’s apparent success was sustained by a remarkably well-constructed and sustained fraud. The company ultimately went bankrupt. And here is the simple yet crucial lesson: If you don’t know or don’t understand how a company’s profits are achieved, you should not risk your or your clients’ money on its shares.

“Performance” and The Madoff Episode

In today’s field of investments, I find a particular disconnect between two groups of professionals. On the one hand, there are portfolio managers who study the process by which companies generate profits before deciding how much they will pay for these profits. On the other hand, there are performance measures, sometimes labeled “asset allocators,” who compare companies’ statistics with little regard to how and why the performances were achieved.

Many readers will remember Bernie Madoff, the infamous American financier who ran the largest (roughly $65 billion) Ponzi scheme in history. (A Ponzi scheme is a form of fraud that lures investors by paying profits to earlier investors with funds raised from more recent investors.) Madoff claimed that his fraudulent activities began in the 1990s. However, federal investigators believe the fraud in the investment management and advisory divisions of his company may have begun in the 1970s. Be this as it may, Madoff admitted that he hadn’t actually traded since the early 1990s and that all of his returns since then had been fabricated. (Wikipedia) He was sentenced to 150 years of incarceration and died in prison in 2021.

At the peak of his pyramid, Madoff employed numerous financial organizations to raise and channel funds to his “investment” products. Surprisingly, I had never heard of him until the scandal erupted around 2000. Later I discovered that I knew a number of professionals who had contributed to his fund-raising and had sometimes invested and lost their own money, along with that of their clients.

The main problem was that these professionals only performed statistical analysis on the reported performance of Madoff’s funds without checking the process that had purportedly produced the claimed returns. I am concerned that, with today’s fixation on measuring statistical performance against widely-used benchmarks (i.e., leading indexes) without investigating the investment process, the opportunities for such catastrophic errors of judgment have multiplied.

An additional concern is that many consultants and asset allocators insist on measuring performance on ever shorter periods of time (not only yearly but monthly, or even more frequently). If only for demographic reasons, patrimonial performance only matters over long periods, but what consultant would expect to be paid for statistical analyses that he or she delivers only once every so many years?

The result of this short-term focus on performance is that advisors, to prove that they are hard at work, seem to recommend portfolio changes more often than is necessary or productive: they only wind up increasing the turnover of portfolios. The reality, as Ernest Hemingway reportedly advised, is that one should never mistake motion for action.

 

François Sicart – January 31, 2022

 

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

ELIMINATION AS A STRATEGY FOR INVESTING … AND FOR LIFE

Richer, Wiser, Happier (Scribner, 2021), a book by Wall Street columnist William Green, is a wonderful collection of interviews of highly successful investors that also have developed valuable lessons for life in general. Mr. Green does not approach these interviews as a traditional “groupie” only impressed by investment performances and dollars earned but elaborates on the character and life disciplines of his subjects.

Many of these interviews and analyses have reminded me how, with an increasingly complex investment universe and confusing world in general, it has become more important to simplify and concentrate on what we know and understand and also on what we really desire. One of the observations that came into clearer focus was that some of the most successful investors in the long term expend more effort on avoiding major mistakes than on selecting the most promising investments.

As Warren Buffet’s long-time partner Charlie Munger, known for not mincing his words, has said many times in similar fashion: “It is remarkable how much long-term advantage people like us [at Berkshire Hathaway] have gotten by trying to be consistently not stupid, instead of being very intelligent.” Over fifty years of investing, I may not have succeeded in avoiding stupidity completely, but I have increasingly veered toward eliminating potentially costly mistakes in our portfolios instead of trying to discover presumably rare pearls.

There are approximately 41,000 listed companies in the world with a combined market value of more than USD 80 trillion, and the United States alone counts nearly 6,000 public companies. (Wikipedia 8/30, 2021 and OECD report 10/17 2019). I won’t even try to estimate the number of derivatives and manufactured products that piggyback on those corporate equities or the bonds and other credit instruments that are issued by their underlying companies. So, especially with a small but effective investment team, which I prefer, it would be impossible to thoroughly analyze all the opportunities available to us. Proceeding first by elimination is a more effective approach, I believe.

I discovered Carl Jacobi, a nineteenth-century German mathematician who made important contributions to somewhat esoteric (for me) areas of science when reading Nassim Taleb’s Fooled by Randomness: The Hidden Role of Chance in Life and in the Markets (2001, Random House). I have since read many papers about Jacobi’s work but, I must confess, I never read his books in the text — or in the math as it were. Nevertheless, I retained perhaps his most famous advice for solving problems: “Invert, always invert”: many hard problems are best solved when they are addressed backward by turning a situation or problem upside down and looking at it backward.

One of the corollaries of that maxim, as it applies to investments, is not to look for the rare outsized winners but rather to eliminate those that we should avoid. These include any businesses that are overindebted, illiquid, or that are spread too thin over very diverse activities, and also, any involvement in activities that we don’t clearly understand, which requires a talent for introspection to acknowledge.

I believe that there are two main types of dangerous investors: those who are poorly educated or insufficiently informed and only invest on gut feelings, and those at the other extreme, who are overeducated and/or excessively intellectual. The latter live under the assumption that there is nothing that they cannot understand and thus are easily seduced by challenging schemes or new products without applying basic cynicism and common sense. Two examples of recent years were the costly lures of energy “innovator” ENRON and the Ponzi investment scheme expertly organized by Bernard Madoff. Both attracted surprising large numbers of supposedly-sophisticated professional investors before eventually collapsing.

We prefer to be ready, after thorough analysis if it is necessary and possible, to admit that we don’t know or don’t understand when honest introspection makes us feel “inadequate”.

There is another shortcoming that affects most kinds of investors when they are looking for outstanding gains: the optimistic bias that makes them overestimate the potential gain from the investment being considered and overlook any potential downside due, for example, to changes in the company’s or industry’s fundamental environment or to the entry into their competitive space by disruptive technologies or new marketing or distribution approaches. These often cannot be precisely anticipated, but a higher level of reflection can create an awareness of possible vulnerabilities.

Most of us realize that, with all the traditional media sources and now the newer access to social network conversation, we are submerged, not only by data but also by unnecessary and unwanted analyses, opinions and other “noise”. There is a growing need to simplify the torrent of information that aggresses us daily. We live in an age of plethora, and this statement does not apply only to investments:  in a social context as well, we are constantly adding new “friends” from the Internet. Even if we do not wish to add to our social network, it is often delicate to unfriend people who have invited us to join their hundreds of closest confidantes.

But systematically eliminating new ideas and new acquaintances can be intellectually diminishing, and it is important to keep an open mind – in investments as in social interaction. A few years ago, a stranger in a cocktail party started to ask me about investments. Just as doctors who resent being asked to diagnose and recommend treatments at such social gatherings, I tend to shut out what I perceive as aggressions. I told my wife that I did not want to see that person again. But, as it happens, we did, and I discovered a wonderful man with diversified interests: he had been a prominent doctor, was well-traveled, had an ongoing passion for photography, and, most importantly, had a wonderful sense of humor. He became one of my closest friends and valuable addition to my life.

Similarly, I initially rejected buying the shares of Google and Amazon, for example, on the basis of their excessive valuations, without fully recognizing how search engines would become indispensable to our lives or understanding that Amazon would evolve from an interesting experiment in bookselling to being the logistical master of the global retail business.

My bad, as they say in sports… But, in truth, it is not so important to collect spectacular winners in a portfolio, as long as you keep compounding your clients’ fortunes by avoiding costly mistakes. Furthermore, with true long-term winners, the market usually offers you later occasions to buy into more easily appraised values.

It is challenging to reconcile long-term ambition and short-term humility or lack of greed. But as I look to the future, I am confident that the lessons from history, a sharpened focus on research, and a good dose of unbiased introspection will serve me and my clients well.

 

François Sicart – December 1, 2021

 

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

False Defeats and False Victories

Aren’t stocks a lot like heroes in novels we read? Six years ago, when I was putting the finishing touches on my first book: “Outsmarting the Crowd,” my UK-based editor, with a great affinity for novels, told me how much we can learn from works of fiction. Our conversation renewed my interest in novels, stories, and specifically how they are structured. Whether it’s a recent Hollywood production or a 5,000-year-old myth, the hero celebrates false victories and faces false defeats, very much like any investment we research. Let me explain.

I imagine not everyone has ever read an accounting or finance manual, I don’t blame you, but I’d guess that everyone has read a novel in their life. To me, annual company filings with balance sheets and management discussions read just like a novel. An imperfect hero embarks on a journey of growth and transformation, and I’m sure to see both ups and downs on the way. If I’m not careful enough, I could be misled by false defeats and false victories.

Each hero worth our attention will experience some mishaps on the way; in novels, it could be a heartbreak, a lost battle, a natural disaster, in investing a few weaker quarters, a product recall, an economic recession, and more. What keeps us reading or following the hero is the hope that the fortune will turn in their favor. Equally, we may be fooled by a false victory. It may seem that our hero is getting ahead, winning the battle, finding a safe way out of trouble, only to be sent back into the worst turmoil.

It’s the unlikely and the imperfect hero with an almost impossible victory that makes the best story and, I believe, the best investment.

I have never read a novel where a perfect hero lived a perfect life, and only good things happened to them. I also have never seen a perfect stock, with a perfect rise, and success, with no mishaps on the way.

When I got my first New York investment job, one of the things I did was pull up the end-of-the-day trade sheets. It was a long list of trades done by all portfolio managers during the day. They might have seemed dry and uninteresting to many, but they were the treasure trove to me. I was a junior analyst eager to learn, and there is no better way than to learn than from those who have been investing for decades.

I was curious about what they were buying, but I was especially intrigued by the stocks they were selling. Some of those holdings did very well, and I was curious when they were purchased and why. My fellow portfolio managers often accommodated my youthful curiosity, and I was almost always the only one asking them to share the story behind those sell decisions.

I’d also study the price and valuation of those stocks over the years. I found it very intriguing that even the best holdings traded in a wide range. There were times when one could buy them 50% off. These were the imperfect heroes facing their false defeats and celebrating false victories.

The two best examples I can think of that are a false defeat on one hand and a false victory are Apple in the 1990s and WeWork in 2019.

Apple and WeWork are both extremes. Apple went from a near demise to being the highest-priced company in the US, and WeWork went from a seemingly invincible success story to an almost bankrupt company all in a matter of months. Most companies we study fall somewhere in between those two ends of a wide range.

When Steve Jobs returned to Apple in the 1990s, the company was in real trouble, quickly running out of cash. The innovation lagged, and the competition dominated the market. Apple’s survival wasn’t obvious, and recovery didn’t seem likely, but the company started to collect victories from an iPod to iPhone, iPad, and more over the next few years. It surprised us many times over. Its near-death experience of the 1990s proved to be a false defeat. The following quarter of a century has been a path of massive transformation. I’m not aware of a more unlikely turnaround in business history.

When WeWork failed to convince investors to participate in its highly hyped-up IPO, this almost $50 billion company experienced a harsh reality check. Its unprofitable business ran out of support among investors, and it turned out to be not a tech company, but a money losing real estate company. The market refused to fund its growth at all cost and with no regard for profits. WeWork’s false victory turned out to be a very real defeat.

Apple looked like a terrible investment the last few years before Steve Jobs returned. WeWork seemed to be a great investment all the way until the market called the bluff on its meteoric rise. Those two examples also show how hard it is to measure our heroes on their journey, and falsely celebrate investment successes, and unnecessarily wallow over investment failures. The story of either of the companies isn’t over yet. WeWork just managed to go public recently; Apple continues to launch new versions of its products.

Anyone that tries to gauge our investment hero’s journey based on a monthly performance misses the point. We need to keep a long-term picture in mind and see where the growth and the transformation of the business are taking us. Are the odds in our favor that our holdings will be bigger and better a few years down the road or not? That’s the question we try to answer. Whether they will get there after half a dozen or two dozen of false defeats becomes irrelevant in the grand scheme of things.

Studying heroes of novels we read and businesses we research, we find patterns that repeat through cycles and ages. The works of fiction provide a very enjoyable entertainment, businesses, on the other hand, they may offer money-making opportunities for disciplined and patient investors.

Investing could be described as collecting heroes for our portfolios. We accept that they are imperfect; we know well that they will experience victories and defeats on their journey. We do our best to take advantage of the false defeats and not get fooled by false victories. Maybe my editor was right, and we can learn a lot about investing reading works of fiction and looking for unlikely heroes when and where few dare or care to look?

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 11/11/2021

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Fall in Love with the Process

What leads to success in investing? Many might think it’s setting lofty goals with precise deadlines. Some might believe it’s all about regularly beating market benchmarks, and others might focus on their portfolios’ daily, weekly, or monthly returns. The real secret, though, is to fall in love with the process. Let me explain.

Investing might look exciting from the outside, especially seen through unlikely sudden success stories embellished by gifted journalists. First-time, next-door investor buys a handful of exciting stocks and turns a small nest egg into an eye-popping fortune in no time – we have all heard a version of it more than once.

Investing is indeed intellectually stimulating, financially rewarding, and professionally gratifying, but day-to-day, it’s a process.

The process takes care, discipline, and patience. If there were one word to describe investing, I’d choose reading. If you asked me how I spent my days, I’d say I read. I don’t just read 9 to 5; I read all the time; any moment I find, I read. You’d be as likely to see me with an annual report of one of our holdings as a book about Artificial Intelligence or the Bronze Age warfare.

I read books, articles, studies, research, anything that I think can shed more light on possible investment opportunities out there, and anything that helps me better frame my worldview of where our investments operate.

There are three things I’m looking for. First, I want to know what kind of businesses I’d like to own. Second, I find the right price that I’m willing to pay. Third, I need to have a good understanding of the broader context in which the business operates.

The three aspects of the process can be continuously improved. The more businesses I learn about, the better I understand what makes them succeed or fail. The long history of stock prices I looked at, the better I can get at buying a business at the right time. Finally, the more open I keep my eyes to bigger shifts and trends at work, the fewer surprises my investments will face, and the more opportunities I will be able to identify.

When the time is right, we use this knowledge to buy, sell or decide to hold a particular investment. The buying and selling activity is a small fraction of the process. Outside of reading, the word that describes best what we do is – holding. We make money not by buying or selling stocks but by holding them. Small businesses become big, undervalued become relatively valued or overvalued. Finally, temporarily troubled holdings get back on track. We get rewarded for patiently holding what we own.

It’s equally important to identify and correct mistakes, but we take rare actions to get back on track. Nobody has perfect knowledge about the future, and the success or failure of our holdings happens right there – in the unknowable future. We can make the best-educated assumption about what’s to come, but we never know for sure, no matter how much we read and learn.

Since we are focused on reading and holding, we are less likely to make abrupt changes in the portfolio. We can be very decisive and act quickly when the opportunity arises, but otherwise, we remain still. In other words, we are less likely to panic when the prices fall, and we are less likely to follow any euphoria either. We stand firmly behind the process.

We often mention that what we don’t own and what we don’t do matters as much or sometimes more than what we own and what we do. Warren Buffett often reminds us of the rules of investing: “Rule No. 1: Never lose money. Rule No. 2: Never forget Rule No. 1.” We believe that our list of don’ts has saved us from many losses over the years.

We have come this far in our discussion, and I haven’t mentioned goals, outcomes, returns. I think that goals are helpful. They might keep us motivated when the process tests our resolve. They also remind us of where we are going. Having a precise deadline for the investment goals can endanger the process, though. If someone asked me how they could double their money in 3 weeks, I wouldn’t be able to help. If we make the horizon longer and even better set a wide range, the process we follow can help us get there. We like to say that we seek to double the capital every 5 to 15 years, which is a 5% to 15% return annually.

We are even further with our discussion, and I still haven’t mentioned benchmarks, indices. The media these days reports minute-to-minute movements in major indices. They represent the majority of the US stock market and intend to show if the markets are doing better or worse versus yesterday or even just earlier today. I often explain to our interns (who come armed with difficult questions) that even if benchmarks and indices were never invented, tracked, and reported, we would continue the process that works and makes sense for us. In other words, the S&P 500 or the Dow Jones are no guideposts on our journey. If the index operators announced tomorrow that they discontinue their benchmarks, it would make no difference to what we do.

We talked about investing as an exciting pursuit. Interestingly enough, the best opportunities happen when investing seems the least exciting, and the stocks are priced as if they were untouchable. Individual stocks and the whole market goes through cycles. For a patient investor, there are times when one can buy quality businesses at incredibly low prices.

It’s a historical extreme, but worth remembering – in 1979, Business Week ran an article titled “The Death of Equities.” We read there how only the elderly remained invested, while the younger demographic left. It must have been a polar opposite of today’s market sentiment. The 1970s’ inflation and market volatility ravaged investments at the time, and few were left interested in stocks. BusinessWeek concluded: “Today, the old attitude of buying solid stocks as a cornerstone for one’s life savings and retirement has simply disappeared.” This prophecy couldn’t have been more wrong. This unglamorous moment marked the beginning of the longest bull market in history.

Falling in love with the process helps in investing. To us, the process means reading and holding with a rare occasional deliberate action. If market benchmarks were discontinued and the media declared stocks dead again, we’d go on. Technologies may change, stocks, and currencies may come and go, but stock investing will continue as long as there are customers with needs and wants and businesses eager to fulfill them. We’ll be here ready to buy their shares while reading and holding in the meantime.

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 10/14/2021

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

The Blessings Of Mentorship

I recently received a very kind email from our this year’s intern, Joshua. His experience was different than that of many of his predecessors that we hosted over the years. He was our remote intern working from his home. His words of appreciation for what he had learned with us made me think of my mentors, who blessed me with their generosity over the last two decades.

It was a little over 16 years ago; I just got my first Manhattan investment job. I was to shadow a seasoned investment advisor whose regular articles I had been reading for a while. I settled in at my desk; I had my computer and phone set up; I was eager and ready to start. The catch was that my boss and mentor was about to leave town for a while: “Welcome aboard. Email me, call me, I’m off.” – he said with a smile as he jetted out the front door after my welcome lunch earlier that week. That’s how I started my long apprenticeship with our dear François Sicart all those years ago.

I soon learned that some 35 years earlier, he benefited from a great mentorship. He learned from Mr. Christian Humann and his senior partners, who, on the other hand, gained their experience in the last years of the 1920s historic bull market and hard years of the Great Depression post the 1929 market crash.

Here I was in early 2005, excited and grateful for the opportunity. I had no way of knowing at the time, but I’m well aware now that I was about to embark on a life-changing 16 year-long mentorship that inspired a fulfilling career in the world of family wealth investing.

In his absence, Patsy Jaganath took me under her wings. I had a lot to learn beyond the dry academic investment theory that I acquired until that point and the historical knowledge I devoured reading every possible investment book I could find. Soon after, I got to know Allen Huang, who gained his experience under the tutelage of an avid stock picker, and Mr. Sicart’s earlier partner, Jean-Pierre Conreur.

I feel blessed that I’m still able to rely on their wisdom and experience. Five years ago, the four of us became equal partners in our shared venture – Sicart Associates, a boutique investment firm. We have been fortunate enough to have Diandra Ramsammy help run the office from the start, and Delphine Chevalier has continued to help us navigate the time zones from Paris. Soon after that, a good friend, and a co-worker from our earlier careers, Doug Rankin, joined us as a portfolio manager.

Looking back over those many years, I think of the importance of mentorship. My mentors haven’t always been close or around. These unique “remote” mentorships gave me both an opportunity to learn and the independence to grow on my own. With Mr. Sicart’s blessing, I met Mr. James (Jay) E. Hughes, Jr., who has spent his career working with prominent families around the world in his role of a true homme de confiance.

Although Mr. Hughes and I have rarely been in the same place at the same time, with the help of video calls, we have held regular monthly conversations for many years now. Mr. Sicart shared with me his lessons in navigating the markets while managing family fortunes over half a century. Mr. Hughes opened my eyes to a particular role we can aspire to have in the lives of families we are blessed to work with.

Some mentors have been in my life for many years, while others made a lasting impression at the moment in time, but whose impact still shapes my thinking and actions.

In college, professor Jacek Grzywacz taught me the foundations of finance and banking. He was also my thesis supervisor when I was getting my master’s degree. I wrote about the future of the euro versus the dollar; he quizzed me about the three C’s of credit: capacity, character, and collateral.

The summer between my Warsaw education, and my Paris graduate program, during a summer school in Prague, Czech Republic, I met an American economist, professor Peter Boettke. My class was a bit unusual. It consisted almost entirely of students from the former Soviet Bloc. We all had fresh memories of the failings of a state-owned, controlled command economy. Professor Boettke was an expert on the topic and a follower of the Austrian School of Economics — the exact opposite of the Soviet socialist economic thought. He didn’t have to convince us that a free market economy produces superior outcomes. I greatly appreciated his sharp, clear mind and the ability to defend his arguments in a playful yet convincing way. I often think of him writing my articles these days.

I met many great professors in my French grad school. Many of them had spent decades pursuing careers in New York City and came back to run or start businesses in Paris while teaching at my school. I found their transatlantic perspective very intriguing. I thought that they had a way of combining European sensibilities with the American entrepreneurial spirit. They knew how to find patterns, answers, logic in an increasingly complex world. I trust that some of their wisdom and experience rubbed off on me.

There were many mentors and inspiring people I met since then; some gave me an idea, a direction, some pointed me toward new opportunities. In New York City, I met Eric Rock, and Max Alvarez, who introduced me to the world of public speaking. In California, I got to know Flora Wong, a very passionate TEDx host. I had a memorable conversation over lunch at a mountaintop restaurant with Guy Spier (renowned author and value investor). I had an unforgettable time visiting Tony Deden (another prominent investor) in Zurich and sharing a meal with his team. Shortly before the 2008 housing bubble burst, I was fortunate enough to attend an intimate investor meeting hosted by Mohnish Pabrai (an inspiring investor, author, and philanthropist). The list goes on.

I don’t know if you choose your mentors or they choose you; I think it might be a little bit of both.

With remote work reshaping our office life these days, I wouldn’t despair that we can’t have daily lunches with our mentors. A good number of my mentors have been remote for most of my career. I am grateful for the role they have played in my life. I believe that if you keep an open mind, stay curious; anyone can find generous minds out there that will be more than happy to impart their wisdom to you.

I try to play my part. Over the years, I greatly enjoyed many conversations with interns who joined us every year for a few months. They come from various corners of the world and bring their own unique perspective. Even this peculiar year, when we are still figuring out the post-COVID work models, we hosted a remote intern, Joshua, who I mentioned earlier. We had our regular Zooms. He was learning by doing, tackling new investment questions each week. I trust I gave him enough independence to figure it out on his now and enough guidance to keep him on the right path, the same way my mentors have done for me over the years, and I intend to do for decades to come.

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 8/25/2021

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

What I Might Do Differently If I Managed Only My Own Portfolio

Some years ago, one of my partners hired a portfolio manager with an existing clientele. Months later, that manager resigned and retired, with a simple explanation: “In all these years, I did not realize that the one thing I did not like about this business was having clients.”

Before I receive protests and complaints, I want to stress that not only do I not at all feel the same way: In fact, I am immensely grateful for the loyalty and support of my long-time clients.

Still, it has periodically occurred to me that, if I were managing only my own money, I would probably do it somewhat differently. For ethical reasons, I do attempt to manage my own money as closely as possible to the way I manage the money of my client families. There will always be some differences because individuals often have different patrimonial goals and requirements but, by and large, our portfolios tend to own the same investments.

Note: John Mihaljevic, founder and managing editor of The Manual of Ideas, a prestigious network of sophisticated investors which includes my partner Bogumil Baranowski, just sent me a new book: Richer, Wiser, Happier (William Green – Scribner, 2021). As a rule, I don’t have too much interest in interviews with successful investors. However, this one fascinated me by both the choice of interviewees and the skill with which the author distills their philosophies. In this paper, I liberally use some of the reflections that the book has triggered in me.

 

***

VALUE INVESTING AND THE CONTRARIAN APPROACH

I am above all a contrarian investor. Like many investors of my generation, who were heavily influenced by Benjamin Graham and his disciples, I started as a fairly pure value investor, primarily interested in companies’ assets and balance sheets. But the strict value approach advocated by Graham has become more challenging with the rapid and massive distribution of financial information, along with the quasi-instantaneous speed with which computers have allowed analysts to filter and analyze data.

For a long time, value investing and contrarian investing were practically synonymous. If you could buy a stock for less than your estimate of the value of its company’s assets, it meant that stock was not popular with the investing public. Hence, your investment was obviously contrarian.

This should still be true, but the way to assess value has been tampered with. First, instead of straightforward and simple measures from companies’ balance sheets, value started being measured against income statement figures such as earnings, cash flow, etc. Soon, current or recent earnings were not deemed sufficient, and estimates of future earnings began to be utilized, introducing the notion of projected growth. More recently, as traditional “tangible” businesses were supplanted by novel, less material ones, the practice developed to try and anticipate how much money a company might earn if it swiftly captured a commanding share of a new market. Companies’ valuations began to be measured against sales, subscriptions, viewership, Internet clicks, etc. Gradually rosy visions of the future replaced factual achievements.

As I witnessed this transformation, I progressively became more of a contrarian than a pure value investor. But this is not a foolproof approach either.

First, you have to measure the crowd consensus against which to take a contrary position. In a market environment where opinions proliferate and trend-susceptible investors adopt new ones frequently, it is sometimes hard to differentiate between minor changes in mood and overwhelming consensuses. Yet the secret of contrarian investing success is to jump in only at or close to the points of irrational exuberance or panic.

Most of the time, moods are not extreme enough to warrant betting aggressively against the consensus. Increasingly, I suspect that if I were concerned solely about my own fortune, I would invest much less often. Motion should not be taken for action, and the concept of “positive inaction” is increasingly attractive to me. You think hard, analyze a lot, but invest only when an opportunity becomes irresistible from a contrarian approach.

 

CONCENTRATION AND DIVERSIFICATION

No matter how eager a financial analyst you may be, you are probably able to identify only a limited number of absolutely compelling ideas at any given time. To be compelling, an investment idea must identify a company with solid finances and a reasonable-to-good profit outlook, but also one whose shares sell at an irresistible price. Anything less demanding just amounts to portfolio-filling, which brings me to the question of concentration vs. diversification—one that has preoccupied me for many years.

If there are only a handful of truly compelling ideas at a given time, what is the point of owning more? Why not put your few chosen eggs in one basket and watch that basket carefully? Many truly  successful investors have achieved superior performances by keeping heavily concentrated portfolios, and the approach does make sense.

The main problem with concentration, even when successful over time, is shorter-term volatility. Ben Graham, the father of value investing, famously said that, in the short term, the market is a voting machine but that, in the long term, it is a weighing machine. As an individual, I welcome volatility, because fluctuating prices create opportunities to buy stocks cheaply. I don’t care about the moods of the “voters” and I am only interested whether the market’s “weighing” function will vindicate my judgment over the long term.

That attitude, unfortunately, is not appropriate for most clients. It takes a strong character to weather serenely the occasional high volatility of concentrated portfolios. If, in addition, clients are influenced by “asset allocators” whose job is to measure the relative performance of portfolios on a quarterly basis (if not more frequently), the higher volatility of the concentrated approach could generate disastrous results in the end.

 

ON THE OTHER HAND

I have no tendency to underrate myself but, when one’s fortune is at stake is no time to show excessive self-confidence. I have been known to occasionally make mistakes – either of judgement or of calculation. Thus, I am not sure that much larger sums invested in a handful of stocks would leave me as phlegmatic about money as I tend to be most of the time.

Another idea that has tempted me at times is to take the opposite approach: create a very diversified portfolio, achieved by eliminating only stocks that are not attractive. I have enough experience and intuition to discern which companies are unattractive because of irrational valuation, or simply do not pass the “smell test”.

Even that approach is not perfect, though. Often, the companies whose stocks do best are those that are recovering after being near-bankrupt. On the other hand, this situation is more likely to hurt “relative” performance – measured against competitors or “the indices” — than absolute returns. If my only client were myself, I would not care a bit about relative performance as long as I made money and felt secure about my investments.

The solution of that conundrum might be a combination of the two approaches: a core percentage concentrated in a handful of high-conviction stocks, and the rest of the portfolio much more diversified but rigorously purged of “undesirables.”

 

INVESTMENT HORIZONS

When compared to the majority of market participants, I am a long-term investor. My potential horizon for holding investments is not defined in advance, but could easily extend to several years. On the other hand, I am not a buy-and-hold investor by nature.

Stocks fluctuate. This means they cycle from undervalued to fully-valued and overvalued. Trained as a value investor, I find it difficult not to sell when stock prices peak even if, in theory, I would like to hold them forever.

There is good reason for holding onto investments you own rather than constantly looking for new ideas. Some years ago, we had an aging client. To avoid the double taxation that would arise from capital gains followed by inevitable estate taxes, we refrained from selling her stocks and realizing gains in her portfolio. Happily, she  survived for several years and when reviewing her portfolio, I found out that many of the stocks we would have sold actually outperformed those we might have bought to replace them.

On the other hand, applying an investment discipline is not about maximizing one’s gains over given periods; it is about compounding reasonable gains over one’s lifetime. In a forthcoming book, I illustrate what a difference an additional investment return of 1% per annum does in more than 30 years, and it is simply stunning. My nature commands me to be disciplined and patient while resisting greed, and I believe these qualities are the true secret to riches.

 

THE IMPORTANCE OF DREAMING

I started this article with the idea of a life of “constructive inaction”. This is not an encouragement to be lazy but day-dreaming, I believe, is essential to creativity and while you refrain from incessant action you may also be avoiding some mistakes.

Earlier in my career, I used to cross Central Park daily, walking and smoking my cigar on the way to my office. During this half-hour or so, I mentally granted myself superhuman powers and assigned myself the task of solving some major world problem. Needless to say, I never quite solved a global crisis, but dreaming about such problems awakened my spirit and often led me to new ideas in totally different fields.

Unfortunately, in addition to having given up my constant cigar-smoking, I don’t walk as much anymore either. These days, I mostly act and I miss the creativity that came with day-dreaming, an activity that I strongly recommended in a letter to my grandson years ago. I hope he still practices it.

 

François Sicart – August 17, 2021

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

THE SUPERFICIALS AND THE AGNOSTICS

These days, it seems, everyone has an opinion about everything.

Submitted to a deluge of information and opinions from traditional news media and now internet social networks, I’ve found that many people tend to simply repeat the views garnered from their favorite or most convenient source. So, most of the ideas that circulate in social venues such as dinners, cocktail parties or even conferences are just second-hand, recycled material that has undergone little or no critical analysis.

From an investment viewpoint, the paucity of thought behind the opinions propagated in that manner can cause poor or even dangerous decisions. As Howard Marks, Chairman and cofounder of Oaktree Capital Management, pointed out in his book The Most Important Thing (Columbia Business School Publishing – 2011), things are often more complicated than they appear because, when we solve one problem, we often end up unintentionally creating another one even worse. Most policy actions or reactions thus are the sources of unforeseen consequences.

Marks makes the point that most people use what he describes as first-level thinking, which is fast and easy but also simplistic and superficial. Because this simplistic level of thinking is the same for all people who practice it, everyone tends to reach the same conclusions. Unfortunately, to be better than the crowd, which should be the ultimate goal of investors, you first have to be different. Therefore, as Marks stresses, out-thinking the majority can’t come from first-level thinking and must come from a deeper and more complex second-level thinking that goes beyond the obvious consequences of what is happening now.

Daniel Kahneman, an Israeli psychologist who was awarded the 2002 Nobel Memorial Prize in Economic Sciences (!) questions the assumption of human rationality that underpins modern economic and financial theory. In his best-selling book “Thinking Fast and Slow” (Penguin -2011), he distinguishes between one mode of thinking that is fast, instinctive and emotional, and another one that is slower, more deliberate and more logical. This is not too different from Marks’ distinction between first-level and second-level thinking.

If one prefers a somewhat more intricate explanation of why superficial, instinctive opinions are faulty as they relate to financial markets, they can explore the theory of Reflexivity articulated by famed trader George Soros.

The theory of Reflexivity states that investors don’t base their decisions on reality, but rather on their perceptions of reality. The actions that result from these perceptions have an impact on reality itself, which in turn affects investors’ perceptions again and thus prices. The problem is that in the economy, and financial markets in particular, participants are part of the situation they have to deal with. According to Soros, the participants’ views influence the course of events, and the course of events influences the participants’ views. The influence is continuous and circular; that is what turns it into a feedback loop.

The only purpose of this lengthy introduction has been to stress once again our belief in the futility for investors of trying to predict the future – certainly in amplitude and timing. For our part, as investors, we prefer to remain agnostics about the future, which is why our answer to many questions is something few advisors will admit: “I don’t know”. This does not mean that we give up understanding problems: rather, our attitude long has been to prefer preparing ourselves for different possible outcomes.

Bernard Baruch was an American financier and statesman who was one of the country’s richest and most powerful men in the late 19th and early 20th centuries. He is famous for his remark that: “The main purpose of the stock market is to make fools of as many men as possible” but also for his advice that: “I made my money by selling too soon.” (Brainy Quotes), which he actually did before the Great Depression.

A current example of the uncertainty in economics is inflation. Some observers think that the ongoing policies to suppress interest rates (i.e., to make borrowing cost-free), combined with record fiscal stimulus (budget deficits) cannot fail to eventually cause significant price inflation. Others argue that, even before the COVID crisis, the world was subject to significant deflationary forces: the piling up of debt cannot fail to eventually cause a “Minsky Moment” – a reckoning that will take the form of a financial crisis and economic downturn.

Over the years, we have often seen the experts be wrong about major turns in the economy. I particularly remember that, after the newly-formed OPEC caused a quadrupling of oil prices practically overnight, in late 1973, three leading economists told the New York Society of Security Analysts that the event would change very little to their forecasts of modest inflation. The inflationary spiral that followed created an unexpected profit opportunity for investors in commodities while most of the rest of the stock market suffered one of its worst historical declines.

The scenario that intrigues me most today is one articulated by William R. White, former Head of the Monetary and Economic department of the Bank for International Settlements (BIS) at one of Mauldin Economics’ recent conferences.

In the 1980s, I used to visit the BIS, often referred to as “the central banks’ bank”, at least annually. Not only is it the regular meeting place of the world’s leading central bankers, but its research department keeps a keen eye on the risks threatening the world’s economic and financial systems.

Mr. White personally forewarned of the risks created by the debt bubble and the sub-prime lending folly prior to the Great Recession that started in 2007. He apparently now sees an inflation spike first (it seems to be happening now, not only in commodities but also in housing as well as in wages). There is no overwhelming worry at the Fed with regards to inflation right now, but a first indication that they are planning to start slowing the monetary floodgates within a year or so.

Typically, government and central banks are late in reversing policies and then they overreact, which is apparently what William White is expecting. I believe this is why he reportedly foresees a financial markets correction and an economic slowdown resulting from a first, timid monetary tightening after the first inflation spike.

I can only guess what he is precisely thinking but, especially since investors in particular seem to have forgotten what pain feels like, the pressure to relax monetary policy would then become unbearable and the Fed would reopen the monetary floodgates, finally releasing a true inflationary spiral.

Many things may intervene in the interim. For example, the consensus on currencies is now that the US dollar should decline after a long period when global investors were perceived as having no true alternative to keep their liquidities. The catch up of other major economies on vaccination and economic growth should strengthen their currencies, it is reasoned.

Some time ago the thought of diversifying my currencies intrigued me, too. I studied various possibilities and concluded that, especially in the midst of the COVID pandemic, no currency was much safer. Today, I am worried by an opposite scenario.

As US interest rates rise as a result of the Fed’s tightening, the US dollar might initially strengthen. The combination of higher interest rates and a rising dollar might prove devastating for a number of emerging economies who have borrowed internationally in dollars. This might actually be worse for many natural resource producers, whose export prices tend to decline when the dollar rises.

Several of these economies are already struggling to surmount the effects of the pandemic and one or several major debt crises might erupt at the periphery of the stronger economies just as they begin to recover. Then, the inflation scenario could be forgotten and we’d have to position ourselves for a recessionary environment.

It has seemed clear to me for a while that a combination of greed and fear of missing out (FOMO) has created a bubble-like speculative condition in the debt and equity markets, not to mention marginal and derivative instruments. But the timing of such a conclusion is very elusive and, true to our conviction that that it is better to prepare for eventualities than to try and predict the future, we have constructed portfolios accordingly. We expect some companies to benefit from an acceleration of the recovery and new inflationary pressures; others should survive thanks to their strong balance sheets while debt-heavy companies suffer; and, all the while, we are keeping enough cash reserves to take advantage of further opportunities. The spirit of Bernard Baruch survives.

François Sicart — June 30, 2021

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

The Trouble with Thematic Investing

Now, and then you might hear about all kinds of themes out there. Baby boomers are retiring – how to invest. Automation and robotics – how to invest. Climate change – how to invest. Each time we learn about some newly discovered theme, it seems compelling to chase it and ride the wave of alleged investment opportunities that may follow. Is it really a good investment policy, though?

At times, the question of thematic investing comes up in our conversations with clients. After the portfolio review and the discussion of some new investment ideas, they might be curious about work from home as a theme, for example, and want to know if we invest in it and how.

A few months ago, a big player in thematic investing closed its doors after ten years. They are not the only ones in that space, but they caught my attention a while ago. With serious backing from major financial firms, they wanted to offer investors an opportunity to create their own themes or used predefined themes to build investment portfolios. You could put 30% of your capital in baby boomers retiring, 30% in automation, 30% in climate change, and to spice it up 10% in our vices, for example. One of the more intriguing themes they followed was investing in brands with the most likes on social media.

I watched their approach carefully. I’m always curious about new ideas, new strategies, and theme investing is a theme (or a fad?) in itself. It tends to come back in various shapes and forms now and then. Speaking of vices earlier, I thought what this company offered satisfied the temptation among investors to discover or capture new and old themes out there. Apparently, despite massive financial backing, marketing exposure, and hundreds of millions raised in venture capital funding, it still failed to attract enough theme seekers.

They are not the only ones. I recently read about a theme that’s a mouthful to say: it’s a renewable energy theme that captures the decarbonization opportunity of cryptocurrencies—lots of big words. Cryptocurrencies have been a theme for a while on their own, but the tide seems to be turning for now. Even Elon Musk himself recently experienced a sudden change of heart when it comes to cryptocurrencies. He apparently only now discovered how much energy is consumed by Bitcoin and lost interest in it with a single tweet. By the way, that’s how suddenly most themes (or rather fads) start and end historically. It’s never obvious whether a particular theme is a truly long-lasting tailwind to a certain industry or just a fad that will go away with a single tweet.

Elon Musk wrote on May 12, 2021: “Tesla has suspended vehicle purchases using Bitcoin. We are concerned about rapidly increasing usage of fossil fuels for Bitcoin mining and transaction, especially coal, which has the worst emissions of any fuel.” While, only two months earlier, Tesla started to accept Bitcoin as payment.

Interestingly enough, Bitcoin lost about 50% of its value in dollar terms between those two tweets. If Tesla were to honor its Bitcoin price from March in May, it’d be getting only half the amount in US dollars.

Bitcoin volatility aside, Tesla’s brief infatuation with Bitcoin made me wonder: can themes cancel each other out? If you buy a Tesla with hopes to promote renewable energy but pay with Bitcoin and contribute to its carbon footprint, what’s the outcome? Mostly positive or mostly negative?

Forbes explained in a May article: “it’s Bitcoin’s decentralized structure that drives its huge carbon emissions footprint,” and what’s more, Bitcoin transaction take upwards of 10 minutes, while “other digital transactions, like those powered by Visa, take less than a second and use roughly 1/500,000 the energy because they rely on a centralized authority to verify transactions.”

If that’s the case, isn’t investing in renewable energy in the name of decarbonization of cryptocurrency an attempt to solve a problem that we don’t need to have? The very problem that was supposed to be actually a solution to other aches could be in itself so much worse than what we are already using today.

At least, that appears to be the case today.

Thematic investing has its challenges. Themes can apparently be built on top of other themes just like the one mentioned above. What gets totally lost in the conversation is the underlying business. Does it even make sense? Does it provide a needed service that others are willing to pay for? Can it generate profitable sales in the process?

This brings me to an explanation of how we invest. Theme or no theme, we look for a business that has good fundamentals. It grows its sales, and currently or in the foreseeable future can earn respectable profits. We want to understand its market potential and competitive advantage. Once we have that established, we think of the right price to pay for it. Even the greatest opportunity may prove to be a disappointing investment if we pay too high of a price.

In other words, what we do is start with the fundamentals of the business. Then we can see if there are any tailwinds worth considering. If we find out that our potential investment target may benefit from baby boomers retiring and increased interest in renewable energy, that’s a bonus. We don’t let the tailwinds alone tell us where to go, though. It could take us deep into some unfriendly financial mangroves, and we wouldn’t want that.

The challenge with thematic investing is that investors’ interest fades quicker than many expect; what’s more, few pay any attention to the fundamentals behind the businesses, and it’s the fundamentals that always prevail. When we find a good, growing, profitable business bought at the right price, it’s likely to turn out to be a good investment. A theme may play a role, but it’s more of a bonus than a reason in itself.

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 6/17/2021

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

What Surfing Taught Me About Investing

It was over a year ago on a wintery New York day. I was all bundled up, ready to face the freezing weather. I was listening to an audiobook on my daily commute — Yvon Chouinard’s – “Let my people go surfing.” The book discussed much more than surfing, but surfing seemed like a pleasant topic to read about on a chilly day. At the time, I had never surfed in my life, and I had no way of knowing that later that year, I’ll be chasing waves and learning something new about myself, and investing in the process!

Yvon Chouinard is a legendary climber, businessman, environmentalist, and founder of Patagonia, Inc. – an American outdoor clothing company. Patagonia, known for its environmental focus, is a privately held company that seems to live by the motto that small is beautiful. Their clothing is pricey, but it’s meant to last. Despite great success, Chouinard still calls himself a reluctant businessman.

As the title of the book implies, Chouinard also has a unique take on the work and life balance. It’s not unexpected since, in many fields, he’s often been ahead of his time. When surfing conditions are good, he’d rather see his employees catching waves than sitting at the desk. He wants them to be excited about work, and if the ocean is calling them, there is no reason to stop them.

With the same awe as Captain Cook some three centuries ago, I admired surfers from afar on many occasions. They seem to have harnessed an unruly force and have fun with it.  Despite my affinity for the ocean, until recently, I had never tried surfing. I spent a fair amount of time sailing and scuba diving. I enjoy both sides of the surface of the sea, but I never knew the feeling of gliding on it.

Not long ago, Megan and I took the leap and tried surfing. From the first session, we enjoyed every moment of it. It felt more like permission to learn rather than a claim of any proficiency of the sport. The more we surfed, though, the more surfing reminded me of investing, and the more investing felt like surfing.

Surfing is also one of the very few things we have been able to do without wearing face masks and using hand sanitizer. As long as we don’t break any local curfews while keeping an eye on the tides and rip currents, we are in the clear. It’s also been a perfect activity to social distance in the COVID era, or so I thought until local authorities banned it not long ago – fortunately only temporarily.

Charlie Munger (Warren Buffett’s business partner and a legendary investor) often shares how we should look for inspiration and mental models in other fields outside of investing. I’m not sure if he meant surfing. I’m finding out, though, how many of my investor friends caught the surfing bug, too. I don’t think all investors are surfers or vice versa, but somehow the two disciplines have a lot more in common than one would think!

The one thing that I learned at the very beginning of our surfing experience was that patience is key. Sets of good waves come in intervals, and it pays to wait for the right wave. The frequency of good waves depends on the tides, the weather, the winds, the particular break, or even the time of the year. The opportunities in investing come and go, and at times there might be hardly anything new available at attractive prices. In moments like that, the best we can do is keep waiting.

Surfers often say that surfing should be called paddling. An average surfing session includes 98% paddling, 2% surfing. In investing, we spend 98% of time researching, reading, learning, and 2% actually buying or selling. With the chest down on the board, the surfer works hard with both arms getting the board to move. The surfer paddles from the shore to the deeper water. He or she might also paddle around in search of a better position to catch the next wave.

It takes time and experience to be able to read the waves. There are no shortcuts here. Each surfer has to watch and commit to memory thousands of waves. Only then can one tell if it’s a good surfable wave and where the right position might be to catch it. This is no different than my early years as an analyst. I would either sit and read or join every possible meeting hosted by any of the senior analysts or portfolio managers. I instinctively knew that I had to see a thousand companies before I start to notice the patterns. A surfer never stops watching and memorizing the waves, and an investor keeps learning about companies in his or her investment universe.

There is a beginner’s luck in surfing as much as it exists in investing. During one of our early sessions, I happened to be at the right spot and the right time, and with a disproportionately little effort, I caught a spectacular ride or two. The ocean quickly reminded me that I’m a total newbie, and the following set of waves would wash me off the board or flip me upside down with no hesitation. Investing can do it to you, too. I often mention to my audiences how it pays to lose money on the first investment. I’d rather make small mistakes early on. It’s cheaper to learn that way and less painful while surfing!

As in investing, we can make mistakes; even the experienced surfers misjudge the waves. It takes experience to gracefully ditch a wave without falling off the board. It’s easier said than done. In investing, even with experience, research, and discipline, poor investment choices will happen. We often write about it and explain how you can’t eliminate all mistakes from your investment process. You can, though, minimize the damage done by any particular investment. When a well-chosen stock pick turns sour, it pays to sell quickly and move on. It saves money, time, and a few sleepless nights.

Every surfer learns about the infamous whitewash. It’s the area closer to the beach where the waves break. That’s where a gentle ripple turns into a powerful beast that will wash you off the board and likely drag you back closer to the shallows. For some reason, this experience reminds me of the times when your particular investment, whole portfolio, or investment style is temporarily out of favor. It takes persistence and stamina to keep paddling. There is no surfing without the “purgatory” of a whitewash, and there is no investing without the times when your ideas and convictions get tested. If anything, both investing and surfing taught me never to give up and always keep going.

When I talk to audiences around the world, I like to ask who has ever owned a stock and made money holding it. I know that anyone who has seen their hundred dollars turn into two is hooked for life. The sensation of successfully catching a wave on a surfboard can be likened to the excitement of riding a bicycle for the first time. A moment earlier, you might have thought it’s impossible, and a moment later, you wonder why it took you any time at all to figure it out. The moment though, when you do catch and ride a wave, changes everything. A surfer is willing to wait forever, paddle for almost as long, only to get back up and surf again. Investors are no different. We are willing to put up with a lot and get tested relentlessly only to find that next promising opportunity.

Furthermore, surfers believe that surfing is not just a sport; it’s a way of life. To me, investing is not just a job; it’s more of a calling; it’s something I would do even if I had all the money in the world. There are many investors whose wealth exceeds anything they could possibly spend in a lifetime, yet they still keep at it. I love reading, learning, making sense of the world around me. I also believe that as much as little replaces the excitement of catching a wave, little can replace the thrill of finding an investment opportunity. I call it a treasure hunt for ideas.

Both in investing and surfing – you never stop learning, and ignorance can be dangerous. Waves are a wild, unpredictable, and powerful phenomenon. They can give you an unforgettable ride to the shore or toss you around like a feather. Investments are no different; they can make you rich and take it all away. It pays to respect the forces we are dealing with.

***

Why are there so many surfers among investors? I think we are already patient; we know it takes time to learn anything worth pursuing, we got humbled by our investment mistakes, and we see surfing as a practice that further reinforces our instincts. If that wasn’t enough, surfing is such an incredibly absorbing activity that I can’t possibly think about anything other than the wave right in front. I don’t know of any better practice of being in the moment and clearing your mind. Surfing has become my secret advantage. You might not know how many ideas came to me right after a surfing session. I’m convinced that when Yvon Chouinard wrote “Let my people go surfing,” he was on to something! I want to think that surfing makes me a better investor, and I might be a better surfer because I’m an investor.

Let’s keep paddling, my friends; better waves and better investment opportunities are ahead!

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published:  5/26/2021

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

The Importance of Slack

11.37am! That was the time of an apparently very important scheduled appointment in the early days of my career. As a junior stock analyst, I went to many meetings and visited so many office buildings around Manhattan that I could barely tell them apart. I thought that scheduled time was odd, to say the least. Apparently, it was the result of masterful scheduling efficiency. Living and working in New York City, I came across and embraced the ever-present affinity for efficiency, productivity, and busyness. Over time, I discovered that there are exceptions to that rule in life, business, and investing!

Warren Buffett sometimes humors his audience, saying how a day with a haircut on schedule is a busy day. Despite managing one of the largest investment vehicles in the world, he prides himself on having a lot of slack in his days. It’s his time to read and think. There aren’t many CEOs who would ever share anything like it with the public. Buffett does it with his usual disarming charm. I read many CEO and founder biographies over the years, and if they have anything in common it is the busyness of their everyday routines. Their every minute is accounted for. Only last week, I read an article praising an executive at a leading tech firm who holds 50-hours of meetings each week. How much time then is left to think?

As a junior analyst, I wasn’t the one to brag about any slack in my day. It was quite the opposite. Young research employees wanted to look as busy as possible. They would print stacks of papers, pile them up on their desks. Sticky notes would frame their multiple computer screens. There was hardly any slack in their day or even room for a cup of coffee on their desk. They didn’t discover anything new. They embraced a seemingly valuable life skill. Already thirty years ago, one of the leading Seinfeld’s characters (the 1990s American sitcom), George Costanza, shared his take on the importance of that particular life skill: looking busy at work.

I see now that even if with my desk setup, I might have been already more of a contrarian! My colleagues can attest how my desk looked different than most. I’d usually have a completely clean slate in front of me. I hardly ever had more than a single sheet of paper with a to-do list for the day. It’s still the case today, but it wasn’t always this way. There was a time when I misplaced some apparently important blue form under heaps of paper, and I thought that this was enough. That day, I scanned, filed, or shredded all. My desk never looked the same again.

I remember how now and then, someone would stop by, look around my office, and jokingly ask if I still work here. You could say that it may have backfired since I definitely got more than a fair share of last-minute requests and assignments at times. I didn’t mind; I think it actually helped me learn more and faster and try new things that my busier colleagues didn’t have the capacity for. I don’t know if this unconventional stance helped me get bigger raises or get promoted sooner. I did get my own office relatively early on. Maybe what you do, how well you do it, and NOT how busy you look matters more in the end?

I don’t think I had a name for it, and for a while, I don’t think I fully embraced the importance of it, but for lack of a better word, I have been a lifelong fan of slack in life, investing, and business. I credit Shane Parrish and his Farnam Street Blog post “Efficiency is the Enemy” for giving me the right term for my lifelong practice.

He explains: “Slack consists of excess resources. It might be time, money, people on a job, or even expectations. Slack is vital because it prevents us from getting locked into our current state, unable to respond or adapt because we just don’t have the capacity.” Shane Parrish’s inspiration for the article came from a 2002 book – Slack: Getting Past Burnout, Busywork, and the Myth of Total Efficiency by Tom DeMarco.

Slack is not idle or wasted time, money, or resources; it’s the extra capacity that can be quickly deployed when needed. When it does get used, it’s usually used better than it would have been otherwise.

In life, slack to me means those extra hours to regroup, go for a walk, or read a book. In times like that, we gain a new perspective, and fresh ideas come to mind. For Megan and me, one of the biggest life-changing decisions of 2020 was picking up, leaving our city apartment, and moving to the woods and now a quaint seaside town. It helped us sleep, and eat better, and create a healthier, more sustainable work environment. Our revelation came on an evening walk along the waterfront looking at Manhattan during those hectic March 2020 days. Two police officers escorted us out of a small green patch, where we’d sit on the bench sometimes. It turned out that the park was off-limits due to the pandemic. Then in an empty street, someone screamed out of the window to social distance. I responded, saying that we live together. That slack time one hour walk gave us an opportunity to brainstorm about what could be next.

I learned the importance of slack all around in my life. When I fly little planes, the number one thing I always check is the fuel level. I want to carry enough to get to my destination and back and still have ample slack if plans change halfway. Trust me; I don’t mind the extra weight. When I go scuba diving, I check how much air I have in the tank. I never time it to the last breath; I want extra air if something doesn’t go according to plan. I’m happy to carry a larger, heavier tank. When I sail, I want some slack, ideally some spare lines (ropes), extra water on board, full tank of diesel. This extra load might slow me down, but at least I know I’ll get there. In many pursuits, slack is an obvious requirement; it’s necessary and sometimes could be lifesaving, but it’s a forgotten ideal elsewhere.

You might have noticed that at work, I always like to have very few scheduled items on the agenda for the day and for the week. I like to have ample time to think and read, take or make an unexpected call or write or answer an email. It’s those moments when I can check in on a client, help with some urgent request, take a call with a prospective client or a potential new friend that someone introduced me to. In those seemingly slack times, I can spend a few hours fact-checking some investment idea that surfaced in our investment universe. Those are the times when I feel the most effective. These are the unplanned, unscheduled, flexible hours of the day. I’m never bored; there is no hour that passes unused; the question is, though – how it gets used.

Investment portfolios live by a similar rule. Some investors like to be fully invested with no wiggle room left. When I see a portfolio, even that has hardly any idle cash left, I immediately think of holdings we can easily liquidate and use as a source of cash to pursue even better investment opportunities when those arise. I see the portfolio as a nimble sailboat ready to take a different tack and adjust the direction when the circumstances change.

The businesses we invest in need to have sufficient slack in their resources. We like to see cash on the balance sheet, financial flexibility. We appreciate sufficient profitability levels that, even with a downturn, can sustain the business through tough times. The most vulnerable businesses are those that are using their balance sheet to the limits, their margins are razor-thin, and any hiccup in the business or the economy can derail them, and with them, their shareholders. Last year’s experience reminded us that companies with extra resources could actually grow, take market share, and strengthen in difficult times.

Slack is something we don’t talk about much; slack is something very few would dare to praise. I remember walking into a grocery store in March of last year and seeing empty shelves where cleaning supplies used to be. It made me realize how our whole life, investments, businesses, and the economic reality are managed the same way as that 11.37am appointment, literally to the last minute, to the last roll of toilet paper. Hiccups, opportunities, surprises happen. I think it’s a good time to find some extra slack in our life, investments, and businesses. Slack has a peculiar quality. The more of it you create, the more of it you’ll have. In those slack hours, I find ways to be more effective and save more time: learn a new tool, test new software, find a new investment opportunity.

Maybe not today or tomorrow, but hopefully soon enough, the term slacking will have a more positive ring to it! I certainly hope so. Until then, I intend to never run out of fuel in the sky, air underwater, or cash to invest when opportunities arise.

Happy Slacking, Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 5/20/2021

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

I Changed My Mind

When I was a kid, I was not an adventurous eater. I was fascinated with Ancient Greece and Rome, though. My parents took me on an unforgettable trip to Turkey. That’s where many of the ancient seaports used to be, including Homer’s Troy. I learned that the Mediterranean Region has more to offer than history. Its cuisine wouldn’t be complete without olives. As much as I loved walking around the old ruins, I didn’t like the taste of this peculiar fruit. I changed my mind since. In the same way, my investment choices have evolved over time.

I think it’s fair to say that we all appreciate consistency, but we admire a nimble mind. One of the biggest powers of a human being and an investor is the ability and the courage to change one’s opinion. We value highly people with character, whose principles we know, and whose actions we trust, but within that framework, we know well that they still can change their mind. We actually hope they will if they need to.

I know that there are principles in life and investing that I hold dearly, and they will never change. The individual decisions have changed more than once, and I believe they’ll change again.

You have seen me say that I love what I do, and I’d do it even if I had all the money in the world. My take on the investor’s work evolved over time, though. I used to think that one needs at least two computer screens, a well-fitted suit, an office, power lunches, a commuter train ticket, and more to be an investor. I changed my mind about that a while ago. In my 2018 TEDx talk, I jokingly said that all an investor needs are flip-flops, a hammock, a book, and good Wi-Fi. My audience laughed. I was serious, though!

The 2020 remote work revolution proved that I wasn’t that far off after all. Peace, quiet, and lack of distractions, in other words, the right environment to think took precedence over a more  traditional investor’s work setup.

The last 12 months showed us something else, too. We realized that we need to be ready to be surprised both in life and investing. To me, it means that we hold on to our principles, but we let our minds stay nimble. It implied quick, decisive actions last year. It means a cautious but open mind this year and beyond.

Reading the news, keeping up with earnings reports, I see an array of uncertain variables pulling the narrative in many directions: from the trends in interest rates, consumer price changes, tax rate hikes, unemployment levels, economic activity to demand recovery, supply constraints, borrowing, spending, deficits, and more.

As tempting as it may seem, it could prove dangerous to build a portfolio around one single set of assumptions, rising interest rates, accelerating inflation, and sustainable demand recovery, for example. I’d call it a set in a stone portfolio or an auto-pilot portfolio.

As humanity seems to be gearing up for regular trips to Mars, I’m often reminded of the observation shared about the earlier flights to the Moon. The Apollo rocket was on the correct course only 7% of the time, while it required constant correction the rest of the time. It’s no different than an investment portfolio’s path.

I think this new accelerated investment reality will demand an ability to change our minds and change them quickly while following our investment principles. We are used to managing investment challenges. There are many stocks we sold and walked away from over the years when the business reality changed. There will be many investment choices that will run their course and need to be corrected.

We do our research, stay in tune, focused, but accept that we don’t know the future, and our investment choices may need to adapt to an ever-evolving business and economic backdrop.

Some investors don’t share their views or discuss specific holdings. This allows them to change their mind without anyone noticing. We prefer to share our current take on world affairs, and in client meetings, we are happy to discuss individual investments and asset allocation choices in greater detail. However, we always reserve the right to pivot in a different direction if we have to.

Between my culinary adventures and investing experience, I learned that it pays to be consistent all the time but be nimble where needed. A quarter of a century later, my tastes evolved, and I really like olives. As a matter of fact, last year, a few cans of olives made it to our pandemic stash next to pasta, rice, and some other essential goods. They traveled with us to the two cabins in the woods last spring and summer, but they are long gone since.

The asset allocation and the particular holdings may change over time; even how and where we work from has evolved, but the principles we abide by will remain the same. We treat the capital we manage as money our clients can’t afford to lose, we make investments based on value, we pay the least to get the most, and we remain contrarians at heart.

We changed our minds before, and we think the odds are we will again. We remain committed to our investment principles, but we intend to stay as nimble as the situation may require.

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 5/13/2021

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

We All Love a Good Deal

My investor education started in my grandma’s kitchen. Unpacking groceries, she would say: “It doesn’t have to be the cheapest thing you find, but it has to be good value.” I think we all instinctively know a good value in our everyday life, but we somehow forget it when it comes to investing our precious savings.

I recently saw a beautiful shiny luxury sports car parked in front of an outlet mall in Miami. Megan and I made a quick trip to run a few errands and buy some essentials. The sight of an expensive car in front of a bargain shopping destination made me think that we all really love a good deal. It’s not just me, a value-conscious shopper and investor, but everyone enjoys a good deal, even an owner of a luxury sports car.

Miami has its charm. I like that it’s on the water; it looks stunning from the sky. It has its high rises and neighborhoods. It’s not New York City, though many New Yorkers have found refuge and opportunity there for years, and especially the last 12 months, including some of our friends, who make us feel at home.

On one of those occasions, a few years ago, I was one of the keynote speakers at a family office conference in downtown Miami. At the time, we got to visit the Art Basel and try some tacos in trendy Wynwood, where you can see colorful street murals by artists from around the globe.

Outlet malls must be an American invention; I don’t remember anything like it growing up and studying in Europe. They seem to be a perfect place to shape the minds and instincts of value-conscious investors. You can find there the finest brands but at much lower prices. That’s exactly what we try to do when we buy stocks. We know well what kind of businesses we like, but we are very price-sensitive when it comes to purchases. We want to take the lowest risk with the highest possible reward. The lower the price we pay, and the higher the quality, the better, we believe, the odds of our investment turning into a success.

A shopper doesn’t want to overpay for the same pair of shoes or pants only to find out about a better deal from a friend over lunch or dinner another day. We somehow instinctively know how much a particular item is worth to us and how much we are willing to pay. Some stock market enthusiasts may be well-trained outlet mall shoppers, but when it comes to buying stocks, they seem to believe the higher the price, the better. How come the logic, the principles, the discipline get lost the minute we walk out of a store?

Every shoe store and luxury sports car dealership dream of the day when their shoes or cars sell like hot stocks. The higher, the quicker the price rises, the more buyers want the goods. It doesn’t happen, though. What if, instead of selling actual shoes and cars, they’d sell digital records of those shoes and cars. Silly right? But that’s what we are seeing these days in the investment world. If you overpay for shoes, at least you have something to wear on your next outlet trip. The digital asset itself, though, may prove to have no value or utility. If you buy and overpay for such an asset, the only way to get your money back is to find another gullible buyer.

This visit to Miami felt different. Masks, hand sanitizer, social distancing rule the day. A lot has changed, but one thing definitely remains the same – we all still like a good deal! I never got to meet these value-conscious, price-sensitive mystery luxury sports car owners with a true affinity for outlet mall deal shopping. I wish I had; I’d have a question or two. I certainly hope their stock portfolio matches their shopping habits. My grandma’s grocery shopping trips remind me that in outlet malls and investing, value is all that matters, and finally — not buying something is also always an option.

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 4/28/2021

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Forever or For Now

When I think of forever versus for now, I can’t help but picture Bill Murray’s 1990s movie, “The Groundhog Day.” I learned over the years that this innocent comedy has proven to be quite controversial. Some either love it, others the opposite. His character, Phil, a Pittsburgh weatherman, has to endure a work trip to report on the groundhog tradition in the town of Punxsutawney. The groundhog appears, and its shadow predicts earlier or later spring. Phil’s least favorite day repeats every morning, though, and his tolerable “for now” seems to have become his increasingly unpleasant “forever.” In investing, it pays to be able to tell the difference between what could be forever and what’s just for now.

When we come across something we like, we want it to last forever. When we come across something we don’t like, we hope it’s just for now. Even when it comes to the experience of the last twelve months, there are many things we’d like to hold on to forever, and others we trust are just for now. Also, I realize that it’s hard to argue that anything is truly forever, but for the sake of this argument, let’s consider forever those phenomena that could possibly outlast us all.

When I watched “The Groundhog Day” growing up, I liked it a lot, but I thought it’s all Hollywood fiction. Not just the time loop trap, but the town and the groundhog tradition. Having stayed for three months in the Pennsylvania section of the Appalachian Mountains last year, I discovered that Punxsutawney really exists. It means the town of mosquitos in the Lenape language, Delaware Native American. The groundhog day tradition is still very much alive.

When we find a company whose business we like, we’d be very happy to see it grow and prosper forever. Warren Buffett sometimes shares how his favorite holding period is forever. This approach paid off in his career. His early purchases of Geico, American Express, or Coca-Cola grew to become multi-billion dollar holdings. On top of it, whoever bought his Berkshire Hathway shares when it was still a failing textile company, and held it till today, would have enjoyed an incredible rise in value.

The trouble is that in Bill Murray’s groundhog experience, in our lives, and in investing, few things, if anything at all, are forever. Even Warren Buffett sold his airline and bank holdings in the last twelve months and many others in years past. There is just too much change and too many surprises that affect long-term holdings. The 2020-2021 worldwide pandemic alone that led to lockdowns, the stock market correction, and a massive social and economic disruption might have changed the long-term outlook for many businesses and industries.

When it comes to Buffett’s holding forever approach, we still share the same philosophy. Each purchase we make, we assume we’ll hold forever, but we let the changing circumstance dictate what we actually have to do. I’ll point out that cyclical businesses escape that rule. There are good times and bad times to own them, and it pays to buy them and sell them, only to buy them again. The energy sector, in particular, has proven to belong to that category.

The opportunities, though, arise when the majority of investors see something unfavorable as bound to last forever, while it’s only for now. Over the years, we have come across many buying opportunities, when others assumed that some temporary challenges a business experiences would completely derail the future prospect of the said enterprise. Investors tend to have a very short-term investment horizon. If a particular company misses a few earnings estimates, has a failed product upgrade or a delayed launch, the stock market acts quickly to punish its stock price. It’s not rare that we see once market favorites trade 40-50-60% lower. That’s a buying opportunity for us. We are willing to take a long-term view and appreciate that it’s a passing hiccup; it’s only for now, while the forever looks much more promising.

At the same time, the market enthusiasts at times believe that the growth of a certain business or industry will not only last forever but also accelerate. This could lead to some fast-rising stock prices, which leave the underlying fundamentals, the actual value of the business far behind. That’s the kind of behavior that makes us increasingly cautious. We know that the big disconnect between the price reality is always just for now and doesn’t last forever. If we are holding a stock whose price rose much beyond what we believe to be its fair value, we tend to trim and intend to exit the position. It’s a risk aversion that can save us from a painful experience when the market wises up and corrects.

Alternating between forever, and for now, we can both find investment opportunities and identify potential investment trouble. Somehow the human mind likes to oscillate between the two, either seeing no hope when the challenges arise or seeing no trouble when enthusiasm abounds. Keeping a steady course and adapting to the reality in front of us can prove to be the best path to follow. Bill Murray’s character finally awoke from his time loop dream, so do investors each time, no matter if it’s fear or greed that dictates their momentary action.

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 4/14/2021

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Between Curiosity and Caution

Recently, Megan and I had the rare opportunity to join a research boat for a day and watch humpback whales from afar. We wore face masks, used hand sanitizer, had our temperature checked, and then social distanced. COVID realities aside, we got to see a mother and a calf, a male whale breaching again and again, and a pod of whales doing circles around the bay sometimes heading straight towards the boat only to dive under us at the very last moment. We had close encounters with big sea life before, but this one was in a category of its own. Witnessing the mother and a little one made me think of the curiosity and caution that guide us in life and investing.

On the back of my two books, I share how I’d like to swim with humpback whales one day. This was as close as I have gotten to realizing that dream. The female whale we saw hardly came up to the surface, but she was comfortable enough with our presence that she let the calf come up to catch some air. The researchers on the boat told us how the adult whales can stay underwater longer, while the newborns have to come up for air every few minutes.

The little ones want to play, and they are very curious about the world around them; everything is new and exciting. They are unaware of the risks and dangers. The mother, though, is much more cautious and keeps an eye out for any threat to her offspring. There is an incredible level of communication, acceptance, and trust that develops between them and us that allows us to get a little closer and witness those magnificent sea mammals.

When I first got into investing, I was more curious than cautious. Luckily enough, my early mistakes weren’t too costly. I spent many hours reading books and listening to stories of my senior co-workers. I instinctively wanted to know about the worst of times. I remember asking my partner and mentor François Sicart how he knew not to invest in Enron (which went bankrupt twenty years ago after an accounting scandal of historic proportions). He actually took a closer look at the company before it imploded, and the numbers and the story didn’t make sense. He wisely chose to pass. I made a mental note to myself: if it’s too good to be true or something doesn’t add up, it’s ok to say no, and move on. I have done it many times since. This lesson alone probably saved me a small fortune already.

I often say that the best lessons come from your own mistakes, but it’s equally helpful, if not better, to learn from other people’s experience. As a young analyst, I thought that if I could somehow scoop up the essence of the learnings of half a century from all the senior managers around me, I’d save myself a lot of trouble. I think I have.

In my first few years, I remember looking at our firm’s daily trade sheets. I’d watch what all the managers were buying and selling. I’d check the stocks, the price charts, the fundamentals. Being only a junior analyst, I’d get my facts straight and build up the courage to walk over to one of the managers, and with a bit of youthful audacity, knock on their door. I’d ask them if they could spare a moment and tell why they were selling this particular stock, when they bought it, and why.

With my own little capital at the time, my curiosity took me to the world of derivatives, options. I learned the basic math behind them at school, and I thought they were very intriguing. With a small amount of money, one could make a bet on the prices rising and falling. Let me emphasize that it was more of a bet than an investment. If I bought the underlying stock, my potential upside was decent, but with an option with a lot less money, I could make many times that. It was a thrilling idea for a curious young mind. I’d pick oversold stocks and choose options that expire in the next few weeks. I naively thought I discovered a sweet spot to satisfy my curiosity.

I soon learned my lesson. I realized that I’m increasingly good at finding stock investment opportunities where others aren’t looking, but I have no control over the timing. A good number of my stock picks eventually performed, but rarely on my schedule. That hasn’t changed since. With options, the timing was everything; otherwise, they expired worthless – a total loss.

I remember traveling to Italy at the time. I had a single options contract that I bought. There were no smartphones at the time, and finding a price quote wasn’t easy. It was the era of internet cafes. I was on a train to Florence, and I saw someone with a recent copy of the Wall Street Journal. I kindly asked if I can take a look. The fellow passenger was baffled but obliged to my request. I quickly skimmed the paper for the price quotes. I could more or less figure out where my options would be trading depending on the stock price. I didn’t like what I saw! I couldn’t wait to be back in the office to sell my contract and cut my losses.

I got back, the price recovered, and I actually made money on this trade. It turned out to be enough to cover the cost of my Italian trip. I learned a lesson, though; this time-sensitive curious speculative bet ruined my trip. It was the only thing I could think about, and probably the only thing I remember from the entire trip! At least, it makes for a good anecdote to share now and then.

Recently, the markets have been rattled by a prominent family office taking massive losses unwinding elaborate trades in derivatives. Apparently, they had a stock exposure that exceeded their capital many times over. Some say it might be one of the biggest losses of personal wealth in history. They were trying to turn tens of billions into even more and do it quickly. Warren Buffett often reminds us that in investing, “it does not pay to be in a hurry” and that “it’s insane to risk what you have for something you don’t need.”

Between watching the whale with her calf, reminiscing about my youthful curiosity, and learning about a family office investment demise, I have to say that I’m grateful for the caution imparted on me over the years by mentors and co-workers many years my senior. I was fortunate enough not to have lost much in the process, but I gained some invaluable lessons that continue to guide me many years later. I’m still curious but cautious at the same time. I’m in no hurry. Megan tells me that I have the patience of an elephant. It might be true today, but it wasn’t always the case.

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 4/7/2021

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

I Like Monday Mornings

It’s no secret that most people don’t like Monday mornings. I’m a contrarian at heart, but that’s not the only reason why I like Monday mornings. Truth be told, though; I wasn’t always the biggest fan of Monday mornings. I had to be up early, shower, put on a suit, run to the train, fight the crowds, squeeze past others, race up and down the underground tunnels, and finally make it to my desk. Fire up my computer. If it was raining, snowing, or the trains were delayed, my morning journey quickly became an endurance test that could well be a part of a pre-triathlon training.

These aren’t my Mondays these days. I still fire up my computer, but there is no train to chase, no “triathlon” to win. The best part is that all the weekend crowds vanish, and we have the place to ourselves. It’s been our experience for a year now. On Monday, in the wild woods of Pennsylvania and Georgia, we could go hiking, kayaking, and now in our quaint fishing town, we go surfing without competing with anyone else for space. This comes in handy dodging the crowds in the COVID era of social distancing.

I don’t believe being a contrarian is a job; I think it’s a mindset and a lifestyle choice that comes with it. I not only like to pick stocks when others don’t like them, but I shop for travel and almost everything else the same way. I tend to zig when others zag. I like people, but I’m not a big fan of crowds. I even wrote a book aptly titled – “Outsmarting the Crowd”! I remember a time when I was almost trapped in Times Square hours before the ball drop on New Year’s Eve just as I was leaving the office to get home. That’s not a time or place for a self-respecting contrarian, is it?

Being a contrarian doesn’t mean that you challenge the status quo and everyone around you all the time for the sake of the challenge alone. Most of the time, it pays to agree with the majority. My mentor and partner, François Sicart, told me more than once – if it’s raining outside, take an umbrella. There is no point in arguing with the forces of nature. Other times, it may not even pay to have an opinion about something. There is just too much to know out there.

I have a friend who religiously starts each sentence with “No, I disagree.” We tease him about it. I sometimes reply that if I didn’t say anything yet, then what is it that he actually thinks he disagrees with. It doesn’t stop him. It is his charm, I don’t think we’d even want him to change, but that’s not being contrarian the way I see it.

On one of the recent client calls, a question came up if being a contrarian investor is obsolete and irrelevant today. Buying low and selling high will never go out of fashion. It worked for the Babylonians; it will work when we are telecommuting to Earth from Martian bases. What’s the alternative? – buying high with the hopes of selling higher. This approach comes and goes, and it’s usually popular at the end of every mature bull market in history. Investors oscillate between fear and greed. Warren Buffett often reminds us to be greedy when others are fearful and fearful when others are greedy. That’s the very essence of being a contrarian investor.

Will the contrarian investment approach be the best performing style at all times? I don’t think so, but it delivers very respectable returns over the long run without taking excessive risks and buying high to sell higher though has lost money every single time, with every single capitulation of a bull market. The later you join the market frenzy, the more painful the losses are. Each time, we hear that this time it’s different. What’s true about this approach is that it’s always a new breed of investors that shine in the last hour of each bull market, only to vanish into oblivion when the market corrects. We had the radio stocks almost a hundred years ago, then Nifty Fifty stocks half a century ago, the Dot Com bubble twenty years ago, and a new tech bubble today. We see ten-year-old companies that lose $3 on every dollar of business and trade at 50x-100x those money-losing revenues. If they haven’t figured out a profitable business model in a decade, how much time do they need to do so? That’s a lot of hope, little substance, and a blind belief that even though someone bought it high, they can sell it even higher.

Actual businesses aside, these days, we see “assets” that have no revenue, no income, no losses, and represent a mere line of computer code, a digital record of ownership, and they trade, too. We always say that just because something trades and has a price, it doesn’t mean that it has any value. For anyone buying high to sell higher, value is a meaningless concept. He or she accepts or ignores the immense risk of losing it all in the name of finding a greater fool.

We buy low and sell high, and the value of what we hold determines everything. We apply a contrarian mindset to what we do, zigging when others zag. The new breeds of market enthusiasts come and go; we plan to stick around. If we are fortunate enough to continue to do what we do for the next half-century, we are bound to see half a dozen more of “this time is different” moments.

We know it, we accept it, and we keep going, nonetheless.

I love what I do, and I would do it if I had all the money in the world. I think it’s intellectually stimulating, financially rewarding, and professionally gratifying. It’s far from easy, though, and I know that my contrarian mindset will get tested over and over again. I love Monday mornings these days, and I intend to keep it that way. In life and in investing, it really pays to sometimes zig when others zag. We like to have trails, lakes, waves, and stock buying opportunities to ourselves; we always eventually do!

 

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 3/25/2021

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Chopping Wood and Carrying Water

For six months last year, Megan and I lived in two cabins in the deep woods of the Appalachian Mountains. It was just us, curious deer, loud chipmunks, and an orchestra of birds with an occasional snake, lizard, or an oversized beetle. Many of our friends were worried about us, but we loved every minute of it. My regular routine entailed getting wood for the fireplace and bringing up 5-gallon water bottles uphill. Apparently, chopping wood and carrying water is also an old practice discussed in Zen Buddhist teachings.

This new routine, though, made me think of investing. Many get into it because of a promise of big wins with no effort. They search for quick thrills and easy wins. To them, investing may feel like a lucky coin toss; to us, it feels more like chopping wood and carrying water – we are working with a goal of compounding wealth over the long run, one day, one stock, one win at a time.

Having left the comfort and the convenience of a city apartment, I felt a stark difference between our forest living and what our life used to look like. Many of you have only seen me wear a suit and can’t picture me in a forest setting. Some of you probably already know that last year I took many calls from my hammock up on a hill among the trees with birds singing in the background. I had someone ask if those sounds are real, followed by a comment on how nice and calming they were.

When we moved to the woods, my dad told me that I’m reliving my childhood, and he had a point. I spent summers in our lake house roaming the woods with my dog. It might have been a while, but I’m no stranger to chopping wood and carrying water. I planted trees, and I even helped dig a well in my previous life. Now that I think about it, I wonder if my investor education in patience, persistence, and lifelong disciplined practice started in university halls or back in the deep woods, exactly where I found myself all over again in the midst of the pandemic.

When I read about the new wave of investors joining the market these days, I’m a little worried – not for me, for us, but them. I’m all for everyone becoming an investor. In my talks, I often say – “it’s your world out there; why not own a piece of it, no matter how small.” The new market enthusiasts, as media labels them, seem to often come with big expectations, a short attention span, and an investment horizon counted in hours or days. I believe that approach resembles more a coin toss where luck is the only thing that matters.

I’d say that buying stocks has never been easier while investing has never been more challenging.

With an app and a brokerage account, and almost any amount of money, almost anyone can buy and sell stocks from almost anywhere, including a basement, a couch, or a hammock, for that matter. The speed is mindboggling, too. Such a market enthusiast can enter and exit any position many times a day with every change of heart. It fattens the brokers’ wallets but most likely doesn’t help the investor.

An app on the phone that looks like a game is conducive to a certain behavior, in my opinion. Players, because it’s hard to call them investors, might easily lose touch with reality. There is even a new term for it – “gamification of investing.” The experience is built to make users feel like winners with virtual confetti flying on the screen. Apparently, tt makes enthusiasts want to play more and make even bigger bets. Eventually, small losses can quickly turn into insurmountable losses.

Why has investing never been harder? We’ve never had more distractions, more noise, more information to sift through. It’s never been easier to feel the dreaded fear of missing out.  J.P. Morgan, the legendary banker, famously said: “Nothing so undermines your financial judgment as the sight of your neighbor getting rich.”

Patience, focus, the discipline has never been harder to develop and nurture. A few years ago, I gave a talk to a group of investors in Zurich; I titled it: “The need to unplug.” I explained how we consciously have to choose what information we let in and what noise we keep out.

I don’t think that the experience offered by low-cost or no-cost brokers is conducive to patient, long-term investing.  I do believe it may require an almost impossible degree of discipline to use those tools to invest rather than play.

Whether it was the six-month stint in the woods last year or my childhood days, I still believe that my seemingly mundane daily routine played a big role in making me a better investor. As a firm, we have at our disposal the tech tools to trade in and out of positions in a heartbeat. We have no virtual confetti flying anywhere, though.

Since our goals and approach focus on the long-term growth of capital, we pride ourselves on trading rarely but with a real purpose. We are intentional and deliberate in our actions. I’d recommend the same to anyone passionate about investing.

Let me be clear, investing is a fascinating pursuit, but it’s not a good place to seek quick thrills and easy wins. It’s intellectually stimulating, financially rewarding, and professionally gratifying. Still, the truth is that the practice of lifelong successful investors looks more like chopping wood and carrying water rather than winning a game or a coin toss.

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 3/2/2021

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Slow Down

A few days ago, Megan and I were riding our little scooter on a charming windy dirt road. Our trusty two wheels and an engine get us places. On the way, we saw a road sign that said: “Slow down.” If I were to close my eyes over a year ago on the 2020 New Year’s Eve and open them today, I would have had many questions. Last year brought a lot of change; it turned our lives upside down (or right side up?). For Megan and me, though, it made us do exactly what the roadside called for: slow down! It taught us more about life, planning and gave me a refreshed perspective on how we should invest.

Last year started with full speed. As soon as I got over my early January cold and barely got my voice back, I was already recording a podcast interview. It was The Brendan Burns Show, where I discussed my most recent book, Money, Life, Family.  I had calls, meetings, and a conference coming up. I was planning to have one week home, then a trip to Europe, followed by a speaking opportunity on the West Coast. I already knew I’d be back in Europe in May or June again. In August, we had our wedding plans, and we were thinking about some honeymoon ideas for the fall. The year ahead seemed to have been fully planned with hardly any room for a hiccup.  To make our schedule a bit tighter, we planned to attend three weddings sprinkled almost every month from early summer to early fall, and happening anywhere from the East Coast to Europe.

Our rocket-speed year came to a screeching halt, though, in March. We canceled one trip, then another, and eventually all our travel plans and almost all social and work commitments for the year. Our schedule was wide open again like it’s never been before.

These weren’t just our travel plans that changed early last year; our investment strategy for the year had to be paused and rethought. In investing, there is never a dull moment. The previous year ranks among the most challenging and fascinating in my book. From business as usual, we had to maneuver between managing the market correction and taking advantage of all the buying opportunities that followed. In many ways, those few weeks or even months early last year brought more excitement for disciplined investors than any of the previous five or maybe even ten years. Instead of chasing stocks, we could see them come to us.

We acted fast. Our ready to use wish list of the ideas came in handy. We found great buys at multi-year low prices. It’s something we haven’t witnessed in a while. Calm, almost sleepy markets of the last few years turned into a stormy sea with big ups and downs daily. As the saying goes: “Rough seas make strong sailors.” We believe that volatility is our friend — it creates buying opportunities.

With my schedule cleared up for the year and with no daily commute, I recouped hours, days, and weeks that I could use in other ways. I slowed down. I had more time to think, read, and write. There is no question that March proved to be the busiest month in our recent history (or maybe even my entire career). Still, the following months gave us a chance to research, study, and keep abreast of new developing opportunities all around. I had a chance to finish reading many annual reports that I started earlier last year. I could even indulge in reading two decades worth of Jeff Bezos’ annual letters. I lost count of books I picked up last year. From artificial intelligence, the use of algorithms in our lives, books about the 1919 influenza, the previous market bubbles, the Great Depression to lighter reads, a few travel, sailing, and surfing memoirs among them.

As you may know, early on, we traded our city apartment for a cabin in the woods, first in Pennsylvania, then in the beautiful north Georgia mountains with its lakes and hiking trails. After that, we jumped on an opportunity to spend some time in a quaint fishing town in the Caribbean. Our earlier setting could have been taken out of the pages of Henry David Thoreau’s “Walden; or, Life in the Woods”. Today, we may as well be living among the characters of Ernest Hemingway’s novel “Old Man and the Sea.”

We are no strangers to two-wheel transportation. Some of you may remember that I used to keep a Ducati motorcycle in Manhattan for many years. Megan and I explored many backroads of the tri-state area and beyond it. Our current little scooter may lack a lot when it comes to power or even looks, but it definitely makes it up with character. It doesn’t do well over speed bumps, but I always remember to slow down. That’s the lesson I took away from 2020, too. In our life, and investments, it might have felt like a speed bump, but there is a wide-open road ahead.

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 2/9/2021

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

In Search of Permanence

As we close one year and excitingly unwrap the new one, it’s an interesting moment to look back and look ahead. In life and investing, there are at least two categories of events and experiences. The first one, the more desirable, is that one we would like to keep forever. It could be a perfect sunset walk or this incredible investment that continues to surprise us on the upside. The other one, the unwanted one, could be that dream trip that turned bad or this lemon of an investment that we can’t sell fast enough. In the first days of 2021, we might be all thinking about how we’d like the COVID reality to be behind us and see it turn into a fading memory as fast as possible. We also realize what we would like to keep forever, what we cherish, and what we value. It’s the latter that sends us on a path in search of permanence.

During my extensive research for my second book: “Money, Life Family – My Handbook: My Complete Collection of Principles on Investing, Finding Work-Life Balance, and Preserving Family Wealth,” – I found a recurring theme across history and around the world: change is the only constant. I wrote about the oldest active merchant bank—Berenberg Bank. A publication that tells its story is aptly titled “Change Is the Only Constant: Berenberg, a History of One of the World’s Oldest Banks,” written by Clarita and Hartwig von Bernstorff. As with many of my sources, I was lucky to find a rare preowned copy and have it shipped from Europe. In my book, I shared: “This Hamburg-based bank was founded by a Flemish family in 1590 and is part-owned by its family members to this day. It represents a big part of European economic history and is a testament to the importance of endurance.”

Berenberg Bank’s story is more of an exception than a rule when it comes to business, family fortunes, and investment firms. Over time, businesses shrink and disappear. Family fortunes come and go within a generation or two. Investment firms rarely stand the test of time. Constant change makes our pursuit of keeping and growing family fortunes exceptionally interesting but also challenging.

If I were to summarize what our stock picking, managing family fortunes, and running an investment firm have in common, it’s the search of permanence. We want to make investments in businesses that will last forever, we want those investments to grow our clients’ family fortunes forever, and we want our business practice to serve our clients forever.

We are not the only ones who realized that change is the only constant, and we are not the only ones in search of permanence. A few years ago, Amazon’s founder Jeff Bezos famously shared the following with his employees: “One day, Amazon will fail, but our job is to delay it as long as possible.”

Every day, this mindset influences all three aspects of what we do, and comes a full circle: from choosing an individual investment, managing family fortunes to running an investment practice.

Individual Investments

When we pick an individual investment, it has to pass several tests. The endurance of the business is the most important one. As long-term investors, we buy stocks for their earning potential (growing, and lasting cash flows) rather than a short-term price movement. We believe that investors hold companies for their cash flows, speculators for their price movement. If the cash flows are high and growing, we’d like to see them continue as long as possible. If a business does well, we believe that the price will follow. If a venture has no positive cash flow in sight, we are not interested.

In our August 2020 article – Future-proof portfolio, does it even exist? We wrote:  “Did you know that among the 30 components of the Dow Jones Industrial Average (one of the oldest and best-known indices), only three companies have been members since before World War II? Meanwhile, 24 out of 30 have joined the index in my lifetime (in August, I was just a few days over forty). 10 out of 30 have joined the Dow Jones Industrial Average since I started my career in 2005, including today’s market darling – Apple. If it retains that pace, the Dow will have refreshed completely during my lifetime within the next five years. Clearly, it seems the odds of any large company remaining successful for three to five decades is very low.”

Permanence is not a given in business; quite the opposite. Every business eventually matures and starts a slow or quick demise. It poses a great challenge for investors, but an opportunity for active managers to really shine.

Family Fortunes

Individual investments take on a role in the bigger picture. As we manage family fortunes with the intention of keeping and growing them over time, we have to structure the investments in a certain way. We see those selected holdings as portfolios with a clear objective and investment horizon.

In our June 2020 article – How do we win a game that has no end, we wrote: “What if we saw ourselves not as winners or losers, but builders? What if we saw investing not as a game of making or losing money, but building wealth for ourselves and for generations to come?”

We further added: “Stock investing, as we practice it at Sicart, is the ultimate infinite game – infinite investing. The goal is to keep growing wealth managing family fortunes over generations. The resource (i.e., a family fortune) is irreplaceable. Once it’s lost or spent, the family has to drop out of the game, and our clients would no longer be able to participate in the future investment success of the great economy around us.  If the primary objective is to be able to keep playing, and the only way to keep playing is to have the resources to do so, not losing it all takes priority over everything else.”

That’s how we look at family fortunes: an irreplaceable resource with an infinite time horizon. It changes completely how one thinks about the returns we’d need to chase and the risk we’d be willing to accept.

Investment Practice

When we embarked on our adventure of starting an independent investment practice over four years ago, we wanted to build something that would last forever – something permanent that could outlast us all. We spent a fair amount of time choosing the right technology to make our work easier and more efficient. It is that technology that helped us smoothly transition to 100% remote work in March 2020. In the words of the best-selling author, Nassim Taleb, it made us more “anti-fragile.” It all might have started with selecting all the building blocks of an investment firm that went far beyond that.

All the tools we use enable us to conduct our business in the best way we can. However, what has the highest value in what we do is the most intangible of things – a personal touch.

In a recent article, we wrote: “It may seem that there are many options and many experienced and skilled professionals out there to choose from. When we look a little closer, though, we quickly realize that we come across one-of-a-kind practitioners. They found their true calling and know how to take care of their clients with a personal touch. It’s been an eye-opening and refreshing experience to work with so many beautiful businesses all around this year. It made me wonder what we can do to cherish further and nurture the personal touch that we aspire to offer here at Sicart Associates.”

Our other great intangible advantage comes from an intellectual heritage, the history of mentorship, which dates back at least 50 years, and possibly a lot more – with generations of trusted investment advisor mentoring the next generation, passing on their legacy, wisdom, experience.

I had the pleasure of writing a contribution to François Sicart’s – my mentor’s and partner’s upcoming book. I reminisced about our first meeting: “In many ways, our fortunate encounter in Paris, days before Christmas in 2004, had significant parallels with him meeting his own mentor, boss, and partner, Mr. Christian Humann, whom he had met back in 1969, one-third of a century earlier, days after one of the biggest blizzards New York City had ever seen forced the closure of the New York Stock Exchange, the first time such a closure happened due to weather.”

I further shared: “Though I never had a chance to meet Mr. Humann, I feel I have had the pleasure of getting to know him through stories. And I had the honor of sitting at his very desk that later François used and so generously allowed me to enjoy these last few years.”

I finally concluded: “That’s the kind of longevity and endurance one could only hope for in the investment profession. I am privileged to benefit from the intellectual heritage that dates back many generations, possibly centuries, a legacy of loyal, dutiful keepers of family fortunes for which we continue to care.”

Amazon’s Jeff Bezos shared a long time ago: “I very frequently get the question: “What’s going to change in the next ten years?” And that is a very interesting question; it’s a very common one. I almost never get the question: “What’s not going to change in the next 10 years?” And I submit to you that that second question is actually the more important of the two — because you can build a business strategy around the things that are stable in time. … [I]n our retail business, we know that customers want low prices, and I know that’s going to be true 10 years from now. They want fast delivery; they want vast selection.”

We strongly believe that as much as everything around us seems to change constantly, we, humans, don’t change: our needs, aspirations, fears typically remain the same.

We may end up selecting an ever-changing variety of holdings over time. We may end up building portfolios around different stocks, possibly owning more asset-light, asset free, or office free businesses. We may end up working remotely instead of from a traditional office. We accept that change is the only constant, but it doesn’t stop us from our ultimate goal: the search of permanence.

Have a Happy, Prosperous, and Peaceful 2021!

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 1/14/2021

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

A Personal Touch

In this increasingly transactional, impersonal, fast-paced world, as an investment practice, we aspire to maintain our most significant advantage: a personal touch. This year has been full of surprises. It took Megan and me on a journey. Since we left the city comforts in the early weeks of the pandemic, we have stayed in the woods most of the year and in a quaint fishing town most recently. We got closer to several small local businesses on our path, and we stayed in touch with others that served us well in the past. We realized that what sets them apart from all the others is the personal touch they offer day in and day out.

Earlier this year, around mid-May, Megan and I tried to find a pair of comfortable hiking shoes. For years, our city apartment living required a few-mile walk every day to work and back. Usually, our only incline was running up the stairs from the subway, which is several floors. Still, nothing compared to the Appalachian Trail hikes that we started to explore regularly this spring. It was no surprise that our feet needed some care and love. After a little bit of research, we found a brand and the shoes we liked. Online delivery was not an option. Our cabin in the woods didn’t really have an address. More so, Megan and I wanted to find a way to help out a local business, a mom-and-pop kind of store. We found one. It was a 45-minute drive to a pretty Pennsylvania town. We wore masks. The salesperson did, too. We did a curbside pick-up. We got our shoes and drove away. A lot can get lost in interaction with others when both parties wear masks covering the entire face except for the eyes. We tried to smile with our eyes and say thank you, but that’s as much as we could communicate. When we got home, we opened the boxes, and we found a little surprise, a small handwritten note saying thank you for your support! That’s the kind of personal touch that makes me want to come back.

Recently, I have experienced a certain discomfort between my teeth – an irritated gum. With the COVID pandemic still in full swing, I had my reservations about going to a local dentist office nearby. I reached out to my trusted dentist back home in the New York area. Megan and I love going to see him. I grew up visiting the same dentist since I was a kid, but now that I live a world away, I had to find someone closer to my New York home. Dr. T, as we call him, has been a real blessing. His whole staff, Hoosh, Pam, and Sue share the same values and culture and offer a personal touch. As you probably know, dentist office visits can be stressful.  They all always make us feel at home and put us at ease. My first reaction was to reach out to Dr. T and run it by him with my little recent discomfort. Yet again, he was able to address the issue and give me some advice, and most of all, some peace of mind. It wasn’t the only time he came to our rescue this year; we drove up to his office for a quick pick-up in spring, and he shipped us some much-needed goodies to our post office in North Georgia this summer. There are thousands of dentists in the New York area, but to us, there is only one Dr. T. That’s the kind of personal touch that makes a world of difference, especially in a year like this one.

Megan and I had the same experience at a nearby surf school. We’ve had a dream of picking up surfing for a while now. We both love the ocean. Whenever we had a chance, we’d admire surfers from afar—especially those in cold waters. We’d watch them paddle out, stand up, and catch some magnificent waves. It always looked like a very intimidating sport with a steep learning curve and a big number of unglamorous falls before reaching any proficiency level. We came across two surf schools in our current area, and possibly more if we searched further. We asked around, we did a bit of research, and we immediately knew there is only one school we should consider. We were right. The owner, Johannes, has a real passion for teaching. He told us that: “the best surfer is the surfer that’s having the most fun.” Johannes, and his two instructors, Randy, and Brian, made us feel like a part of a family and took care of us as we embarked on this new journey. There is no surfing session when we don’t come back with big smiles (and some bruises). As we walk to drop off the boards, we see the owner: Johannes beaming from afar, saying: “How was it!?” That’s the kind of personal touch that turned us into happy and loyal surfers and customers. Needless to say, we’ve been spreading the good word about their school all around.

In my life, I realize how out of many businesses; we eventually start to patronize a few. Usually really one from each category. One investment advisor, one dentist, one accountant, one sporting goods store, one surf school, flight school, or dive school. There is something unique and special about those practices. I’m always grateful that they are around, that we got to find them, and we can enjoy their services.

Those experiences made me think of what’s really important in any business practice, especially ours. It may seem that there are many options and many experienced and skilled professionals out there to choose from. When we look a little closer, though, we quickly realize that we come across one-of-a-kind practitioners. They found their true calling and know how to take care of their clients with a personal touch. It’s been an eye-opening and refreshing experience to work with so many beautiful businesses all around this year. It made me wonder what we can do to cherish further and nurture the personal touch that we aspire to offer here at Sicart Associates. It’s been an ongoing effort of the whole team: François Sicart, Patsy Jaganath, Allen Huang, Bogumil Baranowski, Douglas Rankin, Diandra Ramsammy, and Delphine Chevalier, who helps us navigate the time zones from Paris.

Thank you for your trust, support, and confidence in our ability to navigate these turbulent markets. We greatly appreciate it. During these trying times, knowing your clients and knowing your money manager matters more than ever. Thank you for letting us be a part of your journey. It’s an honor, privilege, and pleasure.

As we often like to sign off saying: We are always here if you need us!

 

Bogumil Baranowski

Published:

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

The Three Forgotten Powers: It’s Never Too Late to Start

Did you know that Warren Buffett made over 99% of his fortune after he turned 50? And over 96% after he qualified for Social Security, in his mid-60s. As much as I have read almost everything about this legendary investor over the years, I never looked at his admirable record this way. Morgan Housel shared this observation in his new book: “The Psychology of Money.” It got me thinking about the forgotten powers of compounding, persistence, and longevity.

Albert Einstein called compound interest the most powerful force in the world. Woody Allen said that 80% of success is showing up. Both Warren Buffett and Charlie Munger are living proof of how longevity can help in life and investing. However, Charlie Munger humbly remarked recently: “I don’t think I deserve any credit for longevity.”

Two years ago, I gave a talk about investing to a curious audience of remote workers and digital nomads in Gran Canaria, Spain. Their lifestyle choices were as interesting to me as what I had to share about building wealth was to them. Work from home or work from anywhere were still foreign concepts to most people at the time. I shared with them a Chinese proverb that I often like to mention. It says that “The best time to plant a tree was 20 years ago. The second-best time is now.” One of the most frequently asked question after my talks is whether it’s too late to start. The most surprising is the broad age range of those asking. If you have compounding, persistence, and longevity working in your favor, it’s never too late to start! Warren Buffett was not a poor man at 50, but he still didn’t have even 1% of what he was to accumulate over the rest of his life. You could say that he was just getting started.

It’s not just money that enjoys compounding, persistence, and longevity. There are so many other aspects of life that benefit from all three of those forgotten powers. Whether it’s relationships, friendships, new experiences, knowledge, skills, they all build on each other and grow if we only let them. I remember introducing myself to at least one new friendly person every week in my early college days, turning strangers into familiar faces. I remember that I had a book in my hand as far back as I remember, turning unknown ideas into familiar concepts. I also remember looking at so many pursuits as yet to be discovered, turning them into hobbies and passions: from flying planes to sailing, scuba diving, to surfing. All in the name of learning something new! Very few know, but I even piloted helicopters at some point. I still remember what precise fine eye-hand-foot coordination it takes to hover over the ground without moving or spinning around.

I never stopped my college ritual of turning strangers into familiar faces. I even met Morgan Housel, whose book inspired this article. A few years ago, one morning, we had a friendly conversation over coffee in downtown Manhattan. I’ve always appreciated his writing. I was looking forward to reading his book when it came out, and it doesn’t disappoint.

Over the years, I grew a circle of fellow passionate readers, and we keep trading book titles whenever we can. My partner and mentor, François Sicart, and I have exchanged so many investment books over the years. There are many history books that my mentor Jay (James) Hughes, has shared with me. My reading universe kept expanding with recommendations from my dear friends Jake Taylor, Rishi Gosalia, Yedu Jathavedan, and many others. I’m grateful to all of you. Thanks to them, I learned more about artificial intelligence, the art of making bets, and so much more.  Our knowledge keeps compounding. You’d know well how I often like to ask friends, clients, our interns – what are you reading lately? I’m always looking for a new book that will surprise me, offer a new perspective, point me in a new direction.

I remember my dad looking at me with real concern mixed with awe when I geared up for my first open water scuba dive on the Red Sea coast in Egypt almost 20 years ago. Growing up in a household with two doctors, I heard countless stories of what can go wrong the minute you leave the house. My dad even had a stint as an ER doctor when he was young and had no shortage of stories to share. That day as I marched into the sea, he held off his usual words of caution and said: “You’ll have an interesting life because you keep trying new things.” He wasn’t wrong. I have kept trying things, and I let compounding, persistence, and longevity take care of the rest.

In my early days as an investment analyst, like many other aspiring investors, I made my own value investor pilgrimage to Omaha, Nebraska. I convinced my good friend Michael Butts to join me. We shared a cubicle for a while earlier in our careers (I know that soon for younger readers growing up in work from anywhere world, I’ll have to explain what a cubicle was!). We attended Berkshire Hathaway’s Annual Shareholder Meeting together. We had a real Omaha steak in downtown Nebraska with an oversized potato next to it. That trip was a major highlight in my lifelong journey of getting to know Warren Buffett. This big event for value investors has a virtual edition these days. This year it was 100% virtual due to COVID as it is expected to be next year.

It might be twenty years now since I read my first book about Warren Buffett. I might not remember all the details anymore, but there was a time when I knew inside out every investment case for all the major holdings of Berkshire Hathaway. Despite my seemingly extensive knowledge of Buffett and his business partner Charlie Munger, I never looked at his record and fortune the way Morgan Housel’s book helped me see it. A new perspective can make all the difference. Over 99% of his wealth was accumulated past his 50th birthday.

There are three powers at our disposal: compounding, persistence, and longevity. Compounding happens if we are doing the right thing over and over again, and it’s more about not doing something unnecessary like losing it all or hurting yourself in the process. Persistence is something we have control over, and it’s more about never giving up and always showing up. Longevity is a blessing, but there is a lot we can still do to improve our odds to some extent. I never want to forget the importance of luck, and I prefer to call it being fortunate. The more time we have, the more we stick to it, and the more we let compounding play its role, the more fortunate we’ll be no matter what pursuit we choose. I like to close with Charlie Munger’s quote that I shared in my first book: “Outsmarting the Crowd.” He once said: “After all, how much good would we do in the world if all we did were buy some securities, kept them in a safe deposit, and they went up in value? It wouldn’t be enough a life.”

The more I learn about investing, the more I understand everything else in life, and the more I learn about everything else, the more I understand investing. There are three powers at our disposal. Monetary successes may be important, but there is a lot more to life than that. Most of all, whatever it is you choose to pursue, it’s never too late to start!

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 12/10/2020

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

The Last Major Arbitrage

Imagine a small town divided by a river but connected by a bridge. Let’s say that you can buy oranges on one side of town, walk across the bridge, and sell the same oranges for a bit more. That’s a money-making arbitrage. You might be a faster runner, or you make better use of the available information. Still, one way or the other, the same oranges trade at different prices, and you can take advantage of market inefficiency. In investing, there used to be more arbitrage opportunities. As stock trading got faster, the markets more efficient, and the information spreads in a blink of an eye, the most apparent inefficiencies have become more scarce. There is one advantage, though, that is left, an advantage that may not only stay with us forever, but it’s bound to get bigger – I call it the last arbitrage, the time arbitrage. Let me explain.

Arbitrage is defined as the practice of taking advantage of a price difference between two or more markets. There was a time when the same security, a stock, or a bond would trade at different prices at various exchanges. Savvy traders could take advantage of it. If you read stock market history books, you’ll hear about arbitrage departments at investment firms. Their role was to look for those opportunities across the country and the world. In the early years of my investment education, I spent days and nights devouring investment books and memoirs. In the process, I came across books about George Soros, a legendary speculator. I vividly remember stories of his experience working in an arbitrage department of a 1950s Manhattan investment firm. He specialized in European stocks at the time.

We have come a long way from those days. Michael Lewis’s book, Flash Boys, introduces us to the world of high-frequency trading. The author has a gift for turning market tales into fast-paced reads that are hard to put down. In this publication, he explains how trades are happening faster and faster. To make a point, he tells a story of constructing an 827-mile fiber cable to connect exchanges in Chicago and New Jersey. The goal was to shave milliseconds of the data transmission. When I was hiking in the woods of Pennsylvania this year, I was wondering where this cable might be running as the cabin that we rented happened to be precisely between Chicago and New Jersey. Michael Lewis’s book was made into a movie called the Humming Bird Project. The data transfer speed was likened to the speed of a humming bird’s wings, which beat up to 80 times per second. If you wonder how fast it may be, imagine that a human being blinks only up to 15 times per minute. With this speed race in the background of financial markets, the price arbitrage has shrunk and almost vanished.

There is more than a price arbitrage. I’d call it an information arbitrage. The information might have been available, but the arbitrage existed since few were looking.  Investors eventually come across books about Warren Buffett’s mentor, the father of investing value, Benjamin Graham. Through his stories, we can learn about the stock research process of the 1920s to 1950s. If someone took the time to read the companies’ financials, one could find opportunities others would have missed. Benjamin Graham turned the process into a mathematical formula. He would buy companies for less than 2/3 of the net current asset value (cash and receivables less current liabilities and any debt). These were companies priced for liquidation. That practice slowly faded away as computers allowed analysts to sift through numbers and quickly and efficiently find those opportunities. It’s important to remember the historical backdrop. At the time, many companies were worth more dead than alive in the aftermath of the 1929 market crash and the 1930s Great Depression. That arbitrage opportunity eventually disappeared.

The last major arbitrage left for us disciplined investors is what I like to call – the time arbitrage. You can buy an undervalued stock with a healthy underlying business and wait long enough for it to recover and rise. It may sound simple, but it’s far from easy. We don’t claim to be faster than price arbitrageurs, we don’t claim to analyze more data than anyone else, but we are more patient than most.

When we buy undervalued stocks, we can potentially make money in three stages: 1) the sentiment recovers and a company turns from undervalued to fully valued 2) the business continues to prosper and grow and becomes even more valuable than we thought 3) the market enthusiasm takes over, and the price rises well into the overvalued territory. The momentum and growth investors usually join in the last stage. It is typically the stage when we start to trim slowly and exit the position. Being early gives us a margin of safety (room for error). Since we bought the stock so cheaply, the odds of avoiding losses are better than if we had chased a fast-rising stock in the last leg of its rally. For momentum and growth, investors being late to the party come at a price. Eventually, the market turns cold again, and investors lose the gains earned during the enthusiastic third stage and the earlier two stages. From our experience, we know that if any doubts about growth appear, the market can push the stock back down in a blink of an eye.

Ideally, we’d like to buy a down, cheap, out of favor stock with lots of promise and never sell it. It’s been a successful practice in bull markets. In sideways or falling markets, though, it’s wise to sell at times. Our practice shows that many of our investments do little in the near-term, only to prosper in the long run. They go through an interesting cycle from being unloved to loved and, unfortunately, often enough back to unloved. If we can buy them when they are unloved and wait until the market warms up to them again, that’s a great time arbitrage. It’s not guaranteed, and it may take years, and that time frame happens to be outside of the investment or trading horizon of a growing majority of investors out there.

Depending on the method, we could conclude that today’s holding time for stocks can be measured in seconds if we include the vast majority of the trading volume done by earlier mentioned high-frequency traders. Other calculations imply four months, which is still a fraction of an 8-year holding period half a century ago. Whichever way we decide to look at it, we can tell that we have grown increasingly impatient as a society. Studies show that technology is making us even less patient. If a website doesn’t load in a blink of an eye, a Netflix show doesn’t start playing instantly, or a package isn’t delivered the same day, we are ready to revolt. Apparently, on average, it takes us 22 seconds to express frustration when something is not happening right now.

While high-frequency traders might be chasing a fraction of a penny in a race for milliseconds, there might be hundreds of dollars left behind for those who can wait. I often think of a Charlie Munger’s (Warren Buffett’s longtime business partner) quote that I shared with my audience at my California TEDx talk – “It’s waiting that helps you as an investor, and a lot of people just can’t stand to wait.” Technology made it very hard to chase price or information arbitrage, but it continues to make our time arbitrage shine brighter and brighter. The less patient the world becomes, the more patient we seem in comparison. In our opinion, we can’t think of a better and faster-growing advantage an investor can have! It might be the last major arbitrage left, but also the more lucrative.

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 12/3/2020

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Decisions vs. Outcomes

Recently, after reviewing our investment ideas for the last 12 months, we identified some good picks and not so good ones (like any other year). A few truly stood out among the best-performing holdings, and one particular stock doubled in a year and tripled since March. We immediately thought what a great idea it was! We paused, though, and asked ourselves: what were we really praising – the decision-making process or just the outcome? For years, picking stocks and managing money, I already intuitively knew they are not the same. It wasn’t until I picked up Annie Duke’s books, especially the most recent one – “How to Decide: Simple Tools for Making Better Choices,” that the distinction between the decision and the outcome became truly clear to me.

In investing, we often look at the outcome. The stock is up or down 50%, and the portfolio is up or down 10%. We sometimes compare it with the other stocks in a specific industry, the general market, a particular index. We judge the outcome on its own or compared to others or some predefined benchmark. As you can imagine, there are many ways to any outcome, from picking fresh fruit at the farmer’s market to buying a car or a house to making investment choices, and more.

Annie Duke, the best-selling author and a former professional poker player sheds more light on the difference between the decision making and the outcomes. She explains that when asked about past good and bad decisions, we all tend to think in terms of the outcomes we have gotten. If we liked the outcome, we tend to say it was a good decision. If we didn’t, it was a bad one. It’s not that simple, though.

The author proposes an interesting matrix with the following options: 1) good decision quality, good outcome quality = an earned reward 2) good decision quality, bad outcome quality = bad luck 3) bad decision quality, good outcome quality = dumb luck 4) bad decision quality, bad outcome = just deserts (what one deserves).

We at Sicart Associates focus all our efforts on the quality of the decisions that we make. We have a clear framework. We are managing family fortunes that our families can’t afford to lose. We want to preserve and grow their capital over the long run. We want to be the least wrong.

We like to keep it simple. We look for good businesses with good managements and prospects, and we want to buy them when they are down, cheap, and out-of-favor. We avoid high leverage, questionable managements, and secular decline. That’s our investment decision process. Any stock that meets that criteria, there aren’t usually many has a fair chance of finding its way to our portfolios. If we can’t find enough stocks that meet our expectations, we can let the cash levels go up. If we find many, the cash level drops. Each investment goes through its own cycle, from being attractive in our eyes to being less and less appealing – it either becomes too expensive, or its business starts to lag or both.

We believe that our historical results over the long run have been satisfactory. We actually like to keep a record and re-examine past and current holdings through the perspective of the outcomes we got and the decision-making process that led to buying, selling, or avoiding them. We continuously refine our qualitative and quantitative research by improving the picks and eliminating the potential lemons. Our criteria follow certain well-defined rules but are flexible enough to adapt to the changing realities. One of them has been the growing importance of intangible assets – intellectual property, network effects, brand, and the fading significance of tangible assets – buildings, machinery, inventory.

It’s not uncommon that we buy a stock, and we expect it to double in 3 to 5 years, but it not only triples or quadruples, but it does it in a year or two (we have plenty of examples of the exact opposite outcomes, too!). We take credit for the decision-making process that put the investment on our radar and our portfolios. At the same time, we are fully aware of conditions outside of our control that pushed the stock a lot higher and a lot sooner than we expected. We focus on buying them right, and we let them perform on their own schedule, so to speak — sometimes sooner, sometimes later than we might have expected.

It’s not rare that a stock disappoints us. It either takes a lot longer to perform, that’s something we are often willing to tolerate, but also it may go nowhere or worse actually drop significantly from where we bought it. We always have a choice to sell it and move on. That’s a decision in itself, too. It helps to know well what has caused it to perform the way it did, and if the investment case we started with doesn’t hold anymore, it’s our selling policy that propels us to part with it and look for better replacements.

Judging what we do only by outcomes, especially short-term ones, misses the deliberate, disciplined decision-making that takes place with every new stock addition or removal.

We know we can’t control all the outcomes, but we know we have full control over the quality of the decisions we make. We focus on continuously improving our process, tapping into decades of experiences shared by our team, and thoughtful feedback from our network of fellow investors. We have a regular practice of inviting guests to join us and poke holes in our investment ideas. This outside perspective keeps us sharp and helps improve the process even further.

In life and investing, it helps keep refining our decision-making process and letting the outcomes follow. It’s very tempting to lose faith in the decisions based on one or a few unsatisfactory results. It’s also tempting to alter the decision-making process based on one or a few lucky or unlucky results.

I know that we liked this particular stock’s performance this year, but we also went back and reread our notes to see exactly how this idea came about. We trust that it’s the latter that showed the quality of the decision-making process that led to identifying this idea and all the other ideas that joined and left our portfolios since then. Some bad decisions with good outcomes may help some investors win short-term races, but it’s only the good decisions that pay off in the long run, bringing earned rewards despite some bad luck here and there.

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 11/5/2020

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Scary or Dangerous?

If you saw a shark swimming towards you or a warm bath waiting for you, which one would you consider scary, which one dangerous? I don’t claim to be able to read minds, but something tells me that the shark seems scary to most, and a bath in no way appears to be dangerous.

In his recent book, Guy Raz asks: “Why is that so many of us are so bad differentiating between things that terrify us, and things that present a real hazard.” The book is named after his famous podcast: “How I Built This: The Unexpected Paths to Success from the World’s Most Inspiring Entrepreneurs.” His observation made me wonder about the investment choices many make, confusing what is only scary and what’s actually dangerous!

Guy Raz explains how bathtubs claim one American life every day, and sharks claim only one per year on average. (The inspiration for this particular idea in the book came from a 2014 article in the Atlantic by James Fallows: “Telling the Difference Between Danger and Fear.”)

In investing, it’s often easy to confuse scary with dangerous. I can immediately think of three examples:

  1. Buying cheap stocks whose price got cut in half and whose businesses face temporary issues may seem scary. Still, buying fast-rising, expensive stocks whose businesses are yet to prove themselves are rarely considered dangerous.
  2. Buying stocks whose prices go up and down every day may seem scary, but buying a bond rarely appears dangerous.
  3. Holding some cash on the sidelines in the last leg of the fast-rising bull market may seem scary for those fearing missing out on the quick upside while being fully invested in an overheated market would rarely be considered dangerous.

Let’s start with cheap stocks vs. fast-rising expensive stocks. As contrarian investors, we like to buy stocks when others don’t want them, wait until their business improves, and the sentiment around the stock turns positive. In general, we assume that the market does a fairly good job pricing businesses. In the case of fast-rising stocks, the market tends to err on the side of optimism rather than caution. Whether it’s the market potential of internet stocks in the 1990s, Nifty Fifty market darlings of the 1970s, or the car or radio stocks of the 1920s, investors can easily get ahead of themselves, assuming a much bigger market potential and much higher profits than the reality proves to be.

Though, the same market tends to err on the side of caution if a business experiences some trouble. It could be a delayed product launch, management change, a few weaker quarters, and the investors’ enthusiasm fades quickly, punishing the stock and pushing the price a lot lower. It’s not rare to see a 40-50% stock price drop in a short period. There is no stock that’s immune from the market’s mood swings. Today’s market darling, Apple, experienced a 35% price drop between 2012 and 2013. The seemingly unstoppable Netflix dropped a whole 80% in 2011. Finally, more recently, Tesla’s stock price got caught in half only earlier this year. (Source: Bloomberg).

Benjamin Graham, the father of value investing, noticed a century ago how quickly and unexpectedly the market could go back and forth from optimism to pessimism. He advised patience dealing with the moody market. He believed that it’s patience that gives an investor a true advantage.

Not all stocks that dropped in price are an immediate buy, but a disciplined investor can find some great opportunities among them. They may seem scary to consider, but often they prove to be less dangerous than chasing a fast-rising expensive stock. Why? If we are buying a real profitable business with limited debt and no obvious fraud, the cheaper it gets, the less risky the investment becomes. On the other hand, the more we pay up for ever rosier future expectations of a company that has yet to show a profit, the more risk we accept. We see risk as a permanent loss of capital. If we pay $1,000 per share for a business worth $100, only because its price is expected to rise to $2,000, we know that the market will eventually price it appropriately. When this happens, we’ll be facing a permanent loss. The higher the prices goes, and disconnects from reality, the bigger the drop we are bound to see.

The second confusion between scary and dangerous happens when we choose between stocks and bonds. In general, most investors and finance students believe that stocks are riskier than bonds. I learned later that any generalization in investing could get you in trouble. Again, if we see risk as a permanent loss of capital, bonds may seem less scary, but can prove to be a lot more dangerous than many stocks. Stocks may seem scary because their prices move up and down daily, often by a lot, and sometimes even for reasons that can be hard to explain. Bonds give us a sense of security. We know the face value of the bond, we know that we might be getting interest (the coupon) regularly, and when the bond matures, we trust we’ll get the principal back. What can go wrong? A lot, actually. If the company that issued a bond goes bankrupt, not only the interest is gone, but also the principal is lost. That’s a total, and permanent loss.

With interest rates dropping to zero, investors are looking for the interest, the yield. Bonds used to be a source of income since many of them pay regular interest. If the government bond yield drops to close to zero, the yield on other bonds follows. We would argue that eventually, the investor stops being appropriately compensated for the risk he is taking on. That sounds like a dangerous proposition.

Stocks, though, despite their price volatility, are not all as scary as they may seem. Suppose you own shares of a quality business with real profits, maybe even a dividend, a strong balance sheet, a defensible market position, and a loyal customer base. In that case, you can have a good degree of comfort around its future prospects. If you pay relatively little for this company on top of that, the odds are in your favor that you won’t lose your principal, and you will likely capture the future potential of the business. It helps if you have a long-term investment horizon, and you can tolerate or even ignore the short-term price movements.

The third, but one of many more confusions around what’s scary and dangerous in investing, is a choice between holding cash at the market tops vs. chasing the market being fully invested all the way to the top. One of the biggest fears that investors have is the fear of missing out. We believe that it costs investors more money than almost anything else. It’s the feeling that overcomes many when they see their neighbor make quick money in stocks. It’s not just retail investors that are prone to the fear of missing out. Many investment professionals comparing their performance to benchmarks and peers can eventually give in and ignore the dangers of chasing a fast-rising market. Holding cash in times like that may seem scary, but it is being fully invested right about the time when the market is ready to turn that proves to be the most dangerous in the end.

Studies show investors tend to go to cash at market bottoms and be more invested at market tops. Vanguard, a major passive fund manager, disclosed recently fund inflow and outflow data that sheds more light on this phenomenon. Every market top attracts new participants that never had any experience investing. I remember the late 1990s and TV interviews with people from all walks of life quitting their jobs to trade internet stocks from their couch. Twenty years later, at another market top, we hear similar tales of unexpected success among a new wave of stock market enthusiasts. Investor’s Business Daily wrote this summer: “Beginning Investors Are Charging Into Stocks; What Could Go Wrong?

Going back to sharks and warm baths, I’m by no means a thrill-seeker, but having scuba dived over the years, I have had a more than fair share number of encounters with sharks. Many of them are much bigger than humans, but despite their undeserved bad reputation, they have no interest in people. They would rather avoid divers all together. A little exposure to those magnificent animals makes many realize that they may only seem scary, but they aren’t dangerous. People are a bigger danger to them than they are to us. As a matter of fact, many of the species, big beautiful nurse sharks among them, are more interested in crabs and shrimp than a diver’s rubber fin. Despite their intimidating size, sometimes up to 10-15 feet long, they are known as the “couch potato of the shark world” – as shown in the photo at the beginning of the article.

Shark, bathtubs, stocks, bonds, cash or no cash, what at first seems scary may prove to be a lot less dangerous than the alternative. Warren Buffett, the legendary investor, famously said that investing is simple but not easy. It helps to follow Guy Raz’s and James Fallows’ advice and tell the difference between danger and fear, not only picking a shark encounter versus time in a bathtub but also making investment choices.

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 10/29/2020

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

The Numbers, the People, the History

After the TEDx talk I gave two years ago in California, someone from the audience walked up to me and asked me what got me into investing. I always really enjoy those impromptu questions. My speech was at a university, and it was no surprise that many attendees were students or recent graduates looking for guidance on their own career paths. I quickly said that I got into investing because of my passion for numbers, history, and people, and that’s what investing is really all about.

The numbers seem to be the most obvious piece of the puzzle. It’s the numbers that help grasp how well a business is doing, how well your investments are performing, and how risky your investment choices happen to be. With today’s technology, it’s easier than ever to slice, dice data, run all kinds of analytics, and quickly see what the numbers mean. The numbers can tell a story of success or failure and potential trouble or opportunities.

Over ten years ago, when I was asked to lead a rollout of new software at one of my previous employers, I remember when one of the more experienced investors there walked over to my humble cubicle. He had a serious question. He wanted to know what I can do with my computer and this new software that he couldn’t do with a legal pad and a pencil when he was my age. I knew right away; it was a friendly challenge. I said – probably not much more, but we can do it in a fraction of the time. He nodded, smiled, and walked away. Over the years, I further grew to appreciate the power of good software and a decent computer that can make investors’ work with numbers a lot easier and faster. I know that this saved time can be used well elsewhere: on a phone call with a client or with a history book in your hand.

It’s not just the numbers, though, that are useful to investors. It is essential to know the people: both the people running the businesses we own: the managements and our clients whose money we care for. The numbers tell you a story, and the qualitative side of our research reconciles the numbers with the narrative the management shares. Ideally, they align, but it’s a red flag worth exploring further if there is a disconnect between them. I sometimes share a story of a meeting I had with a particular CEO. I knew the numbers, I heard the story, but something didn’t add up. I came back, and I shared it with my colleagues. We dropped the idea.

Interestingly enough, I was even asked to comment about this company for a significant investment magazine at some point. The business faced some accounting trouble soon after, they had to restate several years of financials, and finally, they went bankrupt only recently. Even a major legendary investor with over half a century of experience found himself among disgruntled shareholders who overstayed their welcome, losing it all. Numbers tell you a lot, but not everything. It helps to know the people behind the numbers.

Our business is really all about people, not just the managements that run the companies we own, but most of all our clients. They are at the heart of what we do. Our ability to understand and know what they need and when they need it is key to our success as investment advisors. Given our focus on individuals, families, and entrepreneurs we have the opportunity to build lasting relationships that endure the ups and downs of the market and grow over many generations. That’s the aspect that I enjoy the most. I like to see how what we do helps our clients meet their life goals and aspirations, while keeping their worries at bay. It’s much more than buying the right stock that goes up; it’s what each investment decision and the big picture investment strategy really mean for our clients’ financial well-being.

Lastly, the third piece of the puzzle is history, crucial yet the most overlooked resource in investing. It gives us a proper perspective. The philosopher George Santayana was right when he said: “Those who cannot remember the past are condemned to repeat it.” I believe that I have learned more about investing by reading history books than accounting manuals. I feel that I’m always surrounded by history. I have had countless conversations with my partner and mentor François Sicart: from our first long chat in Paris almost sixteen years ago to a recent discussion about the 1970s and 1980s. I’m always curious to hear what we can learn from the past. You can find Mr. Sicart’s current thoughts in the article: “Hold the champagne,” highlighting the most important market events of the last 50 years and pointing out some interesting parallels between then and now.

What’s more, I have the great pleasure of talking regularly with my dear friend and mentor James (Jay) Hughes (who spent a remarkable career working with prominent families around the world in his role of a true homme de confiance). Every conversation with Mr. Hughes is a trip back in time and around the world. I especially enjoyed our discussions of the Revolutionary War and the Civil War, which brought to life the events that happened not far from where I spent a good part of the year — Georgia and Pennsylvania’s mountains.

If that wasn’t enough, there is always a history book in my Kindle reading roster at all times. Most recently, I’ve been slowly enjoying Ron Chernow 800-page Alexander Hamilton’s biography – a fascinating tale of an immigrant who made his way to New York City and left a lasting mark on his new homeland. I was first introduced to Hamilton and the Federalist Papers in my early twenties by a visiting Georgetown University professor. More recently, though, it was the famous Broadway musical that inspired me to rediscover his story and times.

It might have been my comfort with numbers and curiosity about history that got me into investing. Still, it is definitely the people that kept me inspired, intrigued, and engaged all those years. I always enjoy learning the founders’ stories, CEOs who turn our investments into a long-term success story. I have also dedicated many articles and a large part of my last book, “Money, Life, Family” to families and their stories tying investing back to its primary goal: keeping and growing fortunes over generations.

Every day, I’m reminded that our clients, their families, and their livelihood are at the very center of what we do. Sometimes we are responsible for a small portion of what they possess, and sometimes it’s everything they own. Either way, we always assume that the capital we take care of is money they can’t afford to lose. This mindset helps keep the course and make deliberate, calm decisions relying on our knowledge of numbers, people, and history.

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 10/22/2020

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Being the Least Wrong

This article was inspired by a talk I gave over Zoom to a group of investors earlier this year. I attempted to summarize our investment philosophy in the fewest words possible. I immediately said: being the least wrong all the time. Here is why.

The very first stock I ever bought, I bought with a clear intention: I wanted to be right and make money. It had a great story, a promising future, and I couldn’t see how anything could go wrong. Yet I lost money on that first investment. It turned out to be the cheapest and the most valuable lesson I could have asked for. It taught me much more than any successful investment that followed and greatly influenced my investing philosophy. I soon realized how many get into investing to be right and make money, and those who stay and remain successful are those who find a way to be the least wrong. They not only make money but also get to keep it! I believe that the real secret of investment success is not to be right sometimes, but to be the least wrong all the time.

Over fifteen years as an investment advisor, I have heard stories of many family fortunes that we at Sicart have the privilege of managing. The common thread is generations of family leaders and advisors who have followed this philosophy. The reason those fortunes still exist, sometimes over a century later, is the successful avoidance of the most significant risk possible – losing it all. This is true for all family fortunes regardless of geographic location or source of wealth. What’s more, it’s been a reliable philosophy for hundreds of years, especially the last couple of centuries, which have led to the most significant wealth creation in history. (You can read many of those stories and their lessons in my book Money, Life, Family.)

However, the important point is that being the most right and being the least wrong are not two sides of the same coin. The goal of the former is to find the highest return on investment regardless of risk; the goal of the latter is to avoid having to start from nothing all over again. Our experience shows that avoiding the biggest mistakes is the key to successful long-term investing.

Stock Selection: Avoiding Zeroes

My first investment wasn’t a total loss; I lost about half of what I had invested. The experience was painful enough to make me pay attention not just to the upside but also to the downside. When it comes to individual stock selection, we have a clear rule – I call it “avoiding zeroes.” We try never to make any investment that has a clear potential to become a total loss — a zero. Studying all the stocks we ever considered or researched, we’ve identified three sources of those potential zeroes: 1) too much debt, 2) secular decline, 3) questionable management. Interestingly, those three sources of trouble often cluster together. I devoted a good part of my first book, Outsmarting the Crowd, to “potential zeroes.”

I also discussed a prime example of such an investment in a Seeking Alpha Article in late 2017. I wrote about Steinhoff International, which is a South African retailer with stores in Europe and the U.S. (including Mattress Firm).  It took fifty years to build, but just two days to collapse. Its industry faced headwinds, and the company struggled to grow, borrowing lots of money to buy up other players. At the same time, questionable management opted for cutting corners in the process. The result was a disaster.

Almost as bad as “potential zeroes” are those stocks that bring a significant, irrecoverable loss to your portfolio. This category often includes exciting stocks whose prices take off, leaving fundamentals far behind. Superficially they seem like “can’t miss” opportunities, but in retrospect, their businesses prove to be a lot less attractive than initially presumed. Today, attention might focus on Amazon, Apple, Tesla, or Facebook, or the recent new wave of promising tech IPOs. Still, we might have conveniently forgotten Groupon, Blue Apron, or RenRen, among others. All three stocks are still publicly listed, but the price of each has dropped some 90% since their public offerings (Source: Bloomberg). I remember when Groupon was on magazine covers, and the Blue Apron logo was plastered across the New York Stock Exchange building. I remember a packed venue hosting RenRen’s initial public offering event in Manhattan. These businesses proved to be a lot less attractive than anticipated, and the excitement faded along with the price. Stocks similar to these come and go. Despite their mass appeal, they seldom make it into our portfolios.

Returning to wanting to be right, we can all agree on some truths about today’s market darlings – Facebook, Amazon, Apple, Microsoft, Google. We certainly believe the businesses behind them are impressive and successful. The most important thing is how much we are willing to pay for them. If you buy a company that makes $1 per share, and a few years down the road, it earns $2, the business has doubled. But if you paid $30 for each dollar of company earnings, the market eventually cuts the valuation to $15 for each dollar of earnings — $1 times 30 vs. $2 times 15 amounts to the same $30 stock, despite the doubling profits. If you think this scenario is unlikely, take a look at Xerox. It was once a market darling, even part of the famous 1970s Nifty Fifty, but it’s been an $18 stock for most of the last 20 years. I took Xerox twenty years to go from $18 to $180, where its price peaked during the late 1990s Internet Bubble. Xerox’s stock price fell back to $18 in a little under twelve months when the bubble burst. In other words, it gave back twenty years of gains in a single year. The even more fascinating thing is that Xerox recorded about the same profits in the fiscal year 2000 as it is expected to earn next year — yet its stock price is 90% lower than it was back then (Source: Bloomberg). The business has held steady, but the price has not. The valuation explains it all – how much we had to pay for a dollar of Xerox earnings 20 years ago vs. today. That doesn’t necessarily make it an attractive investment now, but it definitely didn’t make for an attractive investment back in 1999/2000. And that’s a stock of a company that became not just a household name, but a common verb. All this is to say; it matters not only which business you pick, but also how much you pay for it.

Portfolio Management: Nimble Structure

Apart from avoiding zeroes and near-zeroes in our individual stock selection, which is our policy in any market, we also have a portfolio management view that aligns with our ambitious goal of being the least wrong.

As investors, we have to take into account not just whether we bought the right business at the right time, but also the broader context in which we operate. Where are we in the economic cycle (a top, bottom, middle)? Can we expect more inflation or deflation ahead? Is there room to cut interest rates further, or can they only rise from here?  Also, we need a good understanding of the fiscal and monetary realities we operate in – do we see bigger fiscal deficits, more spending, is a growing intervention of the central bank likely?  Any of these would have an impact on stock prices, market sentiment, and the performance and risks of our investments. Our goal is to build a portfolio that will do well, not in one specific scenario but any scenario.

Our portfolio structure today is based on three building blocks: cash, gold, and a select group of companies, followed by a long wish list of potential investments. Cash serves as dry powder to be invested in the near-term and buffer on the way down when the market sells off. Gold is protection against panic, uncertainty, and inflation. Stocks provide the potential upside, dividends, and appreciation, and may serve as a good hedge against inflation. If deflation proves to be the dominant force in the coming years, pushing prices down, we believe cash and gold should remain steady. At the same time, some quality businesses also can manage their operations through deflation relatively unscathed.

This portfolio structure is not set in stone; it’s actually built for change. Cash levels will drop when we see enticing buying opportunities; we may use gold to supplement our buying power, while our stock exposure is likely to rise at the same time. Could we obtain better performance in the short run? Absolutely. We could quickly replace cash and gold with the fastest-rising stocks. But this short-term success would come at the expense of the biggest risk possible – a significant permanent loss in the long-run.

We think of our options as a wide range from being entirely on the sideline or fully invested, and even invested solely in a handful of market darlings. The beauty of investing is that we don’t have to pick either of the extremes; we can choose a middle path. For some clients, it may mean more cash and gold, for others being more invested. Every client’s tolerance, preferences, and investment horizon can vary. As we believe and often say – peace of mind and the quality of sleep matter more than anything else.

Portfolio Evolution: Buying and Selling

In rising markets, it’s possible to believe that buying without ever selling is the best policy. Though, history shows that the markets experience “sideways” periods when they don’t move in a clear direction for a decade or more. The most recent example is the period between the Internet Bubble peak and 2013 when the S&P 500 didn’t budge significantly. It experienced both rallies and crashes, but for a passive investor, there would have been no price appreciation to be seen for 13 years. Nasdaq, the technology index, took 15 years to reclaim its peak from 2000 (Source: Bloomberg). Over that time, active managers had more flexibility to buy and sell rather than just wait for the market to recover.

Today, with U.S. benchmarks at new highs, we wonder if the upcoming 10-15 years will resemble the previous situations when the market claimed a new peak only to trade sideways for the following spell. If that’s the case, selling policy may be as crucial as buying policy — and waiting on the sidelines with ample cash and gold might prove to be the least wrong one if the markets lapse back into distress.

My colleagues and I never claim to know how to identify market highs or lows, though we may estimate whether we are closer to the top or the bottom of a decades-long cycle. Looking at today’s market levels, valuations, and fundamentals make us believe that we are likely closer to the top. We can’t be more precise than that.

But in our quest to be the least wrong, we stick to our tried and true approach: act slowly, gradually, and pace ourselves in both buying and selling. Just as we don’t need the precisely correct allocation between cash, gold, and stocks, the same is true of our buying and selling. We often say that we “nibble” on stocks when the prices get attractive. Similarly, we will trim our holdings slowly when, in our judgment, prices rise too high to offer sufficient reward, given the risk we’d have to take on.

***

Here we are, far into the second half of 2020.  Unemployment is close to record high levels; corporate profits are down, the economy has contracted, a crucial presidential election awaits us in the coming months, record fiscal stimulus is underway, together with record monetary help. The list of unprecedented conditions goes on and on.

We don’t know when the skies will clear, but we do know that the U.S. economy is big and diverse. We know that it’s backed by strong human capital, and we remain optimistic about the long-term future. For those who want to get into investing and become successful investors, the goal is not to make accurate predictions about the markets. The economy and the business world are too complex to guess what the future holds. But being the least wrong about the investment decisions remains at the heart of our investment philosophy, which we believe to be the true secret of successful, lifelong, generations-long investing.

 

***

Bogumil Baranowski

Published:

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

 

Breaking the 2000-Year-Old Principle: The World Beyond the Half-Hour Commute

This article has been inspired by countless conversations with friends, family, and clients around the world who, in one way or the other, have seen their work become remote in the last six months. This year’s proliferation of remote work has been a widespread and sudden phenomenon that seems impossible to ignore. It might prove to be the biggest challenge and opportunity of the decade.

How we communicate, shop, bank, find entertainment, or even meet our future spouse has evolved over the years. There is something about our lives that until recently remained constant, unchanged, almost set in stone for two thousand years – the aspired half-hour commute to work!

Starting my first New York City job over 15 years ago, I remember being surprised seeing men and women all nicely dressed up for work yet wearing comfortable running shoes. The clash of their fashion choices couldn’t be more glaring. I was yet to learn that I had just discovered the daily commuter culture and daily commuter wear. I had no idea that I would soon commit a similar fashion faux-pas daily, all in the name of comfort, and… speed.

A lot has changed in the last three generations, and even more in the last two thousand years. In the last hundred years alone, we got cars, electricity, running water, TV, the Internet, anti-biotics, etc. Many businesses flourished, many vanished. New investment opportunities appeared; others are gone. We walk around with smartphones; we order food online, we bank through an app, we can watch movies and TV shows on countless screens of various sizes in our households and our pockets! The list goes on. What’s more – around 40% of American couples now meet online. My great-grandparents would be at a loss. I think even my grandparents are at a loss sometimes, too.

There is something that hasn’t changed one bit, though. What my life, and that of my parents, grandparents, and all generations before have in common, though, is the aspiration to live within a half-hour from the place of work: on foot, bicycles, trains, in streetcars, and cars. That half-hour has been around for at least 2,000 years, and it has a name; it’s been documented and researched, it’s called Marchetti constant (the author of Anthropological Invariants in Travel Behavior, 1994). Some researchers believe that this daily “travel time budget” has been with humanity a lot longer – since the Neolithic times (about 12,000 years!). Bloomberg dedicated a whole article last year to the history of urban planning and how the half-hour principle shaped our cities from Ancient Rome to medieval Paris, industrial revolution era London, to modern Chicago and New York, among many others. We built cities, lives, economies, services around the same half-hour. It’s quite remarkable.

In stock picking and family investing, I’m always reminded that change is the only constant, yet that half-hour is something that remained unchanged for at least two thousand years.

No matter where you are in the world, if you have an office job, until March this year, you likely woke up early in the morning to shower, get dressed and run to a train, bus, subway or your car, bicycle, or scooter or a combination of all of them. Within half hour (or often likely a lot more!), you would be sitting at your desk in front of your computer screen getting your work started. In the evening, you would repeat the same ritual. Why would you wear running shoes? Well, you are probably not the only one trying to catch that 5.45 or 7.45 train. Droves of fellow commuters are there with you, all hoping to get a seat on the way home. Then they follow you to your grocery store or your restaurant, too. It seems we are all on the same schedule, day in and day out.

That half-hour might sound arbitrary, but if you look at the surveys, an average American commute is 26 minutes – according to the US Census Bureau. That’s 28 full 8-hour workdays (or almost ten full 24 hour days) a year spent commuting; that’s over ten days more than an average American takes in vacation days a year (17 days). We spend more time commuting than vacationing.

This seemingly eternal constant started to erode ever so slightly over the years. In 2018, I had the pleasure of meeting a community of remote workers and digital nomads at a conference in Gran Canaria, Spain. They were the early adopters of a new trend – decoupling the geographic location of work and home. I found their views inspiring and intriguing. I met investment professionals whose teams don’t have a central office, with everyone working remotely. They might have an address, but as they themselves admit: “no one ever goes there.” I also met people who help companies transition to remote work, even government institutions that are usually the late adopters. Back then, in 2018, I shared our experience building a company that could potentially be 100% remote if needed.

We at Sicart had a great opportunity four years ago to build a company that serves our clients the best way we can while tapping into all possible tools and solutions that make our work easier and more productive. From research, trading, compliance, reporting, all the services we chose could be accessed and used from anywhere where we can have an Internet connection. Our frequent business travel required us to be able to conduct business from the road. I credit our partner François Sicart for our cutting-edge thinking. We were Zooming with him already four years ago when few knew what Zoom even was. For us, the overnight March transition to 100% remote work couldn’t have been easier and smoother.

I know that transition might have been challenging for many companies and teams, especially large companies.  We realized we had a secret advantage. Not only we had the tools ready to use, but also our tightly knit small, but mighty team has had prior experience working, executing projects with some of us tuning in remotely. We also have worked together for most of our respective careers. We feel like we often know what the other members of the team think before they say it. It’s not rare that I get an email from one of my colleagues about something that I’m actually already working on. I’m often pleasantly surprised when one of my colleagues steps in and gets something done before I have a chance to ask. Similarly, with clients, I notice how often we are already solving a problem before our clients had an opportunity to ask for it. This hidden ability has proven extremely useful in our remote work experience.

One of many fun aspects of investing is keeping abreast of what’s new, what’s changing. Investing allows us to stay tuned in to what’s happening in the world, and we believe it always pays to notice a new trend. Already a while ago, remote work started to seem to us like the biggest potential disruption of the world as we know it. I dedicated to it a good part of my second book – Money, Life, Family. I described it as a “desk-free, more world bound life,” and I further explained how it could make you a better investor.

This gradual process of inviting remote work to the workplace was turned into an overnight shift in March 2020. The so-called non-essential workers were asked to stay home and work from home. In the last six months, remote work went from nice to have to a must-have. What seemed physically impossible for 2000-years became technologically possible overnight. Various studies quote a range of numbers, but many argue that as many as 66% of US employees worked remotely at least part-time in the early months of the COVID pandemic. It wouldn’t be too hard to guess that about half of them quote no commute as the number one benefit of remote work and flexible schedule as the close second.

Video call statistics are a great way to appreciate this new phenomenon. Among the most popular video calling apps, Zoom had only 10 million daily meeting participants in December 2019, but 300 million more recently. Then you’d need to add Microsoft Team with 200 million and Google Meet with over 100 million. Cisco Webex claims 300 million users as well. That’s 800 million people communicating over various video platforms. That’s a staggering number.

The 2020 remote work transformation has an interesting and beneficial side effect. Studies show that the dreaded corporate meetings have been getting shorter and shorter. 2017 Harvard Business Review found that senior managers consider meetings unproductive and inefficient. They also said that meetings come at the expense of deep thinking and keep them from completing their own work. Since the pandemic, the average work meeting has gotten 20% shorter!

The eternal challenge of urban planners has been a simple fact that congestion slows down the commute. No New Yorker has to be reminded of that. The solution might not be linear – more roads, faster trains, bigger parking lots, ever smaller apartments in ever-higher high-rises, all in the name of getting down to that half-hour commute. This problem reminds me of the 1894 crisis, also known as the Great Horse Manure Crisis. Another challenge that urban planners had to face was the growing prevalence of horse carriages in cities. The 1898 first international urban-planning conference was cut short when it failed to offer a solution to the urban horses and their output. Some commentators predicted that London would be buried under nine feet of manure in 50 years. The world didn’t come to an end. We all know that horse-drawn vehicles were soon replaced by cars, and the problem solved itself.

Whoever saw the first car speed through a major city and thought it’s just a fad would sound a lot like anyone today, thinking that remote work is a passing phenomenon. By the way, the New York Times in 1902 called cars impractical, and added further: their cost “will never be sufficiently low to make them as widely popular as were bicycles.” New York Times took on laptops in 1985 as heavy, pricey, and with poor batteries, prematurely announcing their alleged tragic demise. The author concluded: “On the whole, people don’t want to lug a computer with them to the beach or on a train to while away hours they would rather spend reading the sports or business section of the newspaper.” Further, speaking of other supposed fads, only in December 2019, Forbes ran an article titled: “Is Remote Working Just Another Fad or Actually Good For Your Business?”.

Barron’s still in July 2020 posted an equally provocative article titled: “Remote Work Can’t Last Forever.” As skeptical as the title may sound, the author quotes a very favorable recent Harvard-Illinois study, which found that the majority of large businesses experienced no loss in productivity by going remote. His biggest concern is insufficient access to broadband Internet in rural areas. As much I understand his point of view, I have to share my own experience. For the last six months, I have lived at the end of two dirt roads in the deep woods in two cabins in the Appalachian Mountains. For Megan and I, two die-hard New Yorkers, buying, driving, and owning a car after being car-less (or car-free?) for almost 15 years was a bigger leap and challenge than finding good Internet.

Choosing a home location, we may soon swap the age-old question: can I get to work from there in half-hour to can I get a high-speed internet connection there? It’s been the number one question Megan and I, and many of our friends, have been asking lately, choosing places to stay this year. Finding a home based on a good internet connection offers a lot more options than the half-hour commute radius, though. It opens up a whole world of opportunities.

Remote work might have been a familiar concept to a relatively small group of businesses only six months ago, but today, anyone that could have worked from home has done it. That made me wonder how long it takes to develop a new behavior. James Clear, author and expert in the new habit formation shares that: “on average, it takes more than two months before a new behavior becomes automatic — 66 days to be exact”. Well, we are almost 200 days into this experiment. It’s quickly becoming second nature to many of us. Slack’s (team communication tools provider) CEO Stewart Butterfield recently asked about the potential undoing of the remote work transformation of the last six months during a Bloomberg conference said: “I don’t know if it’s impossible, but it’s going to be very, very hard to walk back.” He further added that employees started to see this new flexibility as a benefit, and if more employers are offering it, it will be difficult to take it back. Ping pong tables and free lunches might have been permanently replaced with the freedom to live and work from anywhere.  He concluded that once employees relocate, they “can’t call them, and say come back to the Bay Area and buy a house.” It’s no surprise that Slack allows remote work indefinitely.

Not long ago, we heard about Amazon wanting to open a new big headquarters in New York, now we are hearing about Twitter allowing employees to work from home forever… that’s a massive change in thinking. Slack, Square, Shopify, Box, and many others followed with similar announcements. Pinterest made headlines paying almost $90 million to get out of a lease of their new headquarters, covering almost half a million square feet office space. The company quoted the permanent shift to remote work as the reason for such a dramatic move. Microsoft, Facebook, Apple, Amazon, and Google have all embraced remote work sending their employees home, and not expecting to have them back in the office until mid-2021, and likely later or maybe indefinitely. It’s not just a handful of US tech companies that feel that way. The largest French car manufacturer, PSA Groupe, whose brands date back to the earlier mentioned Great Horse Manure Crisis (the late 1800s), announced a “new era of agility,” in which its non-production staff will work remotely from now on.

We believe this world beyond the half-hour commute will have lasting ripple effects across industries, businesses, economies, and the labor market. It will go far beyond the handful of currently publicly listed companies that happen to offer tools that enable remote work. There is hardly anything that remains the same once we break away from this two-thousand-year-old principle.

If we are changing where and how we work, shop, eat, spend time – we believe the businesses that serve us will evolve and change, so will investment opportunities and challenges. I’m thinking of retail, office space, commercial, and residential real estate, municipal budgets, all the services built around the half-hour commuter. We’ll see new consumption patterns, new living arrangements, and new ways of doing business emerge. It’s an accelerated change that we might have been aware of for a while, but now it’s faster and more spread out. This new experience with remote work made many of us realize now how much can be done and can be done quicker when we are not all tied to a geographic location.

We have been focusing on office work, but we haven’t even touched on education or healthcare – with the proliferation of online courses and telemedicine. Speaking of education, if remote work is to become a big part of how many of us work, maybe getting comfortable working with fellow students remotely early on is not a bad place to start. It may prove to be good preparation for embracing remote work in the workplace. Maybe soon enough, we will drop the “remote” and just call it work. No one would call their Tesla a horseless carriage. It’s become just a car.

With remote work, school, healthcare, it doesn’t have to be all or nothing, and everyone or no one. Each business, each industry, each institution will choose the pace and path that works for them. We will choose ours. It’s impossible to ignore, though, that a new path became available. More employers and employees have tried it all at once than ever before.

For now, I traded my city commuter running shoes for trail running shoes, my New York MetroCard for car keys, and my Manhattan office for our porch and upstairs “Zoom den.” We are all carefully watching this new phenomenon and its impact on our business, investments, and lives. Cars changed how we live and where we live. The Internet has changed how we communicate, get entertainment, shop, bank, find life partners, and more. Remote work seems to be just a natural phenomenon that follows all the innovations that have been available to us for a while. With ever-faster, more widely available good Internet, ever better tools, and new skills and habits, we might finally be able to break the 2000-year-old principle. We are very curious to see where this new path takes us all.

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published:  9/24/2020

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

 

Four Years Already!

Four years ago, I decided to leave the firm that I had founded 40 years earlier and founded Sicart Associates with the three partners who joined me in this adventure. Many friends were skeptical: why would I want to leave the successful money management firm I had created, now with ample assets under management, to start a tiny boutique with no name (except mine, but this was the idea of my co-founders) and younger partners who had yet to establish their reputations?

My reasons were two-fold.

First of all, I was in my 70s and, although in good health and still passionate about investing, it seemed prudent to plan for my wife’s support should “something” happen to me. It would not be a difficult transition, since my carefully chosen partners had the perfect qualifications to operate as a family office.

Patsy Jaganath, with an accounting and auditing background, had taken over the responsibilities of my assistant, Marcella Lang, who had covered my client families for 35 years. In addition, she solved many administrative and fiscal problems for those clients, gaining in the process the demonstrated respect of the relevant legal and tax advisers.

Allen Huang and Bogumil Baranowski, with experiences in venture capital and international economics, had worked with me long enough in their early careers so that we had had time to develop a common approach to financial analysis and a common understanding of investment quality. In this field, we understood each other with few words.

Unfortunately, my wife unexpectedly passed away too early, and the Sicart “family” office – Sicart Associates LLC — now takes care of my children and me, as well as of selected loyal client families who naturally followed us in our new set-up.

My second reason for founding Sicart Associates with just three partners is that my previous creation had become too big. As we met with business success and grew to more than 100 employees and colleagues, the pleasures of camaraderie and informal creativity had slowly been diluted. In matters of investments, crowd judgment is dangerous.

I recalled that my most successful years as an investment manager were those when we were just two or three making the buy and sell decisions, whether it was with my mentor and partner Christian Humann or my close associate Jean-Pierre Conreur, for example. I longed for the informality and close, trusting friendship of these early years. At Sicart Associates, I have again found these pleasures, with no other obligation than to grow our and our clients’ fortunes over time, without pressure or conflict.

In addition, although we are now all Americans, we have maintained a cultural diversity of origin, which allows us to understand the world around us better than more provincial organizations. Indian, Chinese, Polish, French, and American-born. We are now seven: Delphine Chevalier joined us from the start to assist with our Paris-based clients; Diandra Ramsammy has begun to assist Patsy with the considerable back office and administrative tasks we perform for our clients; and Doug Rankin has joined in our adventure as his now-retired father had done at our previous firm, where he had been one of my early partners.

We have no marketing department; we have eliminated as much as is feasible the conflicts of interest associated with various “products” whose fees benefit the manager or the broker more than their clients; and we have re-discovered the real meaning of success – a fulfilling job well done, along with a happy life. We accept that we will grow over time, but slowly and cautiously, always avoiding greed or excessive ambition.

Four years have passed amazingly fast. We have had fun most of the time, and, in the recent COVID crisis, we also proved that a small, closely-knit team can handle adversity very efficiently. We are grateful to the loyal clients who have trusted us from the start and welcome the new ones whom we hope will accompany us for many years to come.

François Sicart | Published September 9th, 2019

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

 

Is passive index investing right for you?

This article has been a few months in the making, but it wasn’t until a comment from one of the readers that I realized it might be a good time to go ahead, finish it, and share it with you. The reader is a seasoned investor who worked with family offices on both sides of the Pacific, and his reaction to my recent article – Future-proof portfolio: does it even exist? – was: “How does passive index investing fit in the picture?” — So here are my thoughts on the topic.

A dear friend and fellow investor, Anthony Deden, shared (in an interview with Grant Williams from Real Vision) an anecdote about a conference organizer asking him for “a good investment idea or two.” Mr. Deden did not comply because he felt that it was like asking a doctor to write “a prescription or two” for medication without knowing a patient’s situation. He added that “an investment idea is worthless unless you understand whether it’s suitable to someone.” I couldn’t agree more.

In that context, people frequently ask me about passive investing in index funds that allow you to hold stakes in many publicly traded companies all at once. Like the appropriate dose of medicine, passive index investing can be a useful tool because it allows a large population to participate in stock ownership at a low cost and with even modest sums available to invest.

Interestingly, no one was bringing up passive index funds in the tumultuous years of the 2008/2009 financial crisis. Yet they were on people’s minds at the top of the longest-running bull market, and they are again now after this year’s post-March crash market rally. That’s an understandable phenomenon; investors often see index funds as a serious alternative to active investment management. However, they are not necessarily safe, reliable, consistent investment vehicles. Their results only do one thing, which is to track the market’s returns, desirable on the way up, but painful on the way down.

Disciplined investors — even “investment rock stars” like Warren Buffett — regularly underperform in the last leg of each bull market. Thus, an argument is made that there is no point in hiring a money manager since the free ride of the index brings good results all the way to the top of the market. It’s also true that some money managers chose to cautiously “hug” the index. In other words, their holdings closely follow the overall market, so as not to fall behind. In our opinion, index huggers are not really active managers.

Among truly active managers, a smaller group follows the disciplined approach of selecting stocks and holding them over the long run. In a way, what they do — and we count ourselves in this group — is very different from index huggers and index funds. We know exactly what we own and why. An index fund, on the other hand, will own a bankrupt or a fraudulent business all the way until its stock price drops to zero and gets delisted. It will also buy more shares of a company as shares become available to the public because insiders are selling. Also, index funds don’t shy away from buying shares of companies that are increasingly overvalued, and thus riskier.

Going back to Anthony Deden’s point about investment suitability, we have nothing against passive index investing per se if it’s used with a good degree of caution. The essential point lies in whether the investor or the client will experience a lifetime of contributions or distributions from your investment portfolio.

If you plan to earn, save, invest, and put a little bit of money away every month, a passive index fund might be a compelling option. You don’t have to time the market; you will dollar-average your purchases over the decades. (At times, you will be at a market low, at times at a market high, and it will be important not to overreact to those fluctuations.) Also, an automated contribution guarantees that you’ll invest no matter what the market does. History shows though that both mutual and index funds see record-high contributions at market tops (Source: FT, BlackRock attracts record inflows as the stock market soars, 1/15/2020), and record-high redemptions at market lows. This phenomenon makes the actual returns of average passive investors much less attractive.

If you are facing a lifetime of distributions rather than contributions, though, the story is very different. You might be living off your capital and collecting regular distributions to maintain your lifestyle, as many of our clients do. Their family fortunes, whether created recently or generations ago, play a very different role in their lives, and investments suitable for them might differ. It’s the money they can’t afford to lose.

If you were to put your entire family fortune or your nest egg in a passive index fund today, you would give up all flexibility and control. You would have to accept market returns, and in the context of the last ten-year bull market, that could still seem like an attractive choice. But if we face another “lost decade” in investing, it could be disastrous. Between the years 2000 and 2013, the S&P 500 saw both big sell-offs and big rallies, without any actual progress. (I mention the S&P 500 here because the top index funds in the U.S. track this broad market index.) The best possible outcome for those passive index investors who bought in in 2000 was to walk away with the same dollar amount after 13 years if they didn’t panic and sell out first.

It might be theoretically possible to invest passively on the way up, stay out of the market at its peak, and shift to active management as stocks tumble, but the simple fact is that nobody can time the market. What we at Sicart do instead is an attempt to capture the best of two worlds. We are value buyers and growth holders. We know what we own and why. We patiently wait to buy our holdings at attractive prices, and then we enjoy the rising market. When our holdings become expensive, we trim our positions gradually to avoid the worst damage from a possible sell-off.

Many observers see the recent proliferation of passive index investing as bad news. To us, it is the best possible news. The fewer truly active managers there are, the more money is passively invested, and the more opportunities there will be for the patient, disciplined stock pickers, who actually look at what they buy and pay attention.

No medicine’s suitable for everyone all the time. Similarly, no investment approach works all the time and for everyone. We believe that passive index investing is the right investment vehicle for those with small amounts to invest and those with a lifetime of small contributions ahead. For those with family fortunes relying on a lifetime of distributions, we believe that an actively managed portfolio — with all its flexibility and control — can deliver very respectable returns over the long run without running the risk of losing it all.

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published:  9/3/2020

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”), and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector, or the markets generally.

The Standard & Poors 500, or “S & P 500” is market-capitalization-weighted index that tracks the 500 largest publicly-traded, United States companies.

Future-proof portfolio: does it even exist?

Over a year ago, I spoke to a group of investors in Southern California. The point that I raised that drew the most attention was the challenge of the buy-and-hold forever approach to investing. Most value investors learned by watching Warren Buffett’s and Charlie Munger’s tremendous success buying stocks and keeping them forever. It worked well for those investing giants, but the next 50 years of the stock market might look very different. While researching the most successful families of the last 200 years for my book Money, Life Family I learned that not only change is the only constant, but that the rate of change has never been faster.

Let’s do a thought experiment. If you could choose a single stock to invest all your money in for the next 50 years, what would it be? Would you choose one of the largest, most admired companies of today? Looking back, in the 1920s your choice might have been RCA, in 1959 maybe Sears Roebuck, in 1987 maybe Kodak, in 2005 maybe GE. But with the exception of GE, those companies are all gone, and GE is only a shadow of its previous glory.

Did you know that among the 30 components of the Dow Jones Industrial Average (one of the oldest and best-known indices), only 3 companies have been members since before World War II? Meanwhile 24 out of 30 have joined the index in my lifetime (I’m just a few days over forty). 10 out of 30 have joined the Dow Jones Industrial Average since I started my career in 2005, including today’s market darling – Apple. If it retains that pace, the Dow will have refreshed completely during my lifetime within the next 5 years. Clearly, it seems the odds of any large company remaining successful for three to five decades is very low. It turns out that putting all your money in one single stock and blindly hoping for the best might be not be a future-proof investment strategy.

But what if, instead of buying one single stock, you invested long-term in 30 or 50 stocks? Could such a portfolio be future-proof? If you just pick the 30 Dow stocks, the prognosis isn’t good. Many former Dow listings have not only failed to grow wealth, but in many cases, they haven’t even preserved it.

So, if the ideal long-term investment vehicle isn’t a single stock, or even a passive portfolio of the market’s largest 30 companies, what could a potential more future-proof portfolio look like? We at Sicart have discovered that, as much as we love the idea of one-decision stocks (as Charlie Munger likes to call them), going forward the “buy and never sell” approach simply may not work. Looking at any company these days, we wonder if we could comfortably hold it forever. Even if it is still in business decades from now, it might be a shadow of its former self.

We also notice that the majority of the current stock market value is concentrated in fewer and fewer companies. These are companies that usually operate in winner-take-all markets. They have not only regional or national leadership in their industry, but global domination. That applies to the biggest among them: Apple, Microsoft, Amazon, Google, Facebook etc. The top 5-10 companies also collect the largest share of the profit pool among all corporations. There is nothing wrong with this per se, it’s the nature of the globalized economy we live in.

I believe the bigger trouble lies in the fact that these mega-cap, trillion-dollar companies are disruptors. They got started in dorms, garages, or basements, and took on well-funded, long-established competitors. They have done this by providing better value, service, or entertainment to the end consumer. But they’ve also accelerated the demise of incumbents, many of them prominent members of indices like the Dow Jones Industrial Average itself.

With that dynamic in mind, it’s not difficult for me to imagine this generation of disruptors being challenged by new ventures that may already be brewing in a dorm room somewhere. That’s something that tech executives see themselves. Not long ago, Amazon’s Jeff Bezos admitted that his company is not too big to fail; as a matter of fact, he said to Amazon’s employees that “Amazon will fail one day, but our job is to delay it as long as possible.”

In previous articles, I’ve discussed an infinite investment horizon, and finite assets. Managing family fortunes over generations, we think in terms of an infinite investment horizon rather than months, quarters or even years. We want to preserve and grow capital over generations. We like to think of our goal as doubling wealth every 5 to 15 years, which translates to a 5-15% annual return. The assets that the capital is invested in are finite – even Jeff Bezos acknowledges that. (Decades ago, Bill Gates himself shared his belief that tech companies should trade at lower valuations, given the constant change they face.)

If accelerating change, a winner-take-all environment, and likely challenges for tech giants weren’t enough to complicate long-term investing, there is also a confusion when it comes to valuing companies in the intangible asset economy. However, while we don’t know how long many of the great companies of today will be around, we do know that what counts in the end is their profits, and cash flows. Whether a business is concerned with bricks and mortar or cloud-based services, we believe it is its ability to earn proportionate profits that matter most.

Luckily enough, the top 5-10 companies we discussed earlier earn substantial profits. As a matter of fact, they claim a large share in total corporate profits of the top 100 or 500 companies. At the same time, though, we see a growing list of companies with very high market valuations, and no profit or even durable business models. The prime example used to be WeWork, which hasn’t come to the end of its troubles. From the outside, two $50 billion, $100 billion or $1 trillion companies may look alike. But while they are priced at the same level, their value may differ greatly. WeWork shareholders are still trying to figure out how much a money-losing behemoth could be sold for, and it will be likely a fraction of what we were made to believe we should pay for it in the public offering.

Is there such a thing, then, as a portfolio that we could call future-proof? Is it one stock, thirty of them, the largest, the highest priced? We believe it’s never been more important for investors to understand the difference between price and value. It’s also crucial to maintain flexibility, and adapt to change. This could mean moving wealth from one investment to another, frequently enough to avoid passively holding a stock while its value slowly dwindles. It is a challenge for most investors, but it may prove to be the most exciting time for true stock pickers. We believe we’re in an era when skills will matter more than luck.

We also believe that there is no such thing as a future-proof stock or stock portfolio. However, we do believe there is a future-proof stock investment philosophy: disciplined, patient, long-term value investing. To us, it means buying stocks for less than they are worth, waiting patiently for them to perform, and selling them when they become hugely overvalued. It worked in the 1930s for Benjamin Graham, it has worked for many investors since, and the odds are that it will work equally well for the rest of our investment careers.

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published:  8/20/2020

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

A Fresh Perspective

I have a vivid memory from early in my career: sitting in an investment meeting in a Manhattan high-rise while two portfolio managers got into a heated exchange about an investment idea. One of them was doing his best to poke holes in the investment case, which is perfectly standard practice. Finally, he concluded his counter-argument saying: “Why wouldn’t the doorman just get it for you?”

That remark really stuck in my head. I can’t remember what “it” was that the doorman would theoretically fetch. What I do remember is the portfolio manager’s conviction that everyone had a doorman, and thus didn’t need this product or service. In that moment, it really hit me how often investment decisions are based on an individual perspective that is by no means average or common. I have certainly made that mistake myself before.

Since witnessing that exchange between the two investment professionals, I’ve heard many curious rebukes to investment ideas, such as “My sister doesn’t like it,” “My cat won’t eat that,” or “My in-laws wouldn’t watch it.” Nevertheless, over the years, I still bought many stocks offering products and services that I personally did not use or need. I found a way to relate to their target customer, and see how much value those offerings could bring to the right audience. That skill helped me expand my investment universe beyond my immediate circle of competence – beyond my favorite smartphones, toothpaste, or shoes!

The recent leap from a comfortable city life to a life in the woods has given me a fresh perspective. Our life in a remote cabin is the extreme opposite of our previous fast-paced city life. That may be why it’s been such a fascinating, eye-opening experience. Many products and services don’t even reach us, while others have become handier than ever – flashlights, bug spray, among others. Some worried friends asked me recently, “It’s just a temporary experiment, right?” Experiment or not, weeks have turned into months, and my point of view has been hugely refreshed.

Where we are now, I can’t count on the subway, the train, or the bus, and I can’t even hope that any Uber driver will ever find us. Online purchases and food deliveries are no longer a click away. In fact, shopping has changed completely. Every grocery run is a drive away now — as it is for a big part of America! We have swapped our neighborhood grocery store for visits to some of the local farmer’s markets, which is greatly enjoyable. We’ve grown to appreciate cooking at home. We don’t have a doorman anymore… or immediate next-door neighbors for that matter.

We might feel far from civilization at times, but we are as connected as ever. For his own remote work needs, the owner equipped this place with an exceptionally strong internet connection, which has allowed us to work without interruptions. I must say that our cabin Wi-Fi is better than our overwhelmed city apartment network.

I have also had the new experience of driving our own garbage to the recycling facility, and sorting our bottles, cans, and paper on my own. It gave me a new appreciation for the need to recycle, and brought me closer to a product’s journey from the shelf to the landfill. Having scuba dived all over the world and having witnessed floating islands of plastic garbage in some far-flung pristine tropical locations, I know well that the plastic bottle’s life unfortunately doesn’t end at the recycling chute in a high rise in Manhattan.

Our new remote location has reawakened our appreciation for nature and the many benefits of spending time outdoors. Before this spring, Central Park or the Hudson River Waterfront were our frequent destinations for biking, walking, or hiking. Now, we get lost making our way through steep, overgrown, and hardly visited trails, some of which date back to the late 1700s.

Our life might have taken a different course this year than expected: trips cancelled, high-rise apartment swapped for a cabin in the woods, neighborhood grocery store traded for farmer’s markets. However, it has given me a fresh perspective, and true success in investing lies in seeing everything from a new, different angle and appreciating opportunities that others might miss. My grandma often reminds me of a Polish saying that doesn’t rhyme in English, but says – your point of view depends on where you sit, and from where you look. I know now how right she is!

 

Wishing you a lovely summer!

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published:  7/30/2020

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

What’s better than a crystal ball?

I wrote an early draft of this article in the first days of 2020. I had no way of knowing what a roller coaster ride awaits us on all fronts: health, economy, everyday life, and of course, investing. I chose to put some final touches, and share it with you now. We might have entered the second half of the year, but our visibility for the following 6-12 months hasn’t gotten much better, but maybe there is a solution to that.

It’s been almost four years since Sicart Associates became an independent investment advisor, and moved into our office on the 54th floor of Carnegie Tower. Before we switched to remote work, and left our office, I remember how we were still finding items that got misplaced in the move. The most recent pre-pandemic rediscovery was a dust-covered crystal ball that used to sit on my partner François Sicart’s desk. We cleaned it, and we returned it to prominent display in his office. I can’t say that it has helped us make better investment decisions, but it definitely reminds us daily of the challenges of predicting the future, and provides a warning against getting overly excited about the prospects of any particular investment.

Superficially, investing success may seem to require predictive abilities. But looking closer to the actual process, we can discern a way to rely less on crystal balls, and more on something we have much more control over.

I am sometimes asked if I think the market will head up or down in a coming year. I just shrug, remembering the highly volatile days we have seen at times. March 2020 was a prime example. The daily swings were dramatic, and completely unpredictable. We had no way to forecast where the market would end up at the close.

With our freshly polished crystal ball, we still don’t claim the ability to tell the future better than anybody else; in fact, we think that the person who does so either fools himself or everyone who cares to listen.

Through our investment experience managing family fortunes over generations, we discovered that we have an absolute control over only three elements of investment success: price, patience, and investment horizon.  

We might like a certain business, and want to own it one day, but it is our choice to decide what price we will pay. The market quotes a price every day, but we are not obligated to act on it until the price is right. Ideally, we look for the market to demonstrate healthy skepticism about a company’s prospects, expressed in lowered valuations. We call it – down, cheap, out-of-favor stock. If it’s a quality business selling at lower price, that’s equivalent to finding a favorite brand of shoes marked down 50% during a promotion. The discount probably won’t last, and since we are paying a lot less for something we want, the risk of making a poor decision is lower. In fact, the lower the price we pay for a stock, the lower the risk. The more we pay for the stock, the higher the risk.

We can’t predict the future, but the lower the price we accept, the less certain we have to be about the future. Any future improvement in a stock’s price probably points to an investment success. The opposite is true if we overpay for a quality business. Let’s say we buy a stock whose price quintupled in the last five years. It’s widely expected to double and triple again. The predictions had better come true, because now we’re not just running a big risk of being wrong and not capitalizing on the expected upside, but we could also be exposed to a massive loss, when the company disappoints.

As value investors focused on paying less to get more, we play up to our strengths, i.e. our ability to analyze the quality of the business, and our discipline in buying it at the right price.

Over the years we have learned that it takes great patience to not only wait to buy the stock, but also to see it recover and perform up to its potential. Beyond that, we need even more patience not to sell it too early. We like to think of ourselves as patient value buyers and patient growth holders.

An ” investment horizon” is a fascinating concept. If you shrink it to a day, statistically you have an almost 50:50 chance of correctly guessing if any trading day will be an up or a down day. If you extend your investment horizon to 3-5 years or even a decade or more, your odds of a positive return go up dramatically.

In my first book, Outsmarting the Crowd, I wrote, “Investing is dealing with imprecise assumptions tainted by an imperfect world haunted by uncertainty.” I further added, “If you accept some imperfection, and imprecision in this uncertain world, some really important conclusions become clear.”

What are they? The lower the price you pay, the lower the risk, and the less you need to worry about predicting the future. The more patient you can be, the more investment opportunities will become available to you. Finally, the longer the investment horizon you choose, the higher the odds of success you will have.

If you are looking for certainty, we believe that impatiently buying stocks at any price, and hoping to see quick results is an inevitable path to eventual investment trouble.

Even if you took our shining crystal ball away, we will do just fine sticking to our investment discipline: buying stocks cheaply, patiently waiting for them to perform, and keeping our investment horizon as long as possible.

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published:

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Two Types of Capital Gains

Whenever I’m invited to talk about investing, I like to begin by asking if anyone has ever lost money in the stock market. A few hands go up. Then I ask if anyone has made money investing, and almost all hands go up. It’s harder to talk about the losses and more fun to celebrate the gains. However, there are two types of gains in investing, and they are easily confused: realized and unrealized gains. It’s especially timely to look at those two concepts now after an exceptionally fast stock market recovery with some market indices reaching again new all-time highs. After a period like this it’s to be expected that both types of gains may appear in many investors’ brokerage accounts.

If you bought a stock at $10, and now it’s $100, you have a $90 unrealized gain on your investment. The minute you sell the stock, it becomes a realized gain and you take possession of that extra $90. But wait! Very likely there will be some taxes due, unless you hold your investment in a tax-advantaged account like an IRA (individual retirement account), for example. If it’s a taxable account, the net gain won’t be $90. Depending on the tax rate, it could be as little as half of that $90, especially if it’s a gain realized in less than 12 months, and you live in a heavily taxed country, state or city. The actual post-sale, after-tax value of our investment may be as little as $55 (with a 50% tax on the $90 gain). It’s a very different amount than the $90 we might have thought we had!

Some strategies, though, can help us keep a larger percentage of our realized gains. As long-term patient investors, we trade less often, and hold our investments much longer. We also often benefit from a more attractive tax rate on long-term gains. It can be as little as half of the rate the account holder would have paid had we realized the gain in under 12 months. In that case, our $100 example would translate to an after-tax gain of $67.5 vs. $45 (with an estimated 25% vs. 50% tax rate in a high tax state or city in the U.S. for a high-income earner[1]) and the total value after-tax would be $77.5 vs. $55. That’s quite a significant difference. It makes us appreciate any tax advantaged accounts like an IRA, where no tax is due after realizing the gains.

Unrealized gains on the other hand, are gains on stocks we’re still holding. There are no capital gains tax consequences yet, and there might be no tax consequences if we never sell our investment, but we are subject to price volatility (the normal movement of stock prices)[2]. At Sicart, we don’t consider volatility itself a risk; the only risk we worry about is a permanent loss of capital. If we bought a stock at $100, but its value is $10, and the market eventually recognizes that, then we have a $90 loss, a permanent loss of capital.

Unfortunately, it has happened before that a 5-year gain of any specific stock (or the entire market for that matter) to disappear in a matter of days, weeks or months. We saw it as recently as March this year, when three years of gains disappeared in three weeks. Let’s say that we bought the stock at $10, and now it’s at $100. We choose not to sell, either because we hope for more growth or don’t want to pay taxes on the realized gain. The concern, though, lies in the possibility of this stock dropping significantly, possibly even back to $10, or even to $0. Our unrealized gain could evaporate quickly. That’s a valid concern that investors might have at the top of a long bull market or after a strong market rally, especially when the memory of the March 2020 crash is still fresh.

We believe that’s where fundamental research and stock analysis become indispensable. If the business in which we bought stock has been growing, and truly earned its performance from $10 to $100 per share, we have less of a reason to worry that our $90 unrealized gains could be gone in a heartbeat. On the other hand, if we know that we are looking at an expensive stock that became very expensive, and then incredibly expensive, we feel sure that it’s a just a matter of time before investors wise up and run the other way. Impossible? During the Internet Bubble, Amazon’s stock dropped from $108 to $8, which prompted Jeff Bezos’ reaction expressed in one single word — “Ouch!” Without a last-minute financing deal that saved the business, Amazon’s name would be recited today with the other dotcom flops: Pets.com, eToys.com, even Flooz.com (the last one sold online currency heavily promoted in TV ads by a major TV celebrity).

We are not suggesting that Amazon may repeat its dramatic drop anytime soon. All the same, the longest-running bull market, and quick market recovery may have blessed many with big unrealized gains. Some of them may be well deserved — but not all of them. For example, on the surface, 2019 was an impressive year. The S&P 500 index rose nearly 29%, its best performance since 2013. But as many analysts, including Goldman Sachs’ David Kostin have pointed out, “Valuation expansion drove nearly all of the S&P 500 return in 2019.” In other words, expensive stocks became even more expensive. Since March the market got back close to previous peak levels, yet corporate profits are falling, and may take a while to recover. We believe the growing disconnect may put some unrealized gains in some immediate danger.

Unrealized gains can eventually become realized gains. We know that realized gains may trigger tax consequences, but let’s not forget that unrealized gains are always at risk of a permanent loss, especially if they are driven by rising stock prices rather than businesses growing their earnings, and truly deserving their higher prices.

As patient disciplined investors managing family fortunes over generations, we at Sicart do our best to manage both types of gains. In the last three years, we have trimmed many of the older long-held positions, gradually replacing them when we find what we believe to be excellent businesses with potential to perform well over the next 3-5 years and beyond. In the last few months, we both took advantage of certain opportunities when the market crashed, and sold some earlier positions that held up in the midst of the market turmoil.

We expect the coming months to offer both buying, and selling opportunities, and successful investing relies not only on the right buying discipline, but also on disciplined and strategic selling.

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published:  7/16/2020

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

[1]Actual tax rates may differ from this hypothetical example.

[2] Dividends paid on stock holdings are subject to taxation as ordinary income.

The Last Stockpicker and the Unreal Hunting Grounds

How do you find a perfect stock? That’s a frequent topic of talks I give to curious audiences interested in the art of stock picking. It is always very inspiring and encouraging to me to see others getting curious about becoming active stockpickers in a world where passive investing, high frequency trading, robo advisors, bots, machines, and algos seems to have become all the rage.

I believe none of these can replace the actual skills, where we look at the businesses we buy, and we care about the price we pay. The more auto-robo-algo investing becomes, the more opportunities exist for disciplined and patient investors. And when we are the very last stockpickers still practicing the trade, we will roam freely in what my friend Jake Taylor (author of The Rebel Allocator) calls “the unreal hunting grounds” full of panics, inefficiencies, and buying opportunities.

Like any skill, I firmly believe that stock picking improves with practice. What’s more, it only lasts if it’s passed on. That’s part of the reason why I am always so eager to share with my audiences what I have learned so far. Public speaking is a two-way street for me: I love to share what I know, but I’m also curious to learn from my audience. One of the talks I gave last year inspired me to look back at the path that led me to becoming a stockpicker and investor myself.

If you’ve read my books or heard my TEDx talk, you probably know how much I credit Peter Lynch’s book One Up on Wall Street for the direction of my career and my early fascination with stock investing. I believe that throughout our lives, we are molded to do exactly what we do best. Growing up in Poland during a spectacular economic and political transformation shaped me as a future investor in many ways. I have seen and lived through what many of my American or European contemporaries have only learned about from books, including the often-feared hyperinflation.

You might not know, though, that my very first training in discipline and patience was formed picking — not stocks, but mushrooms, and not on Wall Street, but in the enchanting woods of Poland, not long after I learned to walk!

My better half, Megan, on her very first mushroom-picking trip last fall, compared the experience to a treasure hunt in some fairy tale land. After a long, fruitless hour of walking, you eventually find a mushroom hiding under some leaves. This little reward gives you enough renewed hope to keep going. Your commitment gets tested again and again, but each time you’re ready to give up yet again, another mushroom appears! Not that different from stock picking, if you ask me.

Like mushroom-picking, selecting stocks that are worth investing in is simple, but far from easy.

Most mushrooms are not only not edible, they can be actually poisonous, even fatal with such endearing names as a death cap, which actually happens to deceivingly resemble some of the edible ones! I can think of many stocks that should carry similarly poignant names!

In my experience, many investors who think that investing is easy walk away empty-handed, often bruised by massive losses; many mushroom pickers return from the hunt with poisonous pickings, empty buckets or clothing tattered by thorns. Other similarities: It takes a certain skill and considerable luck and patience to find mushrooms in the woods. After a few years of practice, experts can predict or even smell where the mushrooms might be hiding.

Lastly, given what you just learned, I’d think you wouldn’t want to taste a mushroom soup cooked with all possible species one can find in the woods or eat the first random mushroom you come across, would you? …yet I’ve seen so many investors out there unwittingly put their life savings in funds that hold the good, the bad, and the worst stocks out there or buy stocks without looking at the business behind them or the price they pay.

If mushroom picking skills fade away, the same way some fear stock picking skills are expected to vanish, and the last mushroom picker heads to the woods, he or she will be amazed by the abundance of unpicked treasures all around. My parents and grandparents have told me tales of plentiful large mushrooms in the undiscovered woods of their childhood. Many fellow seasoned investors, including my partner, and mentor, Mr. François Sicart reminisce about the equally abundant stock-picking times of their earlier careers.

I’m reminded that often history goes through cycles. The recent period of the longest-ever bull market, and the post-March rally might have set the stage for slim pickings. But last year’s briefly-renewed volatility, and this year’s March market crash have given us at Sicart enough enticing opportunities to renew hope for the years to come. We believe that we might be among the few stockpickers around when the most promising unreal hunting grounds appear right in front of us. We don’t mind, we are actually thrilled about the unreal hunting grounds that may be ahead.

Going back to mushrooms, as you may know from my earlier articles, Megan and I traded our city apartment for a cabin in the woods, and you can’t keep me out of the mushroom picking grounds for too long. Needless to say, we did discover some unbelievably rich hunting grounds in the National Forest that surrounds us. Some of the sizes of the tastiest mushrooms we found happened to be even bigger than the most impressive specimen I recall finding as a kid in the woods of Poland. Maybe history does repeat after all!

Mushroom

In the meantime, let’s practice the stock picking skills because when the time is right, we might be the only ones still picking — and pick we will!

Lastly, we don’t believe that everyone has to become a stockpicker himself or herself. As you know well, we are always happy to help, and do the picking for you!

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published:

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

What would we do with a million dollars?

Little over a year ago,  at an intimate investor conference in Zurich, I gave a talk about the next decade of stock investing (here are some ideas I discussed: Fighting the currents; a metaphor for the next decade of stock investing). Over lunch, one of the attendees asked me an interesting question: “What would you do with a million dollars right now?”

In the context of my talk, it was the perfect question to entertain. In my prepared remarks, I had highlighted five widely-held principles or tactics that have worked well over the last decade, and explained how they may get many investors in trouble over the next decade:

  • Diversification of investments is not enough; holding cash matters
  • A “buy and hold” investment approach may not work, but stock-pickers will do well
  • Passive investing may fail as active managers could shine again
  • Balancing short-term promises vs. long-term success
  • Volatility is not risk; it’s an opportunity in disguise

But for investment managers like us, it’s always useful to apply principles to a practical problem, and this was a question that comes up frequently in our field. Whether a family fortune amounts to one million dollars or a hundred million, we are all navigating the ups and downs of the stock market along with economic and political uncertainty, not to mention the broad variety of business opportunities and risks we face in our holdings.

As a backdrop, it’s important to remember that today (mid-2020), we are almost back at the top of the longest-running bull market ever, while the underlying fundamentals have deteriorated. Naturally, we have nothing against bull markets as such; that’s when most wealth is created. Similarly, though, bear markets are the periods when most of wealth vanishes. In the last 50 years, seven bear markets wiped out half or more of the preceding bull markets’ gains.  On three of those occasions, more than 100% of the bull market gains were lost (Source: UPFINA, Farnam Street Investments).

In March of this year, we had a taste of it, when three years of gains disappeared in a matter of three weeks, only to show a record recovery sponsored by an unprecedented fiscal and monetary stimulus (Read: more cheap debt).

With the past incidents in mind, it’s impossible to draft a plan for a million dollars without first understanding the possible risks. To us, the big risk is a permanent loss of capital, like spending $100 to get a $50 bill. Eventually, the market will price that bill properly, and when that happens, we’d face a permanent loss of capital. Seen that way, no one would buy a $50 bill just because its market price went from $100 to $130. Yet somehow when it comes to stock investing, it’s easy to lose track of that vital fact, and want shares of a hot company just because the price has been going up.

As value investors who like finding $100 bills that sell for $50 or less, we have a peculiar challenge in the current market. The conditions that challenge us are markets that keep rising for less and less convincing reasons. Easier times are those when markets continue to drop for less and less convincing reasons.

But whatever the state of the market, a million dollars needs to be put to work. Even “parking” it in a zero-rate checking account is a decision. If we become responsible for that million at the market top, we will do our best to first preserve it, and second grow it. Our investment approach remains the same through all markets. We look for value, and if we can’t find value, we wait until it appears.

What we have done in recent years, and what we’d do with a million dollars today, would be the following:

  1. We would put as much cash to work as possible without compromising our long-term goal – growth and preservation of capital.
  2. We would maintain a well-selected portfolio of the best-quality stocks acquired at attractive prices. The majority would be in well-established businesses that likely pay a dividend, and have good odds of prospering through a prolonged economic downturn.
  3. We also like to hold a small number of companies with an even more promising trajectory. They can be growing or misunderstood businesses that the market doesn’t appreciate at the time. (We often mention that we like to hold cyclical businesses when the time is right, but given that we are at the top of the cycle for most industries, with very few exceptions, our cyclical holdings are currently relatively small.)

It’s true that in the last few months we’ve put more money to work by buying a significant number of new stocks. Still, we’ve been acting slowly, often building starter positions and leaving plenty of room to add over time.

To succeed at collecting more quality businesses at good prices, we don’t need a broad market sell-off. We often take advantage of pockets of opportunity, when segments of the market drop significantly due to a shift in a sentiment and investor short-sightedness.

As we often write, we don’t claim to be faster or smarter than anyone else, but we are definitely more patient than most. We are patient in both buying and selling. And while it is tempting to chase the short-term races that the market sets up for those suffering from the fear of missing out, we would prefer to diligently follow our holdings, and continue to learn about the businesses we like and own.

When the opportunity arises, we have our finger on the trigger and we can act without hesitation. December 2018, for instance, opened a brief window of opportunity when market prices dropped by around 20%, but we have seen other times, including January and February of this year. March 2020 was an equally opportune time.

We are skeptical about portfolio managers who hold extreme opinions in today’s markets, both negative and positive. On the whole, we trust the expertise of active managers like ourselves, who actually know what they own, and why — instead of passively and blindly riding out a wave that may break any time.

Good or bad, easy or difficult, there is always a way to invest, whether your fortune is a million dollars or a hundred times that. If you have a long-term investment horizon, if that’s all the money you have, and you can’t afford to lose it (as it is the case for our clients) we would hold a selected group of quality stocks bought at the right price, and an ample cash reserve to take advantage of the opportunities ahead. There will be many opportunities, but likely they won’t be where the majority is used to finding them.

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 7/2/2020

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Good stock, good business, good investment

In a fast-rising market post the March correction, many may start to feel like heroes. With earnings falling, and stock prices rising, investing may seem easy to some, and confusing to others. Even bankrupt companies recently saw their stocks not only rise, but also become the “hottest stocks” (Bankrupt Hertz is one of the market’s hottest stocks. That’s a bad sign – CBS News June 12th, 2020).

To find our bearings, let’s focus on three investing terms that are often used interchangeably, but whose meanings and proper use are often very different: good stock, good business, good investment. In today’s volatile, confusing, and challenging markets, understanding of the three distinct concepts is especially important, and can not only help investors navigate the markets, but also potentially save them a lot of trouble, and money!

This is how we define these terms:

A good stock is a stock that goes up and up. There might be a good reason behind its rise, such as higher profitable growth. Often, though, mere investor sentiment seems to drive many high valuations. Very often the stock’s ascent can be driven by enthusiasm for the story the company shares with investors. Tesla (the electric car manufacturer) is one example of a “good stock” that keeps rising, though profits remain elusive. Good stocks attract momentum investors who only chase the rising prices. Their returns can be very high — as long as the momentum continues.

The trouble with momentum is that eventually it ends; the market wises up and starts to doubt the story. A good example in today’s market would be Netflix. Its stock has risen on ever-higher user growth for many years, and it quadrupled between late 2016 through 2018 alone. Since then the stock sold off twice, and hasn’t recovered its 2018 peak price until two years later, mid-2020. I’d think that the captive audience kept home due to nationwide and worldwide lockdowns definitely helped for now to improve the sentiment around the stock. This 22-year-old company (not exactly a brand-new startup) has been burning cash to provide a constant stream of new high-quality content to users. The problem is that the users not only don’t want to pay for the service, but also share their memberships with a number of friends — further lowering the company’s revenue potential, and thus profits.

We have nothing against Tesla’s electric cars or Netflix’s streaming content; I’ll even admit that those companies have made money for many investors. We believe the challenge with stocks that rise based on hope and growth is the investor’s exit strategy. You need to guess when to get out without losing more than you initially invested. The story and the excitement around the stock do matter at least as much as the fundamentals, but we have no way to measure them. There’s too much guesswork involved: not only whether the price will keep rising, but also what other investors are thinking and hoping for. That’s a game we choose not to play.

A good business is one that can produce growing and lasting profits. It has a competitive advantage, for one reason or the other, it stands out, and the competition has a hard timing taking their businesses away. It could be its well recognized and trusted brand, size, scale, technology, distribution or a combination of all the above. A good business is able to maintain and grow a loyal customer base which is willing to pay a sufficient price for the goods or services that allows the company to make a respectable profit.  There might be a few thousand publicly-traded stocks in the U.S., but in our opinion, only a fraction of those have a good business behind them. For a disciplined investor, that list may consist of only a hundred companies or so. When we call something “a good business,” that doesn’t always mean than its stock keeps rising and rising. As a matter of fact, if we overpay for a good business, we may walk away with a loss over time, as the market closes the gap between the price and the value. (As you may remember from earlier articles, we define “price” as what we pay, and “value” as what we get.)

A good investment is one that produces a respectable long-term return in the form of price appreciation, and possibly even dividends paid out over time. If we correctly identify a good business, and have the patience to wait for the price to become attractive to buyers, we believe there’s a fair chance to turn an investment into a “good investment.” If earnings grow or recover, and we didn’t overpay for the business, the stock price is likely to rise, too.

The lower the price and the better the business, the better positioned we are for investment success.

Of course, we, like other investors, are seeking out stocks that go up, but what we like to think makes Sicart different is how we select them. We first need to see a good business whose shares are selling at a good price.

Our investments may turn into “good stocks,” as defined above.  Still, there are many good stocks that in our opinion don’t qualify as good investments — not because their share price won’t rise steadily, but because of the risks we’d take on had we chased them. If a good stock doesn’t have sufficiently strong fundamentals to back its rise, it carries a risk of dropping precipitously, possibly even to zero. Long-term investors are in no danger of forgetting the dotcom-era stocks that rose fast and high, and fell to zero soon after, wiping out many a nest egg.

Next time you hear good stock, good business, and good investment in one sentence, remember how these three are not always one and the same. It pays to be able to tell them apart, especially if you want to not only make money, but also keep it.

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published:  6/25/2020

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

 

Infinite Investing: How do we win a game that has no end?

This an important topic that has been on my mind for a few years now, and I think it has become more relevant today than ever, during these especially challenging, confusing, and uncertain times for investors.  

If you put kids in a room, eventually they will start to play. Very often, the game they choose ends with a winner or a loser. That’s how we are conditioned to see the world. Most games operate with clear rules, time limits, and precise outcomes. Today, most of us want to win big, win often, and most of all — win fast! Our world has never been more impatient, more obsessed with immediacy, and winning, but also… more fragile.

Speaking of fast, it is possible to win a game of chess with as few as two moves. When I was a kid, I loved playing chess. I had a foldable chessboard that went everywhere with me. I thought I was good for my age, and I started to beat adult players, though maybe they let me win. I enjoyed it either way, but there was one thing I didn’t like — that there was an end to each match. Chess, soccer, tennis and many other familiar games are finite games. It’s clear who the players are, there are rules, there is a winner and a loser, and eventually the game ends. You can play countless games of chess, but each time it’s the same format: a board, an opponent, 32 pieces and, ultimately, a winner and a loser. The classic example of a finite game.

Let’s turn that concept on its head, let’s drop the limiting boundaries of a board, and consider the notion of an infinite game. Infinity is an abstract concept describing something without any limit.  Friendship, for instance; friendship can involve two or many people, there are no fixed rules, there are no winners or losers in true friendship. The primary objective of friendship is to keep it thriving.

Finite games with strict rules and time limits tend to be clear-cut and easy to comprehend. Not so much with infinite games. They can have many players, who may not all be aware of each other. There might be certain rules of conduct, but also some flexibility around them. There is no time limit, and, often, no clear end. The primary objective of an infinite game is to perpetuate the game. Players drop out when they run out of the will and the resources to keep playing.

We may falsely believe that investing is a finite game with winners and losers. In investing, we hear every day about the best and the worst performing stocks, the portfolio manager of the month, the best asset class of the year. We may even think that missing out on a particular stock whose price has soared by a factor of ten makes us a loser. There is something liberating, eye-opening, and empowering about seeing investing as the game with no end.

Stock investing, as we practice it at Sicart, is the ultimate infinite game – infinite investing. The goal is to keep growing wealth managing family fortunes over generations. The resource (i.e. a family fortune) is irreplaceable. Once it’s lost or spent, the family has to drop out of the game, and our clients would no longer be able to participate in the future investment success of the great economy around us.  If the primary objective is to be able to keep playing, and the only way to keep playing is to have the resources to do so, not losing it all takes priority over everything else.

The infinite game with the infinite investment horizon allows us at Sicart to think far beyond the immediate future and instant gratification. It gives us an incentive to plan for the future of those who will be around when we are long gone. My dear friend Anthony Deden, a Swiss-based investor, asked once in an interview with Grant Williams from Real Vision: “Why would a man do something today for which he would receive no reward in his life time?” He was discussing investing; more specifically, sharing the story of an individual who owned a date palm orchard. This man was harvesting from trees planted by ancestors, and at the same time planting trees to be harvested by his descendants.

The infinite investment horizon doesn’t mean though that we can take indiscriminate risks just because we have a long horizon. Not all risks are acceptable. Imagine betting a family fortune on the roulette wheel in Las Vegas, Monte Carlo or Macau just because its investment horizon is infinite! It sounds silly, but investment equivalents crop up all the time.

However, the longer the investment horizon, the longer we can wait: first to invest at a sensible price, and later, to sell when a stock delivers the returns we’ve been watching for. In fact, our long horizon gives us the luxury of taking a long-term view that others can’t. Anyone who measures their performance in months or quarters or even years, can’t take a long-term position in an out-of-favor stock or industry, and wait 5 years to see the returns. Players in an infinite game can do exactly that, and their decisions are made with ten, twenty or even hundred-year investment horizons. We often say that we might not be faster or smarter than anyone else, but we are definitely among the more patient. It is our clients’ time preference, and awareness of the infinite game they are in that gives us that very luxury to think beyond months, quarters or years.

When I had almost completed writing  my first book in 2015, Outsmarting the Crowd, I came across a volume titled Finite and Infinite Games by James P. Carse. It made such a big impression on me that I postponed handing in my final draft to the editor for a week or two because I knew I had to add a few more pages addressing the topic of investing as an infinite game. This is my favorite quote from his book: “The joyfulness of infinite play (…) lies in learning to start something we cannot finish.”

More recently in the book The Infinite Game, author Simon Sinek brought the topic of infinite games back to the public’s attention. He explained how politics, business, and education are all “games” that shouldn’t have the best or the worst, winners or losers, but should be seen as endless processes where the primary objective is to continue to play, improve, and thrive.

When I brought up the topic of this article to my dear friend and mentor James (Jay) Hughes (who spent a wonderful career working with prominent families around the world in his role of a true homme de confiance), he immediately reminded me of Nassim Nicholas Taleb’s book Antifragile: Things That Gain from Disorder. After a long discussion, we realized that Carse’s infinite game, and Taleb’s notion of “the antifragile” are really two sides of the same coin. For any player to be able to continue to play, the player has to be antifragile. If anything, disorder and chaos can benefit such a player – Taleb explains.

When it comes to investing, the stock market disorder, chaos and volatility expose the fragility of the investment approach, and the fragility of overpriced, overleveraged, overextended companies whose shares investors buy chasing price momentum. At the same time, these seemingly undesirable conditions actually create buying opportunities for disciplined and patient value investors; stock pickers, who have put in the time to learn what to buy, and what price to pay. What makes such a player stronger is not only the stock selection, but the advance preparation with an effective selling policy. As a result, we choose to hold ample cash, gold holdings, and a collection of very carefully selected stocks acquired opportunistically, and held patiently as we make our way through some of the most turbulent markets in history.

***

Investing when seen as infinite investing:

  • requires us to preserve and grow resources to be able to continue to “play”, thus never risk losing it all;
  • gives us the luxury to be patient, and think long-term, and even beyond our lifetimes to promote the growth of resources over generations.
  • requires us to remain “antifragile” and benefit from rather than succumb to the stock market disorder and chaos;

Investing is not a game you win or lose, it’s a game you may want to keep playing for as long as possible, ideally forever — growing wealth for generations to come. The more impatient the world grows, the more others are driven by instant gratification of short-lived wins, the more fragile other players become; the more we, and our investment approach stands out, and gives us a silent, but tremendous advantage in a game we choose to be in – the infinite investing.

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published:  6/18/2020

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Money you don’t need, money you can’t lose

The stock market recently endured one of the fastest-ever sell-offs, which was followed rapidly by one of the speediest rallies we’ve seen, likely prompting many investors to rethink their investment philosophy. Here at Sicart, we have always seen investment capital as both the money our clients don’t immediately need, and money they can’t ever lose. The recent experience of higher volatility and widespread uncertainty has only reinforced this opinion. In a conversation with a new client not long ago, I had a chance to share those two assumptions, and explain how they help us navigate the investment choices that best suit our clients while protecting their interests.

We strongly believe that the funds intended for investment should be first of all, money that’s not needed in this moment or in the near future. If a client has a large purchase in mind – a car, a house, a boat — that amount should be earmarked for that specific need, and put aside in the safest short-term investment possible – for example, cash or treasuries. That’s capital that should not be invested in stocks, for two reasons. First, as long-term disciplined investors, we can’t promise that we will find an investment that will work quickly enough so that the money can be “released” in time to fund a big purchase. Second, every investment carries risk, and if so, when the investment is sold, especially sold prematurely, a loss might have to be realized and the amount returned can be smaller than the amount needed for the expected expenditure.

Given the investment style we follow, it’s ideal if the money invested with us won’t be needed for the next 3-5 years. In fact, the time horizon of the nearest possible moment when the capital (or a meaningful portion of it) is needed should align with the investment horizon we propose for that money. It’s essential for both us and the client, if we know that a certain amount will be needed sooner rather than later. That’s something we are always happy to take into account in our investment process.

Just because the capital invested with us is not needed right away, it doesn’t mean all risks are acceptable. On the contrary, we know this capital is money our clients can’t afford to lose. There will be market fluctuations as prices of our holdings move up and down, but it is a permanent loss of capital that we are the most concerned about. To us, a permanent loss is an investment that turns out to be worth much less than we expected, and the hopes of recovering the majority of our initial investment are slim. Of course, we cannot guarantee investment performance or the avoidance of investment losses. To mitigate the risk of coming across such an investment lemon, we tend to hold 30-50 stocks. Then one particular unfortunate investment doesn’t do much damage. Also, as a rule, we do our best to avoid any individual investment that has an obvious potential of going to zero.

A company with no profits and no business model is a prime candidate for a permanent loss, no matter how high its market price might be at a given moment. WeWork — with a $50 billion peak valuation, failed IPO, and the most recent price tag of a mere few billion — is a good example. Just because something has a massive price tag doesn’t mean it’s worth anything. As value investors who like to get the most value for the lowest price, we strongly believe that the markets eventually close the gap between price and value, and in case of WeWork, we believe, the two will eventually meet at zero.

Other candidates for permanent loss would be companies that have borrowed too much money to prop up vulnerable businesses. JC Penney, Neiman Marcus, and J. Crew are among major retailers who filed for bankruptcy in the last few weeks. A bankruptcy means a total and permanent loss for stock investors: a zero.

Investing becomes a lot simpler when one eliminates obvious dangers. It doesn’t make it risk-free, but it tilts the odds in our favor.

Turbulent markets are a good time for clients and money managers to make sure they are on the same page when it comes to investment philosophy. Our goal at Sicart is keeping and growing our clients’ family fortunes over the long run. We navigate our investment decisions with the two assumptions in mind – it’s money our clients don’t need, and it’s money they can’t afford to lose.

 

Bogumil Baranowski

Published:  5/21/2020

 

 

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Becoming Remote

About a year and a half ago, in Gran Canaria, Spain, I had the great pleasure of addressing a large audience of remote workers and digital nomads from around the globe. The event was organized by my friend Nacho Rodriguez, a restless entrepreneur and founder of Nomad City. The venue was a modern glass-walled lecture hall overlooking the brilliantly blue Atlantic Ocean. At that time, I had no way of knowing that soon enough, I would pack up my laptop, take an Uber home, and not return to the office for a long while.

On that trip, I learned a lot about the opportunities and challenges of working remotely. I also discussed our experience building a firm with the capacity to function 100% remotely if required. This had been an interest of mine for some time. The senior partner at Sicart Associates, my boss and mentor François Sicart, has been a huge inspiration for over fifteen years now. Ever since I read his first articles written between New York City, Mexico, Paris, and China, I was intrigued by the idea of taking your work with you wherever you go. I found it freeing and empowering. I have always enjoyed François’ stories and the investment ideas that emerged from his being away from his desk.

During the last two months, as we abruptly transitioned to 100% remote work, we’ve had more than Mr. Sicart’s decades-long remote work experience to rely on. Our early days as a newly independent investment firm almost four years ago were a prime training in remote work. Back then, our small team traded desks for couches almost overnight, and with laptops, phones, and a printer carried from a nearby electronics store, we were back in business long before our new office was ready to use. I have fond memories of turning my dining room table into a co-working space, and having my partner Patsy Jaganath join me. We were 100% remote in those days, which has definitely made it easier for us to transition back to remote work now.

In fact, for years now, as you probably know well, we at Sicart Associates are not always all in the same place at the same time since we travel often for business. My partner Allen Huang and I have frequently coordinated research and trading while one or both of us were on the road. Doug Rankin, one of our portfolio managers, maintains a satellite office of Sicart Associates out of New Jersey. From time to time our office manager Diandra Ramsammy has held the fort when we were all away from our desks, while Delphine Chevalier helps us navigate the time zones from Paris.

All that experience has helped us adjust to the current life and work reality. Almost overnight, the ability to work remotely has become indispensable in many professions, and has given many businesses a chance to endure – even flourish in these trying times. In the last two months, we have heard many kind words from our clients, who appreciate how seamlessly our transition has been. It’s been a true blessing to be able to continue to work, and serve our clients, and it’s something we are very grateful for. We have even been able to successfully onboard clients in the midst of this new business reality.

With all presentations, and conferences now fully online — I’m learning from my better half Megan how online presence matters more than ever before. She has been helping many entrepreneurs build their brands for years, and is now helping seasoned professionals catch up to this remote game — designing and developing their online personal brands that rightfully position them as leaders in their fields.

The idea of becoming remote has been on my mind for years now. I dedicated a third of my most recent book – Money, Life, Family: My Handbook: My complete collection of principles on investing, finding work & life balance, and preserving family wealth to the concept of being remote. Not everywhere, and not always, but in the investment world often enough, being at times physically, intellectually, and emotionally remote can help one become a better investor. I call it keeping a healthy distance from the desk, the crowd, and the noise. In the book, I refer to great investors as worldbound, original thinkers blessed with mindfulness. I emphasize how they know what, when, and how to buy. I picture them as explorers on a treasure hunt who seek out the best ideas, bargain shoppers who go against the crowd and buy when the price is down, and business owners who are disciplined and patient.

I shared this idea of becoming a remote investor with my TEDx audience in California over two years ago, and it prompted a memorable encounter. A college senior approached me afterward, to share his deepest fear: that he would be stuck behind a desk in a dark cubicle for his entire professional life. I explained how the whole concept of work is evolving, including the idea of remote work.  I encouraged him to explore more flexible ways to pursue his career dreams.

Remote work may have become more prevalent than ever, but it is still not the most intuitive concept to grasp. Lately I’ve spent a lot more time talking to my family. I greatly enjoy chats with my grandparents, and especially my grandpa’s keen curiosity about my professional life. Despite my extensive explanations, he still can’t quite picture how I can work from anywhere with just a laptop, good Wi-Fi, and my phone. Recently he asked me a thought-provoking question: how do I know when my work starts and ends?

My grandpa was on to something! That’s been my biggest challenge as I’ve transitioned to working remotely, and I hear the same concern from many friends. Initially, we all just worked every waking hour, partly because we had to. March was a very busy month on the investment front. Markets dropped precipitously, and many potential buying opportunities appeared all at once.  We had to find time for calls with clients, research, trading, and even, more than once, some compliance questions. By April, the workload already felt more balanced, and I found a better rhythm. In our recent team email exchange, we shared how the last two months have been some of our most productive.

I’ve mentioned in earlier posts how I’ve been able to reclaim a good amount of time that I would otherwise spend commuting. I have even picked up some online courses. I still miss travel, but on the whole, I’ve grown fond of this new work and life balance, and I’m not alone. Many companies don’t expect their employees to be back in the office until the fall or even sometime next year. At the same time, many employees and business owners are interested in working remotely most or all of the time in the post-pandemic world.

The 89-year old chairman of Berkshire Hathaway, legendary investor, Warren Buffett during the annual shareholder meeting (streamed live by Yahoo Finance from an auditorium with tens of thousands empty seats) said: “A lot of people have learned that they can work at home, or that there’s other methods of conducting their business than they might have thought from what they were doing a couple of years ago. When change happens in the world, you adjust to it.” During the meeting he praised his partner of 60 years, Charlie Munger for joining the video conferencing platform – Zoom at the age of 96. Buffett jokingly added: “He has just skipped right by me technologically.”

Kiril Sokoloff, in his 13D Report weekly newsletter (paywall), wrote recently about the historic reorganization of the traditional workplace.  He explained how we are moving towards an office-free, virtual hybrid-workforce. According to the article, only 3.6% of U.S. employees worked from home before COVID-19, while that number rose to 34% in April. The author further explains: “That’s the same percentage of people who can work from home in the U.S., according to a recent University of Chicago publication, and will most likely do so on a permanent-basis by the end of next year.”

I’m also encouraged by what I see as a change in attitude. In the face of our current logistical challenges, I’ve encountered so much cheerful innovation. “It can’t be done” has turned into “Let’s see how we can make this work.” I’ve witnessed this from personal situations (like renewing my contact lens prescription when all opticians are closed) to administrative ones (registering a car when the DMV office are shuttered).  We’ve seen it at Sicart as well, like having a new client successfully execute a wire transfer to fund the account when most bank branches were closed. Our custodian Pershing has made our lives easier, too, by further expanding the digital signing of documents.

I’ve come to believe that becoming remote as an investor — physically, intellectually, emotionally — keeping a healthy distance from the desk, the crowd, and the noise — can make you a better investor. This new perspective can inspire new ideas, give you conviction to go against the crowd, and help you find patience and discipline in your investing pursuits.

I know we didn’t ask to be locked up in our homes for months, and I know that this shall pass, but in the meantime, I admire the resulting wave of ingenuity, creativity, and a fresh look at how we work. Historically, challenges like the one we face today give us the courage to take advantage of opportunities in front of us, whether it is a new investment or a new way of working.

Bogumil Baranowski

Published:  5/14/2020

 

 

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Your Quality of Sleep

Not long ago, my better half Megan and I went on a sailing trip in the Caribbean with some friends who had never sailed before. The weather in Antigua that week was exceptionally rainy and windy. Every evening the winds would die down, which allowed us to enjoy a peaceful dinner watching the moon light up the bay. But the moment we retired to our cabins; the boat would start to rock. Looking out the window, we could watch the sea turn into a fast-moving river. Any loose lines clanged rhythmically against the mast. Several times I got up and turned on the instruments to check the wind speed. It was gusting well over 25 knots in our well-sheltered bay. That’s a wind capable of stirring large branches and turning umbrellas inside out.

Fortunately, we were secured by a long heavy chain and a sizeable anchor, well dug into the sandy bottom. If that wasn’t enough, to ensure that the boat didn’t drag the anchor in the middle of the night, I dove down before sunset to see how well it was holding. I was happy, it held us steady all night long, and we all got a good night’s sleep.

IMG_2126

I am often asked what I believe matters most in investing. I surprise many listeners when I say it’s the quality of sleep. From every single stock we pick to the portfolio as a whole to a family fortune, quality of sleep is what matters most. There are days when I don’t check our stock prices. I know what we own, and we are comfortable with those selections. If I had to, we could go for weeks or months without checking prices on our stocks. It’s an incredible peace of mind to know what you own, and why.

We are always excited to buy stocks that have good odds of going up over time, but we never do that at the expense of the quality of sleep. We firmly believe that if you avoid some signs of obvious trouble you immediately eliminate a long list of worries that could keep you up at night. Based on all the stocks we have ever looked at or owned, we can identify three sources of trouble – high leverage, questionable management, and secular decline. If a company has borrowed too much money, if its leadership doesn’t come across as trustworthy, if an industry is facing a permanent change (the deaths of the film camera and the printed newspaper are two examples) – those are sufficient reasons to pass on a stock.

We look for companies that have good odds of holding steady even through the roughest seas. They need to have a good business, good management, and excellent prospects. A good steady business may still feel the impact of an economic downturn, but it’s likely to continue and strengthen as competitors fail. A good steady management that plans for the long run will, based on our observations, stay the course, and endure even the hardest times. Lastly, an open-ended market opportunity helps a good business and a good management turn a small success into a bigger success, if an investor is patient.

We believe that the quality of sleep is the best test of any investment you make and any anchorage you choose. Waking up in cold sweats in the middle of the night doesn’t sound like fun to us. I have personally experienced it both in investing and in sailing. It’s a lesson I only needed to learn once, and I strive to never to repeat it. Once in beautiful Tobago Cays (Grenadines) we found a spot in shallow water with small rocky islands surrounded by treacherous reefs all around us. We all woke up in the middle of the night, when the anchor started to drag bringing us uncomfortably close to sharp rocks. In the rain and wind, we had to reset the anchor in a better spot. Similarly, early in my career, I’ve made a couple of investments that cost me a sleepless night or two, among them a failing retailer that went bust since.

The truth is that there are plenty of investment opportunities out there, and I believe selecting any at the expense of your quality of sleep is just not worth it. With that in mind, take a look at what you own, and tell us — how are you sleeping these days? We like to sleep well. Do you?

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 2/20/2020

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

How does a stock end up in our portfolio?

IMG_3153

I love this question. A prospective client asked me recently, a very simple, yet profound question. How does a stock end up in our portfolios? Whenever I get asked about what we do, my face lights up, and if you only have the time, I can share with you the adventurous journey each of our stock picks took before it ended up among our portfolio holdings. The beauty of our process is how repeatable, and simple it is, yet far from easy to execute.

I like to say that our securities (stocks) are selected based on quality, purchased based on value, and held with the business owner’s mindset.

We have a wish list, and a buy list. Our wish list has at least a 100 publicly traded companies that we would like to own. The buy list are stocks from the wish list that are currently available at compelling prices.

How does a stock end up on a wish list? The list is a product of decades of cumulative research effort of all our team members. To our best abilities, we look at almost every stock that goes public and becomes available to investors. We may never own the majority of thousands of stocks out there, but we know very well, which ones we would like to own, and we do our best to know them well enough to buy them when the opportunity arises.

As you may know from my earlier articles, we have a very clear idea of what kind of businesses we would like to own. They have to have three qualities: they are good businesses with good managements, and with good prospects. A good business is one we believe can earn growing and lasting profits over decades to come. It may already be earning a good amount in profits or in our opinion, itmay have very serious prospects of achieving profitability in the foreseeable future. Profits are the dollars left after all costs are covered.

Without overwhelming our readers too much, we would add that we are also curious how much a business needs to reinvest in growth and maintenance to be able to continue to deliver those growing profits – a transportation company, for example, will need to refresh its aircraft fleet now and then, a manufacturing company may need to upgrade it machines, and a service company may need to update its servers. As long as we think the capital is well used, we are happy.

In other words, a good business is a business that makes money by earning a regular, lasting, and hopefully growing profit.. The business figured out a winning formula where it’s able to offer a good or service to an ever-growing audience, and ideally at ever higher price, and it does so making a profit. The bigger it gets, the better the business becomes. Not every company out there will fit that criteria, but luckily for us enough to do.

Usually, when the business is good, the management and the prospects are equally good. It’s a chicken and egg argument whether a good management makes a business good or the other way round. What we do notice is that a good management can take a good business to a new level. A wise use of capital, long-term thinking, shareholder-friendly leadership can make a good business even better. It may happen that a business looks good in the rearview mirror, while the industry reality is not that promising looking ahead. Maybe they reached what we believe is the market potential, maybe the industry is shifting or the consumer is moving away to competition. For that reason, it pays to see if the prospects are good. Ideally, we like to see an open-ended market opportunity that could let the business grow many times over. There are great opportunities among slow and fast growth companies, the biggest determinant here is the price we pay, which leads us to the second list we keep: the buy list.

How does a stock end up on a buy list? We like to buy stocks that are down, cheap, out-of-favor. Just because we like the business, the management and its prospects, it does not it make an automatic buy. That’s where our fundamental research meets our value discipline. We know what we want to own, and why, now it’s a matter of a price we are willing to pay. It can be very tempting to blindly pay any price for a good business or a great business, but in the investment world, if you overpay for an overly optimistic future, you may lose more than you can afford.

It all comes down to profits, and how much we pay for each dollar of those profits. If profits are growing, we’ll pay more, if they aren’t, we choose to pay less.

We assume that at any given time any stock- or the market for that matter- is fully valued or overvalued. We believe that all well-informed investors with a variety of investment horizons cast their votes with a buy or sell order, and the price gets established. It’s a very efficient stock pricing mechanism. At that point in time, if you want to own a share of, for example, Coca-Cola, that’s the price you will need to pay.

Now, being disciplined value investors, we don’t have to accept the price that the market quotes. We also see no reason to buy a stock just because the price moved up in the last day, week or a year, as a momentum investor would. The price shows how investors are feeling about the business and its prospects, but it may not necessarily show how the business is really doing. In stock investing, fear and greed make the prices oscillate between pessimism and optimism.

We believe that the value of the business should be seen as today’s value of all the profits that a business can deliver from now until its demise. As you can imagine, the majority of those profits will come in the future, and the future as always is uncertain. That only makes the price more volatile over the time.

As value investors we have learned that there are times when the market is wrong about the price of stock, it happens both at the peak of optimism, and at the bottom of pessimism. It’s the latter that creates a buying opportunity for us.

Among the stocks in our wish list, we keep our eyes open for stocks that are down, cheap, out-of-favor. Every good business out there eventually suffers from a wave of pessimism. In many cases, the market might be right again. A good business turns bad, and the market rightly discount it. There are enough times when the market is wrong, and overreacts though. That’s when a good business ends up on our buy list. That’s a stock we not only would like to own, but it becomes a stock we are ready buy at the price offered.

That’s how a stock ends up in our portfolio. First, we do our fundamental research on a business we consider good, then it patiently waits its turn on our wish list, until the time comes when it joins our buy list. We feel confident that we have good odds of making money in such investments not only because we bought the right business, but also because we believe we paid the right price. Good odds are not certainty though, hence, investing never has a dull moment, and keeps us on our toes at all times.

We may never be faster or smarter than any other investor, as a matter of fact, I am continuously impressed with the number of talented investors out there dedicating many hours getting to know all kinds of businesses out there. Our advantage lies in the cumulative research that helped us develop a 100-stock wish list, and most of all, in our patience to buy those businesses at the right prices.

The journey of our stock only begins here, now it will take even more patience to hold on to it through thick and thin, and not sell it at the first gain we see. That’s where we feel we really start to stand out as not only value buyers, but also growth holders.

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 2/13/2020

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

The Path to Riches: Slow Millionaires and Forever Millionaires

A speedy, easy path to riches is one of humankind’s dreams, and one of its oldest, most popular forms is the lottery ticket. It’s cheap, requires little effort, and the payout can be mindboggling. As a civilization, we have over 2,000 years of history with lotteries dating back to the Han Dynasty in China, and the funding of major government projects like the Great Wall of China. But it’s crucial to note that lotteries have built more monuments and funded more big projects though than they have minted millionaires.

What if I told you, though, that there is a slower, harder, but a more likely path to riches? That slow path to riches is followed by surprisingly few of those who want to grow rich (the slow millionaires) but — not so surprisingly — by everyone who chose to stay rich – the forever millionaires.

My dear friend and mentor James (Jay) E. Hughes, Jr. (who spent a wonderful career working with prominent families around the world in his role of a true homme de confiance) recently reminded me how, in family wealth preservation, we at Sicart are in a quickly shrinking minority. As everyone else is chasing fast and easy riches, we might be among the few on our slow path. When lottery jackpots are high, people line up to buy tickets, when stocks reach new highs, investors line up to buy more, but the path to slow riches for slow millionaires and forever millionaires is surprisingly quaint, and far from crowded.

In our role as investment advisors to wealth creators – families and entrepreneurs around the world — we are privileged to hear many tales of success and failure with money. As a matter of fact, I dedicated a third of my new book  Money, Life, Family to lessons from the most successful families with enduring fortunes of the last two hundred years. The successes are exciting and worth a celebration. The failures are painful to witness, especially knowing that there are ways to avoid them.

We at Sicart believe that in every wealth creator’s journey, a change in the mindset occurs –sometimes after the first major loss of capital, other times gradually — as the fortune-keeper comfortably embraces his or her new reality. These individuals transition from making money to keeping it. Don’t get me wrong, the power of compounding, the size of the capital, and — most of all – time will typically grow their fortunes further. We like to think in terms of doubling wealth every 5 to 15 years. Edgar Bronfman Sr., the heir to the Seagram’s fortune, famously said: “To turn $100 into $110 is work. To turn $100 million into $110 million is inevitable.”

We notice that habits of forever millionaires are the same as habits of slow millionaires. Now, what parallels are there between a slow path to riches for those just starting off with little capital, and time they can’t afford to waste, and those that have a large fortune at stake, and money they can’t afford to lose?

The forever millionaires already have the capital. They let time and compounding work in their favor. Slow millionaires need to be able to earn, and save first to build up their capital. They will probably be most successful in locations where salaries are good, the cost of living is moderate, and taxation is reasonable. (In contrast, we believe that high earners, and big spenders in heavily-taxed locations might have the hardest time on the slow path to riches!)

As slow millionaires successfully start to roll their proverbial snowballs, their path converges with that of forever millionaires. We have found that, once they have capital, whatever the size, they seek investment opportunities that will allow them to grow their fortune. A reasonable taxation of capital will allow them to keep most of their returns and reinvest further.

The beauty of the stock market is that it democratizes access to investment opportunities. You can become an owner of the best businesses that exist, whether you have $100 or $1 billion. You might hold a few shares versus millions of shares, but your capital has the opportunity to benefit from the same power of compounding.

We believe that the biggest lessons slow millionaires can learn from forever millionaires are patience and risk aversion. To the latter, risk aversion comes naturally. There is a point when they realize that what they have made so far is not worth risking on illusory quick gains. We have found that it is patience and risk aversion that helps to ensure forever millionaire status.

To me, the best examples of slow millionaires who turned into forever millionaires are Warren Buffett and Charlie Munger, the two investment legends behind Berkshire Hathaway. Buffett has famously said: “”Never risk what you have and need for what you don’t have and don’t need.” At any time, they could have risked more for higher or faster returns, but instead they harnessed the power of compounding, and let time take care of the rest.

We notice that every slow millionaire has the quiet ambition to become a forever millionaire one day; and no forever millionaire wants to start to all over with nothing. Munger and Buffett have made it very clear on many occasions, the last thing they want is to go back and start from scratch!

Spending the last three years studying the histories of numerous families around the world who have retained their millions over generations, I’ve learned many lessons. The most important is that for new money to become old money, it needs to stand the test of time. It needs to stay the course and endure all the change around it. There is no way to accomplish that without avoiding temptations to follow shortcuts, and the risk of losing it all.

Old money is slow money. New slow millionaires can learn a lot from the forever millionaires. At Sicart, we believe that investment opportunities, patience, and risk aversion are the three indispensable pillars of wealth growth and preservation.

Are you on the slow path to riches already? If not, join us! There is plenty of room! Are you a forever millionaire? Stay the course, it really is no fun at all to start from nothing all over again.

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 1/23/2020

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

 

The money we haven’t lost

In the investment profession, we spend a lot of time thinking about the money we’ve made (bragging rights), more time thinking about the money we wish we’d made (a source of fear of missing out), and almost no time on the money we haven’t lost. But it’s the last of these that’s the silent, invisible essence of successful investing.

If I give you a million dollars to invest, how many times can you lose my million? Ten times? Five times? No — only once! It takes only one trip from 1 to zero to successfully wipe out a million. How about $2 billion dollars? That sounds a little harder, but is that the case?

If you ever venture to the dairy aisle of your local supermarket, you’ve probably encountered products from Dean Foods. They distributed diverse brands including Dairy Pure, Friendly’s, Tuscan and PET. Over the last three years, Dean Foods shareholders went through the painful experience of watching their stock drop from a $2 billion dollar market capitalization to effectively zero as the company filed for bankruptcy six years short of its 100-year anniversary. Why did those investors stick around all the way to the end, like a helpless polar bear on a melting ice floe? A quick look at the filings reveals that among the biggest shareholders were all the major passive index fund sponsors – Blackrock, Vanguard, State Street. To make the situation more interesting, Dean Foods was offered to the public at different times, by none other than Lehman Brothers and Bear Stearns, 10 and 20 years ago. (Neither of those underwriters is still in business.)

We at Sicart have nothing against index funds, and they can play a useful role in many an investment strategy. The fact that they are passive is their strength in good times — but their weakness in bad times and with disastrous holdings.

Dean Foods as a potential stock investment crossed my desk on a few occasions. It was cheap, and it was easy to mistake it for a compelling value stock. Each time, though, I saw it as a two-second decision: no, thank you. Too much debt, cost pressures, no pricing power, competition, no customer loyalty, the list of flaws went on. It looked to me like a bankruptcy in the making.

So we never invested in Dean Foods, and didn’t lose a single dollar on it. It’s just one of the hundreds of investments we’ve chosen not to make over the years. Another way to look at that is to see it as a small part of the millions — if not billions — that we haven’t lost over the years.

Sometimes I envision them as an iceberg: the tip you see above the water represents the money we’ve made. But the underwater part, usually many times bigger, is the money we have not lost. The above-water tip can’t exist without the much larger underwater foundation.

Warren Buffett, famously, has two rules of investing: “Rule No. 1: Never lose money. Rule No. 2: Never forget rule No. 1.” They are quoted frequently, but not followed often enough.

To return to Dean Foods: bankruptcies don’t happen every day, and a 100% loss is a rare occurrence. To us, though, a 70%-90% permanent loss of capital in any individual investment is equally unacceptable, and there are plenty of those ready to snap precious dollars from unaware investors’ pockets. They are also not that obvious to spot in a rising market, but it doesn’t mean they aren’t there.

It might be a forgotten and a rare practice in the investment profession, but we never forget the large sums that we haven’t lost… as much as we may celebrate all the successful investments we’ve chosen over the years, and the money we’ve made.

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: January 8th, 2020

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Black Friday: Value Investor’s Paradise

“In my nearly fifty years of experience in Wall Street I’ve found that I know less and less about what the stock market is going to do but I know more and more about what investors ought to do; and that’s a pretty vital change in attitude.” – Benjamin Graham, the father of value investing.

For stock-market historians, the term “Black Friday” probably brings back the memory of the Panic of 1869, when Jay Gould and James Fisk attempted to corner the gold market. For the rest of us, it means the day after Thanksgiving, when almost every retailer is running big promotions and everything we could have dreamt of buying becomes available at much lower prices – 30% – 50% – or maybe even 70% OFF! It may seem as if the Black Friday shopping tradition is as old Thanksgiving itself. The record shows, though, that nationwide Black Friday dates back only to the 1980s, with the earliest-known use of the term in this context occurring early in the 1950s. Today, when online sales and holiday discounting start early and lasting longer, Black Friday may have lost some of its initial impact but the practice is still spreading, with countries oceans away adopting this retail tradition.

Shoppers can buy at prices they wouldn’t have seen otherwise, so retailers get the opportunity to sell more.  The concept seems simple, and the shoppers’ response to any promotions or discounts couldn’t come more naturally. We all know what we like, but we usually don’t like the prices we see. The idea of the value a product represents is very clear to us. The moment the price drops below our notion of that value, we can’t help ourselves, and we buy! With online shopping, it’s never been easier to browse, compare, and buy at a moment’s notice! Retailers make it even easier; they email us with notifications of what’s been discounted on our wish lists.

Yours truly had an audiobook in his wish list. You might not be surprised to learn that it’s  titled Crashes and Crises: Lessons from a History of Financial Disasters by Connel Fullenkamp. Black Friday came, and the price dropped 80%! I hit “Buy,” and I’m almost halfway through this 11-hour recording. Whatever items are on your wish list, the reflex, the instinct, and the logic are the same. You know what the value is, and you know what price you’d like to pay. For me, that purchase was a steal.

But somehow this common-sense experience of finding value in the everyday shopping experience evaporates the moment we contemplate the stock market. When it comes to shoes, shirts, and TVs, we want more of the items if the price goes down, and less if the price goes up. Yet with stocks, the higher the price goes, the more attractive buyers find them! This is certainly not the way Wal-Mart operates!

We often say that we are value investors or “contrarian” investors. We mean that we look for value, and we want to pay the lowest price. The lower the prices drop, the more excited we get. History shows that individual stocks and the market as a whole go through fairly regular Black Friday moments, when quality is on sale! We at Sicart Associates are “contrarian” only because mainstream investors seem to ignore their Black Friday value shopping experience when they start to invest in stocks. Instead of seeking out the readily available bargains, they go for the high-priced offerings. There is little competition for the way we operate; sometimes it’s like being alone in a shopping mall on Black Friday.

I wholeheartedly believe that we all have the right instincts to be the best lifelong investors, but somehow we don’t employ them. It can take a lot of willpower to make decisions that run counter to the norm, and stick to the same value discipline when picking stocks. It’s a discipline that comes so naturally everywhere else! Are you a value shopper? How about a value investor?

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: December 19th, 2019

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

One Hundred Stocks, One Hundred Pages

Over the last few months, we have been going over the hundred-stock “wish list” that we at Sicart have compiled over the last three years. It consists of stocks with good businesses, have dominated their industries for a while, yet still have plenty of room to grow. We like to pick a few at a time, download their annual reports, and take them home. It’s remarkable how many annual reports you can get through in a matter of months, since most of them are only about a hundred pages long. This practice has given us a wonderful opportunity to take a more careful look at familiar businesses, refresh our memory, and get up to speed with what’s new with our hundred stocks.

I personally keep a record of every single stock I have ever looked at, bought, or passed on over the last fifteen years. There are fewer and fewer companies that Sicart has never researched before. We examine every meaningful IPO, and gain a good understanding of what kind of businesses they are.

We’ve learned that what we don’t buy matters as much as what we do buy. Often, we see too many red flags in a business to make it a viable choice for us, and it just takes a couple of seconds to reject that stock. Then there’s what Warren Buffett calls his “too hard pile” where anything outside of his circle of competence ends up. We have one too! But even after eliminating the “two-second NO” and “too hard” options, there’s a lot to choose from. The Vanguard Total Stock Market ETF (a kind of Noah’s Ark of the market) lists over 3,600 stocks. Still, there are only about one hundred companies among them that we would like to own at some point.

We have no intention or ambition to own all of them at once. We would be happy if we acquired about a third of them in the near future, and hopefully many more in the next 5-10 years. We really need only a few new stocks each year, and a total of 30 stocks is enough to totally make over our portfolio.

We have a long record of buying high flying-stocks at a steep price discount soon after they have briefly fallen out of favor due to some transient minor issues. As a matter of fact, we picked up three of those this year alone. One of them took only a year from scoring a spot on our list to making it into the portfolio, and it’s already pulling its weight.

As the market scrapes the clouds, and everything seems expensive, we are working harder than ever to identify and research desirable stocks to snap up when the time is right. Last year’s December sell-off (which shaved off a whole 20% from the major indices) was a prime example of a window of opportunity. We put more money to work in a matter of days than in the previous two years.

Our wish list is ready, and we couldn’t be more excited to put more new picks into our portfolios.

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: December 12th, 2019

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

LESSONS FROM A 40-YEAR INVESTMENT VOYAGE

I recently looked back, and reviewed the performance of some of my longest managed portfolios that date back to the 1970s. I noticed that the accounts grew net of fees only slightly better than the S&P 500 index, though the returns, and the performance versus the index varied year to year. But that small outperformance through over more than 40 years of compounding did make a big difference to the owner families’ ending wealth.

My first observation is that while there obviously was an influence of the general market behavior on the performance of the accounts, there was no clear cycle correlation between the two. To some extent, this could be expected from a “contrarian” investment style, which often causes portfolios to underperform when markets are ebullient or in bubble-inflating mode, and to overperform in a pessimistic cycle or/and in the immediate aftermath of such an episode.

The second observation is that two distinct periods could be identified: the first twenty years, and the next twenty plus years. The returns were good over both periods, but the first period was clearly better while in the second period they started to resemble the index more. In that second period, we decided to involve a larger number of managers, while in the first, it was just me and one partner making all investment choices. As we added more (in-house) managers, the performance actually began to slightly fall behind that of the S&P 500 index.

I should mention that our decision to diversify the management team seemed logical in view of the size attained by the account, and I fully agreed with my partners on this. However, upon subsequent reflection, my intuition is that multiplying the number of managers tended to make the management team behave more like a “crowd,” and thus blunted the contrarian edge of the team.

The third observation is that the nature of our value/contrarian investment philosophy evolved progressively over the years.

In the ancient days before cheap computing power and widely available databases of corporate financial statements, value investing was predominantly a simple accounting exercise. Assuming you had ascertained that the reported earnings and asset values of companies were truthful (by carefully reading the footnotes to the financial reports first, as Ben Graham and Warren Buffett advise), you could calculate various ratios of value and liquidity with relatively little effort.

At that time, generally speaking, value investing and contrarian investing were nearly synonymous: a “value price” tended to be low in relation to fundamental statistics, reflecting the lack of enthusiasm of the investment crowd. This changed after the widespread adoption of personal computers and large, relatively inexpensive databases. For example, one of the most successful approaches used by Ben Graham, the Net Net Working Capital ratio, consisted of buying a stock trading for less than its current assets minus all liabilities. It became too easy to find those opportunities as a mere personal computer and access to a cheap database of balance-sheet statistics proliferated. The Internet further accelerated that transformation.

The fourth observation became apparent in the mid-1980s. Japanese companies were conquering market share from their U.S. competitors at a rapid and seemingly inexorable pace and were widely seen as destined to conquer the world. At the time, Japanese stock prices were in a major bubble as a result, and we did not own any. But this was in contrast with the cultural changes we were observing on our visits to U.S. companies.

We enlisted professors at leading universities to investigate this apparent contradiction. In particular, Prof. Robert Kaplan of Harvard University, a leading expert in management accounting, argued that the problem was that we were still using 19th-century accounting to measure the 20th-century performance and results of American companies.

A hundred years earlier, materials and direct labor represented the bulk of corporate costs. Accounting practice developed to allocate all other costs, or overhead, in proportion to these direct costs. But by the mid-1980s, materials and direct labor often represented only 10% or less of total costs in new and globally-competitive industries such as electronics. Because important competitive factors such as the costs of time or quality were totally ignored, our accounting tools assessed increasingly irrelevant measures.

This was an early sign that a novel way was needed to assess the corporate performance and profits of modern companies. Today, we label this type of company as “asset-light.” Such entities can often raise money at zero cost or reach astronomical stock valuations in spite of having no GAAP (Generally Accepted Accounting Principles) earnings. In addition, results can be massaged through various adjustments (EBITDA, or “Earnings Before Bad Stuff”). Not being able to ascertain the truthfulness of financial figures makes comparing market prices with estimated or calculated value much more challenging than in the past.

The fifth observation was that, whereas value investing had traditionally been a bottom-up exercise, the 2007-2008 sub-prime lending crisis and the ensuing Great Recession indiscriminately engulfed most financial markets into a cyclone-like turmoil. This made it clear that “macro” considerations should not be neglected altogether.

However, one problem in including macro considerations into our market work was that the past record of economists in anticipating recessions had been and remains dismal. In addition, there really is no clear correlation between GDP fluctuations and stock market behavior. Nor are we convinced by the long-term results of “technical” analyses – charts or others — of financial markets.

We had long been seduced by Hyman Minsky’s falsely simplistic financial instability hypothesis that crises are part of the normal life cycle of an economy. In other words, financial crises (and the often-associated recessions) need not be triggered by external events or influences: long periods of stability naturally breed instability by encouraging greater risk (debt) acceptance, which eventually leads to investment bubbles. The 2007-2008 crisis and its aftermath confirmed this intuitive attraction and the need for a contrarian macro approach to investing.

To heed our long-standing belief that “you cannot forecast but you can prepare,” the only discipline we could use to add macro considerations to our traditional bottom-up approach was to try and assess the psychological cycles of financial markets – an approach based more on observation than on measurement.

* * *

In today’s environment, it could be argued that developed financial markets are generally high and overpriced. But they are not uniformly so.

There have been some examples of speculative, bubble-like moves like the FANGs (Facebook Apple, Netflix, Google) in 2018 and early 2019. Some of those were reporting very fast revenue and — sometimes — profit growth, but most of their popularity with investors derived more from momentum-following and extrapolation. It therefore tended to lose touch with fundamental values.

There also has been a plethora of cash available to venture capital and private equity, resulting in so-called unicorns (start-up companies valued at $1 billion or more while often still profitless). Until very recently, many of the resulting IPOs (Initial Public Offerings) were snapped up by investors as well – sometimes at even higher valuations.

The background for all recent speculative moves has been the global decline of interest rates to near zero or, in a growing number of cases, into negative territory! This has probably constituted the bubbliest area of financial markets, but many institutional investors (for regulatory reasons) and some individual investors as well (for whatever reasons) feel like TINA (There Is No Alternative) and desperately keep searching for the promise of some return.

Among the stocks which — although not outrageously overpriced in relation to prevailing interest rates — comprise a near-bubble of their own are shares of companies offering good dividend yields. If or when interest rates should recover to more attractive yields, this segment of the market will necessarily face headwinds.

In spite of these examples, we do find stocks that are currently selling 40% to 50% below their previous highs — a level that traditionally, subject to balance-sheet strength, is where one should start watching for a bottom. Financial history books are full of anecdotes about investors who made fortunes investing at major stock market bottoms. Most readers forget to ask where they found the cash to invest. The answer is: they sold well before the bottom (perhaps near the top?) and kept the cash until irresistible opportunities arose.

In summary, our traditional value/contrarian approach has gradually evolved into a contrarian approach with a value filter boosted by ample cash reserves to prepare for irresistible opportunities. That is how we are approaching investment these days.

François Sicart

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

What’s your measure of success? What is your finish line?

This fall, one October day, I was enjoying a chilly morning drive on a windy mountain road through the beautiful dense Oregon spruce forest. I was on the way to Intel’s Portland Campus. The sun was just rising above the mountain tops, and I was already wondering what kind of questions I will be able to answer on the spot, and what kind of questions will still linger long after I leave…

IMG_0666_2

My dear friend, Intel’s Stock Investment Club President Yedu Jathavedan not only kindly invited me to give a talk on investing, but also generously hosted a book signing for my newly published book – Money, Life, Family: My Handbook: My complete collection of principles on investing, finding work & life balance, and preserving family wealth.

Yedu has done an incredible job bringing many wonderful speakers to Intel. Among them, you will find Saurabh Madaan from Markel Corporation, who I greatly enjoyed meeting in Zurich this summer, Guy Spier, the author of “Education of a Value Investor”, with whom I had a very inspiring lunch conversation last year, and whose book gave me the courage to write more,  Jacob Taylor, the author of “Rebel Allocator”, who is a dear friend, and a brave crew member on my sailing expeditions, Prof. Aswath Damodaran, from NYU Stern School of Business, whose thoughtful talk on stock valuations I remember hearing in the midst of the 2009 Financial Crisis, and Tom Russo from Gardner Russo & Gardner, who left his earlier Intel talk with my book in his hand!

During that half day at Intel discussing stock picking, and sharing my experience as an investment advisor to families and entrepreneurs, I kept hearing a very similar question asked in a dozen ways – What’s your measure of success? What is your finish line? How you know you are doing the right thing? Later that day, wandering around charming downtown Portland with a delicious donut from a small local shop in one hand, a pen and notepad in the other, I felt inspired to start writing down my answer…

With the U.S. stock market reclaiming past peaks and reaching new highs, many stock pickers seem increasingly disenchanted with patient and disciplined investing, where we actually look at what we buy, and we pay attention to the price we pay, and most of all, we don’t forget what risks we take.

Last year’s 20% December sell-off is a long-forgotten tale, the Fed’s interest rate hikes belong to the past, even fears about trade wars, impeachment, elections, and Brexit don’t matter anymore – the market is at an all-time high, and volatility disappeared again, but for many investing hasn’t been smooth sailing. Even my own idols, Warren Buffett, and Charlie Munger, who are comfortably sitting on the world’s biggest corporate cash pile, have watched the stock price of their Berkshire Hathaway falter over the last two years lagging the overall stock market, and that’s despite help from a massive Apple position and the addition of Amazon among other exciting stocks. But in the long run, does it even matter?

This experience reminds me of a story shared by Captain Ramón Carlin, who in 1974 joined the first edition of one of the world’s great sailing competitions, the Whitbread Round the World Race. The original route of this contest was designed to follow old trade routes followed by the square riggers that carried cargo around the globe during the 1800s. Seventeen boats with expert crews from around the world participated, and a staggering 3,000 spectator boats set out to witness the start. Needless to say, navigation and weather forecasts were primitive compared to what they are today.

One of the most improbable competitors was Ramón Carlin, a middle-aged Mexican businessman. He was a maritime novice, having sailed only in Acapulco for a couple of years. He joined the race on the strength of an ad he saw in a magazine during a visit to the United Kingdom. What he lacked in sailing experience, however, he made up with the boat and the crew selection, preparation, discipline, and perseverance. His crew was up against some extremely serious competition. The British Royal Navy had not only purchased six yachts to train 800 men, but also chose the best four 10-man crews for each of the four legs of the race! Now, how is that for a level playing field?

Carlin’s adventure has been beautifully retold in an award-winning documentary aptly called: “The Weekend Sailor.” One point in particular caught my imagination: as you sail the open oceans for weeks on end, you never see your opponents. It’s only you, your crew, your boat, and the ocean. There are easy days, moments of horror, and a constant fight for survival. You only catch sight of the other boats as you begin and end each leg of the race, and at the finish line.  Ramón and his crew won the race by circumnavigating the globe in 133 days and 13 hours!

Watching the documentary made me think that as investors, we can extrapolate from Carlin’s experience. With today’s technology, we can track performance daily, we can compare it with all possible benchmarks and even with our peers almost every moment of the day. It’s easy to lose sight of what matters most! We might forget that we are trading short-term returns for long-term risks that we cannot afford to take. No one has put this better than Benjamin Graham, the father of value investing. He wrote: “The best way to measure your investing success is not by whether you’re beating the market but by whether you’ve put in place a financial plan and a behavioral discipline that are likely to get you where you want to go. In the end, what matters isn’t crossing the finish line before anybody else but just making sure that you do cross it.

What is your finish line? How you know you are doing the right thing? What’s your measure of success? Ours is keeping and growing our clients’ and our own capital over the long run, while avoiding the risk of a permanent loss of capital. We’d like to double our client’s wealth every 5 to 15 years, which translates to a 5% to 15% annual return over the long-run. We intend to weather all storms ahead, even if it means we don’t win all of the legs of the race.

The worst misfortune for a sailor is death, the worst misfortune for an investor is a permanent loss of capital. Seasoned investors know well what sailors learn the hardest way – it sometimes pays to fall behind, only to make sure that you make it to the finish line at all.

We don’t always know where we stand relative to peers or benchmarks, but we ALWAYS know that we stick to the plan and the discipline we have put in place. Do you?

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski | Portland, Oregon

Published:  November 8th, 2019

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

News vs. Noise

On a recent trip around Europe, I passed an old-fashioned newsstand with newspapers displayed outside. They all featured bold-faced headlines intended to catch your attention, even if only for fleeting moment. I couldn’t resist; I took a photo of two passersby who couldn’t resist the lure of those headlines.

With the slow death of newsprint, newsstands have become a rare sighting. Apparently in New York City only one out five has survived since the 1950s (according to Thrillist). This doesn’t mean that the news business is gone, but it has changed. The immense challenge that I see is that actual news gets lost in the bottomless sea of unprecedented NOISE.

news noise 1

As investors, we are in the business of absorbing information, understanding the world, and drawing conclusions. Our goal is to deploy capital at the highest possible rate of return, while avoiding the risk of a permanent loss. We need to navigate around uncertainties in search of opportunities.  That mission can only be successfully fulfilled if we limit the excess noise, but leave room for the relevant news to reach us. The more distracted everyone else becomes, the more our patient and disciplined approach shines in comparison.

Wealth of information

The sheer volume of information has increased very rapidly. 90% of all the data ever created was produced in the last two years, according to an IBM Marketing Cloud report that’s already three years old (Source: 10 Key Marketing Trends For 2017).

This may seem like a new phenomenon, but 50 years ago Nobel Prize-winning economist and cognitive psychologist Herbert Simon observed that “A wealth of information creates a poverty of attention.” We can only wonder what he would think of contemporary demands on attention in a culture in which, for example, 6,000 tweets appear every second. In the world of social media, everyone is a reporter with a potential audience of millions.

The Internet levels the playing field for content; a 50-page piece article that took six months to research and write and a tweet that took 30 seconds to write are seen, ranked, delivered, and read the same way. Actually, the tweet is more likely to be read than the 50-page report — who would have time for that?

And then there are pictures, worth a thousand words, as we’ve been told. They are also much less time-consuming to create than even the shortest tweet! I read in The Atlantic that we take almost 2 billion photos a day. Our times are probably the best-documented in the history of mankind.

Speed of information

It’s a good thing that all this information we create can travel quickly. Not long ago, news took days to cross the Atlantic. When Abraham Lincoln was assassinated on April 15th, 1865, the British press didn’t report his death until April 27th, 1865 when the ships had brought the news. Today, we know about everything more or less in real time, and even if a professional reporter is not on site, millions of smartphone holders are eager to snap a photo and share it with millions in a split second.

On one of my recent trips, technical problems at passport control in a major European capital led to an unbelievable line of very impatient tourists. Within minutes their phones were out, and photos were snapped. A positive side effect of that group photo session was a very prompt response from the authorities. Upon the appearance of a dozen additional immigration officers, the bottleneck disappeared.

Fake news travels fast

Yet not all speed is equal… or even good, for that matter. A New Scientist article reports that fake news spreads six times faster than the truth.

Over a dozen years ago the Financial Times retold an old joke shared also by Warren Buffet on another occasion: about “a Texas oilman who dies, goes to heaven and is told by St Peter that, sorry, the oilmen’s wing is full. He tells St Peter he can make some room, pokes his head into the oilmen’s wing and yells, ‘Oil discovered in hell!’ The room empties as the oilmen chase the rumor. The Texan heads toward hell as well, causing a surprised St Peter to ask, ‘where are you going?’ The oilman replies, ‘There might be something to this rumor!’”

We all don’t mind or maybe even prefer a little lie. There might be some truth in it after all!

Battle for eyeballs

With the truncated news cycle, an increase in the speed of news, and proliferation of information sources, we have witnessed an unprecedented battle for eyeballs that favors the sensational. In a Medium post Tobias Rose-Stockwell explains how traditional journalism used to insist that events covered must be important and the reporting well-sourced. Only then would the news be sold to advertisers and distributed 1-2 times per day. In what Rose-Stockwell calls the “hyperbolic modern news” world, the first questions for the editor are whether an event could produce a headline that makes people click, and whether it comes with pictures or video. Then it’s sold to advertisers and distributed to readers 24 hours a day.

news noise 2

Source: The Guardian

Rose-Stockwell goes on to analyze how the Ebola panic was created and fueled by the media: the image below sums up the process. “The physical damage done by the disease itself was small. The hysteria, however – traveling instantly across the internet – shuttered schools, grounded flights, and terrified the nation.” He concludes: “The terror was far more contagious than the virus itself.”

news noise 3

Source: Tobias Rose-Stockwell.

Losing trust in facts

As everyone is fighting for our attention at the expense of the credibility of the news, and honesty of reporting, we become skeptical. A 2018 RAND Corporation report by Jennifer Kavanagh and Michael D. Rich sheds light on how  the public is losing trust in facts as the lines between  anecdotal and empirical evidence dissolve. The authors conclude: “The most damaging effects might be the erosion of civil discourse, political paralysis, alienation and disengagement of individuals from political and civic institutions, and uncertainty about U.S. policy.”

Half-truths, lies, and fake news

In the case of the Ebola panic, there was a case of the illness in New York City — but that wasn’t the entire truth. The fact that the patient was neither contagious nor a threat to public health fell away from the narrative because the headline would have lost its attention-grabbing impact.

Today, we hear the term “fake news” used so commonly we could almost believe that no news is reliable. Michael Radutzky, a producer of CBS 60 Minutes, calls fake news “stories that are probably false, have enormous traction in the culture, and are consumed by millions.”

I grew up in 1980s Poland where we were fed a regular diet of fake news through government propaganda, which praised communism and its successes while the gray reality outside the window painted a strikingly different picture. Mis-information, dis-information, or mal-information are not new inventions. When my parents took me to Egypt as a teenager. I remember the beautiful depictions of a supposedly victorious battle fought in 1274 BC at the city of Kadesh by one of the most powerful pharaohs, Ramses the Great. It was not only the largest chariot battle ever fought, but also the best-documented battle in all of ancient history.

And yet historians will tell you that the battle was not a victory; the Egyptians didn’t even attempt to capture Kadesh and retreated south instead. The conflict was settled by a peace treaty, the first one recorded in our history. Today, that development seems like the real news headline.

Glass half full or a glass half empty

The summer interns in our office are always eager to share the news they read during their morning commute and its relevance to our business. I am a disappointing audience to them because most of the time, I come across happily underinformed. I always ask them if it is noise or news… that gets them thinking, and before they even have a chance to answer, I follow up with another question – is it good or bad?

I tell them if a stock of a company we would like to buy drops 50% in a few months, for reasons that have nothing to do with the health of the underlying business (but that frightens away other potential investors) isn’t that good news in disguise? It’s an opportunity for us to invest!

I further explain that we search out those opportunities, and we tend to find them where others aren’t looking. We also feel comfortable waiting longer than others to buy, and to sell. We let noise work in our favor!

Information diet

In today’s world, there are times when I think we have to consciously take steps to ignore or even hide from the endless noise of our culture. Last year, I had the wonderful opportunity to speak to a group of investors from around the world at an intimate mountaintop hotel overlooking Zurich. It was warm foggy morning, we couldn’t see much out the windows, and nothing competed with me for the attention of my audience. I took a bit of a gamble and chose a topic I don’t hear discussed much among investors – the need to unplug, disconnect, and go on an information diet.

I told them the story about my experience of the first week after I left my job of over 11 years to start Sicart Associates with my three partners. I had no work phone, no email, no stock prices — yet I still think I did some of the best work I have ever done that week because I had no distractions. That week taught me more than a decade of investing, and set me on a new path: as a remote investor, connected, but keeping a healthy distance. After the talk, a dozen attendees approached me with their own stories, experiences, and tactics. I realized that I wasn’t the only one.

Today, I don’t have news alerts on my phone and there are days when I don’t even check stock prices or headlines. I’ve deleted most of my news and social media apps from my phone. Instead I devote myself to longer-form learning: I read books on my Kindle and seek out podcasts featuring interesting people so I have something to listen to on my daily commute. You are more likely to catch me reading a 1990s Coca-Cola annual report than a vivid commentary and discussion of the hottest tweet of the day. I’ve come to believe that the longer it took an author to produce a piece of content, the more attention it deserves.

Any serious investor knows that daily stock price movements have no bearing on the long-term performance of their holdings. Over half a century ago, Benjamin Graham, the father of value investing, said: “In the short run, the market is a voting machine but in the long run, it is a weighing machine.” These days long-term investing might be out of fashion, but in my view the more distracted everyone else is, the more our focus, discipline and patience matter.

Noise means volatility, with prices moving up and down for short-lived reasons. That’s a buying opportunity for those who keep their eyes on the horizon, filter out the noise, and analyze the news. We all have a limited amount of attention so let’s use it wisely. Not all information is news, not all news is real, and even less actually matters.

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: October 31th, 2019

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

THE THIRD-GENERATION CURSE

There is a famous proverb in the United States: “From shirtsleeves to shirtsleeves in three generations.” Interestingly, many diverse nations have the equivalent saying: “Rice paddies to rice paddies in three generations” in Japan; “Clogs to clogs is only three generations” in England; “Wealth never survives three generations” in China; “The father buys, the son builds, the grandchild sells, and his son begs” in Scotland: these are just a few colorful examples.

In more than forty years taking care of families and their patrimonies, I have become convinced that all families have clear, often predictable, financial winners and losers — and that losers often belong to the third generation. Fortunately, not all members of that generation are necessarily doomed to take that role.

In western developed nations, we tend to believe that winners and losers are determined by social and cultural factors. But it seems to me that to be so universal, the idea of a third-generation “curse” must be more deeply rooted in human nature itself.

Missing the Incentives of the First Generation

First-generation fortune builders usually had an original, often disruptive idea. Some were immigrants (as so often in the United States) and had to surmount the barriers and prejudices associated with their origins. Many simply did things differently, either in their neighborhood or in their industry. But as a rule, most founders of multi-generational fortunes surmounted significant adverse odds. Their overriding incentive was to survive this adversity and, willingly or not, they succeeded by being different. Following generations, in contrast, were eager not to differentiate too much from their friends and neighbors.

 Guardians of the Temple

Members of the second generation were often close enough to the first-generation creators of the family fortune to realize that they might not possess the entrepreneurial talent, the single-minded drive to work and fight for an overriding goal. Or possibly the conditions that had enabled the building of the original fortune were no longer so favorable. Instead, the second generation believed their primary responsibility was to preserve the patrimony that was left in their custody, for the use of future generations.

That in itself is a greater challenge than is generally realized. Years ago, a client member of a second generation instructed me, “All I want is to leave my two sons a fortune equivalent to what I received, after taxes and the erosion in purchasing power due to inflation.” When I attempted to calculate the extent of the damage imposed by 40% inheritance taxes and 5% annual inflation, $100 would only be worth $15 in purchasing power for each son after 15 years. If my memory serves me well, to achieve my client’s goal would have required an annual investment return of 13.8%!

It’s well recognized that the main psychological motivations for making money (i.e.,investing) are greed and fear. With the challenging responsibilities toward future generations that had been left on their shoulders, fear of losing the family’s presumably irreplaceable patrimony, or letting it erode, tend to be the main psychological driver of the second generation.

Impatience and a Sense of Entitlement Before Responsibility

As a rule, many members of the third generation lack the single-minded drive of the first generation or the sense of historical responsibility that characterized the second generation. Its members feel that the family fortune has been built and preserved for them and that they are, unquestionably and without restriction, entitled to it. And, though they may not acknowledge it, these inheritors have usually had a comfortable youth and adolescence, so they are not as motivated as their predecessors to work harder than most of their peers for what they want.

Part of the problem is that the newcomers view their predecessors through the prism of these generations’ lifestyles rather than recognizing the sense of purpose, hard work, and even sacrifice that made those lifestyles possible. An additional factor is that in recent decades life expectancies have been steadily increasing in most of the world. Generations now tend to last longer, as does their control of family patrimonies. Not surprisingly, third-generation members often become impatient to assume the privileges, if not always the responsibilities, that they perceive previous generations to have effortlessly enjoyed.

A Character Fault: FOMO

One of the greatest handicaps in investing successfully for the long term is impatience, most often amplified by FOMO (Fear Of Missing Out).

Clearly, when the proverbs cited in this paper’s introduction became popular, modern mass media, 24-hour business-news TV channels and, of course, the Internet did not exist. But, in my mind, these recently-developed technologies shape opinions more uniformly than in the days when personal experience counteracted second-hand news distribution. The newest generations are more likely to behave as a crowd, with all the excesses and limitations that crowd psychology warns us against.

Here, I speak from personal experience — taking into account all the compliance restrictions meant to prevent the selective use of examples and other performance-embellishing gimmicks. So I will resort to generalities implying no specific mention of past performance (which, in any case and as the traditional disclaimer reminds us, is no guarantee of future performance).

I recently reviewed the performances of several accounts that I had managed for 30-plus years in a style that evolved marginally over that period but could be described as “contrarian investing disciplined by a strong value filter.”

The lessons I drew from that examination were:

  • Value investing and/or significant cash reserves tend to yield performance that is better than the leading stock-market indices during down markets, but only marginally. In traditional bear markets, the invested portion of portfolios – even if selected along value criteria – still loses “some” value.
  • The big difference comes from having maximum opportunities after markets have had big declines. Histories of financial markets often feature anecdotes about operators who made a fortune by buying aggressively at or around the bottoms of major market declines. Often omitted from the narrative is the question of where the money to invest came from. The answer is that investors had cash before these big declines – most often because they refused to participate in the preceding euphoria or complacency.
  • The problem with impatience and FOMO (reminder: Fear Of Missing Out) is that they amplify and extend momentum moves: the more markets keep going up, the more followers feel they are missing something by not participating. As a result, more investors want to jump on the bandwagon, at ever higher prices. This is how speculative bubbles form, and with diminishing fundamentals to support rising prices, it is hard to determine when they will burst. But burst they always do.

The last ten years have represented one of the longest and most powerful momentum episodes in my memory, exaggerated by the aggressive policies of most central banks (quantitative easing and, eventually, an unprecedented $17 trillion of negative interest-rate lending worldwide).

When bankers and governments pay investors to borrow money, the notion of risk disappears, and the idea that making money is easy gains broad acceptance. As a result, the FOMO bug has spread fast and wide in recent years, promising to bring what it has always done in the past: what I referred to in a previous paper as a Minsky Moment, when the markets’ excesses and increased risk-taking are corrected by a painful return to sanity.

Of course, third-generation inheritors have been the most vulnerable to the FOMO epidemic. But only witches and wizards can reverse a curse. Wealth managers are left to hope that those generational members who have escaped the FOMO infection will allow them to preserve some of the family fortunes.

 

François Sicart

September 9, 2019

 

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

 

What I learned sailing over an underwater volcano

Earlier this summer, with gusting wind in my hair, fine sand between my toes, and harsh salt on my hands, I was sitting at the helm of a 40-foot (12 meters) sailing catamaran. As a sailor I know that alertness and preparation are crucial to not only enjoyment but even, frankly, survival, in some conditions and locations. A particularly treacherous stretch of this trip was the crossing from the island of Carriacou to Grenada (in the Lesser Antilles, Caribbean Sea).  A strong current coming from the Atlantic Ocean forcefully pushes boats right over a 4,300 foot (1,300 meters) active underwater volcano, surrounded by many hydrothermal vents that can produce hot water and gas. If you manage to stay out of the maritime exclusion zone surrounding the volcano, you may quickly find yourself too close to a series of sharp rocks. Most of them protrude of the water by tens of feet, but one is deceptively submerged in a mere five feet of water, ready to pierce any boat’s hull in seconds. The only safe way to navigate this passage is to be careful and patient.

One of my fellow crew members on this cruise was a dear friend, Jake Taylor. In addition to being a great interviewer and a gifted investor, Jake is also an author of a phenomenal investing book that came out earlier this year – The Rebel Allocator. His book caught the attention of none other than the legendary Charlie Munger, Warren Buffett’s long-term business partner. Jake has a talent for asking great questions, and it is no surprise that during this passage our conversation quickly took us in a very interesting direction – our strengths and weaknesses. It was fascinating to note the way sailing and investing put both to a real test! And Jake’s question got me thinking about my strengths and weakness as a stock picker.

A moment of introspection

I spend a fair amount of time looking back at all my investment ideas, including any stock I have seriously contemplated buying over the years. I try to learn as much as possible not only from my successes, but even more from my mistakes. Apart from spending time with clients, and speaking about what we do as investment advisors to help families and entrepreneurs keep and grow their fortunes, what I enjoy the most is the search for new investment ideas. I actually think of it as a treasure hunt!

The only effective way to learn from introspection is to be absolutely honest with yourself. I concluded that I have at least three strengths and at least one weakness when it comes to investing. I am great at spotting true investment “lemons” that can turn sour in a heartbeat, and do true damage to any portfolio, much as a sharp rock can shipwreck a boat at sea. I don’t experience the fear of missing out by chasing very risky high-flying stocks or seemingly alluring bays surrounded by deceptively shallow reefs. I am also endlessly patient in buying and selling my holdings, like a ship’s captain seeking the best route, and the safest anchorage for the night. My biggest weakness, though, is my inability to predict the future, notably the full potential of my stock picks. I tend to grossly underestimate their ultimate value … the same way that I usually underestimate the speed the sailing vessel can fetch on any passage!

Avoiding lemons

I vividly remember my first meeting and long conversation with my future mentor, boss, and partner – Mr. François Sicart. I was much more interested in ways not to lose money than curious about the ways to make it. We spoke about the internet bubble that, when it burst, took people’s savings and fortunes with it. We also discussed Enron, which turned out to be a fraud and led to huge losses for many gullible investors. Mr. Sicart explained that the internet bubble was a trying period for disciplined investors, who didn’t give in to the madness, while Enron was a company he looked into, but passed on it because the accounting and the business itself didn’t make sense, and raised too many questions.

In the years since then I have identified three red flags that discourage me from investing in companies:

  • TOO MUCH DEBT: Any company that borrows heavily runs the risk of being unable to pay it off or even pay interest on it. Thus, a promising but debt-laden business can actually go bankrupt, wiping clean all shareholders. After a decade of cheap credit, many companies have taken on excessive debt, becoming vulnerable in a downturn. This source of trouble is relatively easy to spot as long as a company’s filings are honest and accurate, and no debt is hidden off the balance sheet.
  • QUESTIONABLE MANAGEMENT: I never forget that individuals run businesses. Even when the numbers look fantastic (as they did for Enron), if there are any reasons to believe that the management is pursuing illegal or unethical practices, it’s wise to stay away. Unfortunately, questionable managements have a gift for selling investors on a very convincing story. The best test? If something sounds too good to be true, pay attention. Very often for me, the warning is just a hunch I can’t ignore – a feeling that I wouldn’t leave my wallet with the people I’m meeting. When that happens, I am happy to walk away.
  • SECULAR DECLINE: Every industry and every business goes through life stages. They emerge and grow only to stagnate, shrink and fade away. Historically, companies would take decades to earn dominance of their markets, and decline was similarly slow. Today, we see $100B+ companies with massive underlying businesses that didn’t exist 10-20 years ago. We also see $100B+ companies fall from their peak in a few short years. To me, secular decline means the period in a company’s life when the business diminishes consistently and irreversibly. Recently, we’ve seen an accelerated decline in the retail industry, for example. Shopping has moved online, and store visits have been falling for years, leading to countless bankruptcies. Too often though, a secular decline can be mistaken for a cyclical downturn or just a passing hiccup in long-term growth. For me, correctly identifying the less obvious secular declines is the hardest part of identifying potential investment lemons.

Free of FOMO

Fortunately, I have not developed a frequent ailment among investors, i.e.  fear of missing out, or FOMO. A rising stock with a convincing leadership can be seductive, and it’s easy to ignore many red flags. Not long ago, I wrote about a South African furniture retailer (When Bottom-Up Research Helps Top-Down Understanding) which not only became a major global player with acquisitions across Europe and the United States, but whose leadership was dubbed as visionary by the most respectable financial periodicals. I kept watching its meteoric rise with great curiosity. We at Sicart never bought it, fortunately. In late 2017, the CEO resigned and the stock fell 96% after fraud was discovered, with over $10 billion in overstated profits and assets. This case study is a classic example of all three qualities of an investment lemon occurring at the same time: questionable management used excess debt to cover up a secular decline in its industry – retail.

Patient buyer

As a kid, I remember planting lots of trees with my parents: pines, birches, oaks, alders, walnuts, fruit trees, even junipers and magnolias. It was a great lesson in patience. I remember how at first, I used to check in on them daily with a growing disappointment in their lack of progress.

Investing is very similar. First, we need to take the time to get to know a new potential investment opportunity. Second, we might have to wait for the price to come down. Third, once we buy the stock, we may have to wait for the returns to come. Nothing matters more in investing than patience, and most of us need to develop it over time.

After my last year’s trip to California Redwoods, I decided to plant a sequoia tree (You may have read about this in earlier articles). I got a few seeds, planted them according to the instructions that came with them, and now I’m watching five little trees (sprouts, really) get slightly bigger every month.  Those sequoias my take my experiment in patience to a whole new level, like no birch or pine ever could!

To make my professional life easier, I like to keep a wish list of companies I would like to own at some point. Many I may never buy, because I won’t buy any stock at an all-time high price. But once a stock ends up on the list, I just wait. Sometimes months, sometimes years. It is surprising how often my patience pays off and wish-list ideas end up becoming attractively priced. Even when the price is right, though, I don’t rush. I don’t know where the bottom is for any stock, so at Sicart we buy them gradually, sometimes over months or even years. Each of those investment opportunities is a small piece of a bigger puzzle, building an ever bigger, enduring family fortune. Time works in our favor. Time, in fact, is the biggest asset the family wealth can actually have!

Predicting the future

The investment profession is obsessed with attempts to predict what’s next. We want to know if the economy will grow 3.2% or 3.4%. We try to guess if the Federal Reserve will move the interest rate by 25bps to 50bps. Stock analysts attempt to forecast quarterly per share earnings down to the last penny. Which, when you think about it for a minute, is not just impossible but also useless. A global company with operations in 100 countries, sourcing inputs from 50 countries, buying, selling, and reporting in dozens of currencies, is subject to numerous external forces. They include not just economic and political developments, changing consumer preferences, but even weather patterns that can seriously disrupt trade. (Think of hurricanes or, yes, volcanic eruptions, that can ground planes for days.) How can a 22-year-old analyst in a dark gray cubicle in downtown Manhattan predict earnings with pinpoint accuracy of a single penny?

I strongly believe that it’s not that single penny’s worth of earnings that makes or breaks a company. Instead, it’s the long-term ability to generate lasting and growing cash flows. I count these cash flows in hundreds of millions or tens of billions, and let the Wall Street analysts lose sleep over the pennies.

However, knowing how to avoid lemons and having the patience to correctly time your stock purchases are not all that’s needed to succeed. It’s also essential to see the full potential of your investments. I always assume that if I buy the right stock at the right price, the upside will take care of itself. I can’t forecast the full potential of most of my holdings, or the timeframe that will produce it. If anything, a lot of my picks tend to go nowhere for more time than most can bear, only to rise in a very satisfying way. What I lack in forecasting skills, I make up with my biggest strength — patience.

An even more patient seller – Letting them run

I don’t think that every weakness has to be turned into a strength. To be honest, I can’t think of many ways that I could improve my forecasting abilities, but I’m fully aware of my weakness, and I make my decisions accordingly. Since I eliminate so many investment opportunities by weeding out the lemons from my idea list, and I give myself all the time needed to make the right purchase at the right price, I just have to make sure I hold on to my stocks long enough to realize their full potential, letting them run or even, sometimes, fly.

Many investors like to have a price target in mind. They think, “If I bought XYZ at $10, I need to sell it at $20.” I have never been fond of price targets. Looking back over my record, the best picks doubled or tripled in price. Some even rose by a factor of ten, or became “tenbaggers,” as legendary fund manager Peter Lynch liked to say.

Mind your own race

On another trip last year, we watched a sailboat pass us by rushing to get to the anchorage ahead of everyone, and definitely ahead of us. Apparently, New Yorkers’ commuter habits die hard even if you are standing behind a helm of a sailing vessel. Once we cleared the peninsula, we got to see our front runner sitting still on one end of the bay awkwardly leaning to one side. The boat was stuck on a reef aptly called “the bareboat bounce”, where anxious boat renters take an easy shortcut into the bay unknowingly risking running aground. We passed them with ease, and comfortably found a good spot for the night. Hours later a few local fishermen made a little money helping the speedy cruiser get off the reef. The next day, we got to see the captain snorkel around his boat assessing the damage. The are many shortcuts in life, sailing and investing, but not all of them are worth taking!

This experience reminded me of Ben Graham’s, the father of value investing words (who lived through both the Roaring 1920s, and the Great Depression) :

“The best way to measure your investing success is not by whether you’re beating the market but by whether you’ve put in place a financial plan and a behavioral discipline that are likely to get you where you want to go. In the end, what matters isn’t crossing the finish line before anybody else but just making sure that you do cross it.”

With the U.S. equity market hovering at all time highs for many reasons that may not be sustainable, it’s good to reflect for a moment and ask ourselves — what race we are in, where shallow reefs might be hiding, what really matters, what our finish line is, and most of all, whether we have the right plan and the discipline to get there.

Conclusion

In investing, as in sailing, you can’t avoid confronting your weaknesses. But it’s much more constructive to play up your strengths and use your weaknesses to guide you on your path. On our ten-day catamaran voyage, whenever someone asked me how soon we would get to the next destination, I would always say, “Probably under two hours,” — only to hop to another island in under one hour. I can’t accurately estimate any stock’s full potential because there are too many moving parts; I can’t accurately estimate the time any sail will take. I do like to study the charts, and give myself plenty of time, the same as I do my thorough research before I buy stocks cheaply, and I give them plenty of time to run — and possibly even fly!

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published:

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Your Money Manifesto: The Three Rules of Thumb!

Easy to share and print PDF: Your Money Manifesto

If I had only one sheet of paper and could only write down three rules of thumb for starting, building, and keeping a family fortune while living a happy, fulfilling, peaceful life, these would be my choices:  I) Save half of what you make, II) Invest in a 60/40 portfolio III) Live by the 4% rule! Ready to hear more?

1. START your family fortune by saving half of what you make

Earn, save, invest – you have probably heard or read this mantra in my book, articles, and talks. I strongly believe that everyone should become a successful lifelong investor, and have their money make money for them. This attitude was expressed very clearly in the simple wisdom that Benjamin Franklin shared: “A penny saved is two pence clear.”  We’ve also read the same ideas in one of my favorite books, George S. Clason’s The Richest Man in Babylon, published in 1926 and still popular today. In blogs and podcasts, today’s FIRE movement (Financial Independence, Retire Early) has recently made strides reviving interest in saving and investing. As simple as the idea is, what really brought it home for me was a straightforward formula (I like math, but I really love simple). It might be aspirational, and it may feel extreme, but if you can save half of what you make, each year of work buys you one whole year of retirement or vacation. 1 for 1 becomes 3 for 1* though if you save 75%, and at that rate you can retire in under 9 short years with at least 25 years’ worth of savings. This brings us to the 4% rule below.  I’m a big proponent of living a life that you don’t have to retire or vacation from, though I wholeheartedly agree with FIRE followers that work is better if you don’t need the money. It could take only 9 years to get there! That’s as close as you’ll get to a total no-fail get-rich scheme that should work for almost anyone.

2. BUILD your family fortune by investing in a 60/40 Portfolio

Your savings have to work for you. There is no one-size-fits all investment strategy because there are so many variables (including your age, your investment horizon, and your risk tolerance). However, if you are looking for a rule of thumb, this is a time-tested one. Investing 60% in stocks and 40% in bonds, you get the best of two worlds. Stocks give you upside and dividends, while bonds give you income and less volatility. This straightforward approach can generate very attractive returns. A recent ten-year study carried out by Markov Processes International showed that Ivy League endowments with more exotic, alternative, less liquid investments have actually lagged a simple 60-40 portfolio**. There’s an argument to be made that with the longest bull market in stocks and bonds behind us, neither stocks or bonds are attractive today. Still, if you can invest regularly over the next few decades, the same 60-40 portfolio will help you benefit from the downs, and capture the ups in the market in the long run. Discipline and patience will matter more than timing. At Sicart we don’t stick to any preset portfolio allocation; we tend to be lighter on stocks later in a bull market, and heavier on stocks at the bottom of the bear market. We also prefer to pick individual stocks based on our risk/reward preference. Still, if we had to rely on autopilot, 60/40 portfolio and using index funds to accomplish that is a good place to start.

3. KEEP your family fortune by living by the 4% Rule (or 25x rule)

Congratulations, you have a million dollars! How much can you spend each year without diminishing your nest egg? 4%, or $40,000. What if you need $100,000 to live comfortably? Multiply it by 25, and you have your number: $2,500,000. That’s how you meet your desired lifestyle goal by following the 4% rule. In 1998, an influential paper by three professors of finance at Trinity University in San Antonio, Texas tested a number of stock and bond mixes with 15 to 30-year payouts. They concluded that “if history is any guide for the future, then withdrawal rates of 3% & 4% are extremely unlikely to exhaust any portfolio of stocks and bonds during any of the payout periods studied.” More studies with similar results were conducted since then. Our experience managing family fortunes over generations confirms that a 3% to 4% annual withdrawal rate is a reasonably good, and helpful yardstick in practice.

It’s very important to remember that we are not looking for perfection. It is secondary if you hit some ambitious savings rate, maintain a perfectly invested portfolio at all times or never spend more than 4% of what you have, what matters is the discipline to actually save, invest, and let it grow without spending all on the way. As Norman Vincent Peale famously said: “Shoot for the moon. Even if you miss, you’ll land among the stars.”

As with any rules, they might be widely known, but they only matter if they are followed. A longtime client reminded us recently that he knows well what the rules are, but he values us most for helping him to actually stick to them through thick and thin.

Happy Living, Happy Saving, Happy Investing! Bogumil Baranowski | Published: April 25th, 2019

*If A% is the percentage of your after-tax income that you save or your savings rate, and B% is the percent of your after-tax income that you live on, then A% divided by B% equals number of years of retirement or vacation you can afford for each year of work. You’ve probably figured out that A% + B% = 100%. 50% divided by 50% equals 1 – 1 for 1, while 75% savings rate, gives us 75% divided by 25% or 3! 3 for 1.

** MPI used the following 60-40 portfolio: The domestic 60% equity (S&P 500 Index), 40% bond (Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Aggregate Bond Index). The 60-40 portfolio was rebalanced daily, and returns are gross of trading costs or other fees.

Disclosure: This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

 

 

Fortune Keeper’s Dilemma: The Three “Whys”

About a year ago, in California, I had the great pleasure of giving a TEDx talk on investing. It was a warm April evening, and the organizers generously hosted an outdoor book signing for me. Over the next couple of hours about a hundred attendees of all ages shared with me not just their impressions of the talk, but also their stories about money, wealth, and investing. There were college students who had made their first money buying a stock, parents saving for their kids’ educations, and those who had just inherited wealth from their grandparents. Everyone had a story, but most of them also had a question: if building and keeping a family fortune is such a challenge, why should anyone bother?

In a strange way, talking about money is the last taboo. Business schools around the world teach how to earn it and make it grow but no one teaches how to live with money. It’s personal, intimate, and emotional. Egos and traditions (national, family, religious) are involved. Thanks to my professional commitment to family wealth preservation, I’ve heard many fascinating stories from veteran wealth creators as well as their inheritors. I like to think that my exposure to the values and the process involved have given me a helpful perspective.

Over the years I have come to know many people I think of as “fortune keepers.” One thing they have in common is three fundamental priorities. Fortune keepers nurture their wealth:

  • for themselves
  • for their loved ones
  • for their communities and their causes

Or for all three of those reasons in one combination or another. Let’s look at them one by one.

  1. For yourself: Why secure your own future?

Your nest egg

This comes up both in conversations with those early in their career who experience sudden wealth, and with others who are getting ready to slow down and retire. How can I make my money last, how long will it last, when can I retire – these are some of the questions we hear. The source of the wealth may come from a business or a career success, or an inheritance or both. If it comes over time, earned, and saved, one can ease into the new responsibilities and challenges. Often enough though, it’s a fairly sudden event – sale of a business or a piece of it, large share compensation from a generous employer, or meaningful inheritance from a loved one. We know that in the end, all we want is to enjoy the fruits of our work or the blessings that can come with inheritance received from our loved ones; but where do we start?

Risks and Rewards: the Happy Middle

If a large sum comes to us with a low likelihood of repeating the event, we need to look at the capital as irreplaceable. This is capital that must last for decades. Instinctively, we might choose to do nothing, holding it close and letting it sit earning very little. The trouble is that money loses value over time. A moderate 3% inflation will halve the buying power of a dollar in 25 years! Taking huge risks with that capital might expose us to unnecessary dangers, but inaction may do equal damage. A happy middle is the path we at Sicart like to advise. We stick to our investment discipline while we compound and grow capital over time, while avoiding taking risks of a permanent loss.

Self-reliance or dependence?

We all want to live in peace, security, and comfort. We seemingly have two choices. We can either rely on ourselves to provide those good things, or trust that the government will take care of us when we need help. It is the latter scenario that may get us off the hook, and gives us a false sense of security that we don’t have to worry about our financial future.

Self-reliance used to be the only choice, and still is for many today. I was reminded of this recently when I had the opportunity to visit what’s left of an immigrant waiting room in New York City. This was the place where, after a long sea voyage, newcomers from abroad waited for medical and legal inspections that would permit them to settle in America. They had come with a sense of responsibility and a lofty dream. Today, in a growing part of the developed world, citizens believe the government is there to help, provide, and secure their well-being no matter what. That’s a big promise, and a risky assumption.

Today, U.S. Social Security offers full benefits starting at the age of 66-67, while average life expectancy is around 80 years. That’s very different than the retirement age of 70, and the life expectancy of 45 under Otto von Bismarck’s first retirement pension almost 150 years ago.  Today, the number of retired workers grows by a whopping 10,000 every day. According to the Social Security Administration (2017 Annual Report). benefits in the U.S. will start running deficits in three short years, and deplete its reserves by the 2030s.

The younger generation today, with their distrust of institutions, may instinctively grasp how their future could be very different from that of their parents, and how they will have to be more self-reliant. FIRE (Financial Independence, Retire Early) proponents that recently brought new interest and excitement around saving and investing, also choose to grow their nest eggs on their own, striving for their financial independence at a young age instead hoping for government checks later.

On one hand, the benefits will be under pressure, while on the other hand, we live longer and longer, thus needing more income for more years. Meanwhile while the biggest expense of later years – health care costs — is rising. The Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services report that the annual health care spending for those 65 and older is 5 times higher than spending per child.

Dreaming big!

The pressure on government entitlement programs like Medicare and Social Security might be reason enough to opt for self-reliance. We could actually take this thinking a step further, and think of our baseline living expense as a benchmark. It’s helpful to know that the average Social Security benefit for retired workers is around $17,000 a year. How much would we need to maintain a lifestyle we are accustomed to? Will the government pension match our expectation?

For anyone enjoying the blessings of sudden wealth at any point of their life, it’s worth asking – how much do I need to feel comfortable? And how long might I need to make that last?

If our healthier lifestyles add few more decades to our life expectancy, and technological innovation makes healthcare increasingly cheaper, your nest egg will not go to waste. Instead, it will serve you longer, and you will have more to leave behind or give away. What a great feeling it is to have that kind of choice, that kind of freedom!

  1. For your loved ones: Why pass it on?

We all wish the best life possible for our loved ones, especially in the next generation. The immigrants waiting in that cramped room on Ellis Island in New York Harbor sought new opportunities for their children and communities. Those selling a business today, cashing a large pay package or nurturing a family nest egg, have the same hopes and wishes for the next generation.

The biggest advantage: education

In many conversations with entrepreneurs, wealth creators, and inheritors, we at Sicart Associates hear how much they value education. In my own family, my parents and grandparents always told us that education was something that we would have even if we lost everything else. There was no question that I had to finish college, and once I got going, I walked away with two Masters degrees from two different countries. I was lucky enough to get generous scholarships, and benefit from public education in Europe. However, my experience is very different from that of many American friends. With the cost of college education skyrocketing over the last 30 years, at the same time as wages stagnated, affordability becomes an issue. To address this problem, many U.S. students take out loans which recently reached a grand total of $1.5 trillion for 44.7 million borrowers. The current trend seems unsustainable, but unless something major changes, we can expect the next generations to be burdened with ever higher cost and bigger loans.

Gainful employment

Worse yet, as young people are trying to gain educations and develop marketable skills, the jobs they are preparing for may not even exist. Last year’s study from Gartner Consulting suggests that as many as 4 out 10 jobs could be replaced by Artificial Intelligence in the next 10 years.

What’s more, labor markets are consolidating. A Brooklyn-based web designer faces competition from all over the globe, and rates for work delivered are becoming more international rather than local. Where work is done may soon be irrelevant. That doesn’t bode well for wage growth. Trade wars and the decline of manufacturing have captured the public imagination but the international service economy may face even bigger challenges. There might be no way to avoid them, but it might be wise to stay agile, and adapt.

Expensive education, disappearing jobs

Given the changing global employment picture, in the not-too distant future young people may begin their careers with less-favorable conditions than what their parents found. Some believe we are already there. If that’s the case, and if we want to ensure that the next generation has the best life possible, leaving something behind suddenly sounds like a much better idea!

Warren Buffett’s wise take on this subject is: “You should leave your children enough so they can do anything, but not enough so they can do nothing.” Providing them with education, safety, and support as they face an ever-changing labor market might be a good place to start.

The last few decades have witnessed the greatest wealth creation in history. The greatest wealth transfer is expected to occur over the next few decades. Many more households than ever will take on the challenge of multi-generation wealth preservation. As investment advisors with half a century of experience guiding family fortunes over many generations, we are happy to help.

  1. For your community and your causes, and the world at large – Why give it away?

A thousand ways to give back

At different times, I have donated money to causes large and small: from museums to schools to a group of crazy world travelers raising money to sail around the world. I love the oceans, and when I had the chance few years ago, I volunteered to clean up the bottom of a little bay, picking up plastic bottles and cans on Earth Day while scuba diving in the Caribbean. There are thousands of ways to give back, and time, skills, and effort are just as welcome as money.

You or the government?

Attitudes toward giving vary around the world. In the US, it’s more visible, in Europe, more private. The attitude toward financial success and risk taking varies, too. I can say from first-hand experience that in Europe, many believe that the government is already doing necessary pro bono work through collecting big taxes from everyone’s paycheck. Statistics show that countries with more prominent welfare programs have a substantially smaller level of charitable giving. Europeans tend to believe that government should be a vehicle for redistribution. Are we all off the hook, then?

Philanthropy means love of humanity

But of course, the government can’t take care of everything. In fact, small, nimble organizations can sometimes better support causes that matter to you.  Many borrow the best practices from the business world to bring success in the non-profit arena. When I wrote a series of articles entitled  Blessings and Curses of Inherited Wealth, I interviewed authors, inheritors, wealth creators, and foundation executives. I heard how philanthropy helped many give back, find a fulfilling pursuit, and feel a part of the community. I keep learning how today there are many more ways to give, and we can do it with better transparency.

How to give?

You may decide that your wealth can serve better the world at large, and choose to give most or all away. In 2010, Warren Buffett and Bill Gates announced inspiring the wealthiest people give at least half of their wealth away to philanthropic causes.

Even if you decide to give some or most away, it would be even more helpful if initial gift continued to grow over decades as it serves the causes you hold highly for generations to come.

A 100 years of giving

The example of Andrew Carnegie comes to mind. Once he sold Carnegie Steel, he took on a whole new challenge – giving it all away. Libraries, education and world peace were the most important to him. He donated to a number of organizations in the US and the UK, but his largest donation really stands out. It went to the Carnegie Corporation of New York. At the time, this was the largest charitable trust which started with $125 million in 1911-1912. Despite a hundred years of giving it still has $3 billion (2019) which continue to grow, while it promotes “the advancement and diffusion of knowledge and understanding” – as Andrew Carnegie intended.

As investment advisors, we have had experience not only keeping and growing family fortunes for the benefit of original owners, but also for many generations that followed, and for the communities and causes they hold dearly.

Your Path

When it comes to keeping and growing a family fortune, any combination of the three reasons above is possible, and may feel right for you. Your individual circumstances, your family realities, and your generous giving will help shape the choices you make.

Hope for the best, prepare for the worst?

In life and investing, it pays to be optimistic. If we didn’t believe in a bright future, we’d live paycheck to paycheck without investing. But we’d rather be surprised on the upside than painfully disappointed. If healthcare costs fall over time, and we live healthier lives and need less medical care, we’ll have lower expenses, fewer worries, and more money to spend on travel or new experiences. If education costs drop, and all kids have the same access and opportunities, they’ll use their college funds to travel the world and start businesses. If labor market flourishes with AI, and wages rise, your saved capital will let you invest in new businesses relying on said AI. It’s a win-win. Whatever the future may hold, it pays to plan ahead, building and keeping a family fortune for you, your loved ones, your community and your causes.

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski | Published: April 18th, 2019

 

Disclosure: This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Eyes on the (snow)ball!!

Like most people, I often get asked what I do for a living. The short answer would be, “I work in finance.” But the accurate answer would be, “I invest money for families and entrepreneurs with a hundred-year investment horizon.” More specifically, my goal is avoiding the risk of a permanent loss of capital while I compound (grow) that capital, with multiple generations in mind. A more vivid description comes from Charlie Munger, Warren Buffett’s business partner, who compares this kind of investing to rolling a snowball down a hill. The higher the hill, the longer the snowball rolls. And as it rolls, it picks up both size and speed. In other words, the longer slope (or investment horizon) nets you the bigger snowball (or investment return).

Investing made simple

Investing might not be easy, but it can be simple. The financial industry tends to overcomplicate what investing is all about, with its talk of alphas and betas, tracking errors, benchmarks, and volatility. Meanwhile, the theoretically perfect money manager would be someone who invests with no risk, and manages to track the market’s performance while at the same time beating it regularly! Obviously, that’s not possible: there are no rewards without risks, and there is no way to outperform the stock market without daring to be very different.

When you are put in charge of a significant fortune, you don’t think in terms of alphas, betas, and tracking errors. You have three most important questions:

What do I do not to lose it all?

How can I make it last?

How will it grow over the long run?

This is where we at Sicart Associates can help. The renowned value investor Howard Marks says that “nobody can provide a rule that will work all the time; the best we can do is to supply a way of thinking that works most of the time.” What sets us apart as a company is that we don’t offer a product, but a way of thinking. We don’t see ourselves as a business, but rather a lifelong practice, serving our clients to the best of our abilities. What we provide is not a cost to bear, but an investment in our clients’ long-term financial success.

Our way of thinking

There are three pillars to the way we think about our clients’ capital. First, it is money they can’t afford to lose. Second, we have at least a hundred-year investment horizon. Finally, we choose our investments on the basis of value. It is important to us that we invest our clients’ money following the same principles that we employ for our own money. We eat our own cooking.

(1) Money we can’t afford to lose

If there is one common characteristic among our current and prospective clients, it is how they view their capital. To put it simply, it’s the money they can’t afford to lose. Whether it’s their lifetime’s savings or inheritance, it’s the most precious capital they will ever have because it is irreplaceable. For that reason, we treat it with utmost respect and care.

(2) The right goal, the right time frame

Even the right way of thinking isn’t enough without the right goals and the right time frame. As my dear mentor Jay Hughes writes in his book Family Wealth: Keeping It in the Family, “Families often fail to apply the appropriate time frames for successful wealth preservation.” As a result, their planning often proves to be too short-term and the goals too modest.

We at Sicart like to think in terms of at least a century. The familiar proverb “Shirtsleeves to shirtsleeves in three generations” exists across cultures, suggesting how universally family wealth is dispersed within that time span. Our generous ideal investing horizon allows us to prove the old maxim wrong. Our goal is to double our clients’ money over and over again. If we reach that goal every 5 to 15 years (which translates to 5%-15% total annual returns), our clients will do just fine in the long run.

(3) Pay less, get more

We make sure that our clients’ capital is gainfully employed at the most opportune time and at the most attractive terms. We do this – over and over again — by buying stocks for much less than they are worth. As Warren Buffett wrote in his Ground Rules, “I cannot promise results to partners. What I can and do promise is that our investments will be chosen on the basis of value, not popularity.”

Renowned value investor and CEO of Baupost Group Seth Klarman put it this way in a 2008 interview with the Harvard Business School Alumni website: “Value investing is intellectually elegant. You’re basically buying bargains. It also appeals because all the studies demonstrate that it works. People who chase growth, who chase high fliers, inevitably lose because they paid a premium price. They lose to the people who have more patience and more discipline. Third, it’s easy to talk in the abstract, but in real life you see situations that are just plain mispriced, where an ignored, neglected, or abhorred company may be just as attractive as others in the same industry. In time, the discount will be corrected, and you will have the wind at your back as a holder of the stock.”

In Summary

Our objective is not the right beta, alpha or tracking error. We simply strive to avoid the risk of a permanent loss of capital, while we compound said capital over multiple generations.

On a recent client call, as we were making our way through the biggest market sell-off in years, a longtime client made a comment that I’ve cherished. He said, “While others panic, you are doing exactly what you said you’d do.” As long as we remain disciplined, and stand by our way of thinking through the ups and downs of the market, we’ll be serving our clients well. We are not money managers only for the bull market, but for all markets, and for generations. We keep our eyes on the snowball, and we let it roll!

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: March 18th, 2019

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

The most precious dollars

What does counting pennies have to do with keeping and growing a family fortune?

My fiancée Megan and I recently spent an entire evening watching an old movie while counting coins. We’d been letting them collect in an oversized fish bowl. Megan had run to the bank earlier that day to get paper tubes to sort the denominations. I know there are easier ways to do it, but we wanted to have some fun with it. We were both eager to see how much we had amassed. Among hundreds of coins, we found one big surprise that made it all worth it! More on that in a little bit.

The money we CANNOT afford to lose

That experience made me think of the process of saving and building capital. It also reminded me how precious that saved or inherited capital really is, and how difficult – maybe even impossible — it might be to replace. Every inheritance represents the savings of past generations. Each dollar of inheritance or savings is a dollar that went through battlefield after battlefield, and each dollar required to replace it will have to take an equally grueling path.

With that humbling observation in mind, we at Sicart make each and every investment decision for the sake of the life savings or inheritance entrusted to us. We always say: “This is the money our clients cannot afford to lose” and we treat it with the utmost respect and care. This idea is unfortunately shared by fewer and fewer money managers these days. Among them, though, is the thoughtful Swiss-based investor Anthony Deden, who says this about family wealth: “Respect the fact that is really irreplaceable. It represents a lifetime’s worth of savings.”

From a paycheck to your pocket

Let’s explore for a minute that grueling path taken by each dollar of those savings before ending up safe in an individual’s bank account. That dollar probably starts as $5 or maybe even $10 on a paycheck. It’s slashed by an employer’s payroll tax contribution, and then by the employee’s payroll contribution, only to be taxed at the federal, state and local levels. If you are a fortunate high earner in a high-tax zip code, the total taxes subtracted from your paycheck could amount to 15% (total payroll) plus 37% (federal) plus 12-13% (state and local). That’s as much as 65% (or almost two-thirds!) stripped away before you see your dollars. Each ten-dollar bill ($10) turns into three single dollar bills and 2 quarters ($3.50) at today’s marginal rate in the U.S. (It could be even less in some higher-tax countries around the globe.) If you now subtract the cost of living and a few modest pleasures, you could end up keeping as little as 20% of your pre-tax pay. (By the way, earning less to fall under a lower tax bracket doesn’t really promote our savings goal here.)

From your pocket to the piggy bank

For this hypothetical $2 out of each $10 earned, the metaphorical journey to the bank isn’t even over. The biggest obstacle is our undying desire to spend! Behind every dollar that’s been successfully saved are endless feats of self-denial or personal sacrifice. For a child this might have meant no ice cream. In the adult world, sticking to a savings goal may mean keeping an old TV or an iPhone longer, driving an older car or foregoing a family trip. These may be the wise choices but they’re hard to stick with in a world where (as savings guru Dave Ramsey puts it) “We buy things we don’t need with money we don’t have to impress people we don’t like.”

Start early, start small

Speaking of ice cream and childhood, the first money I saved was through a school savings plan. This was in the late 1980s Cold War Poland. We children were encouraged to put money away and monitor the progress of our savings in a little green book. (The plan was actually started in the 1920s, and continues in some form today.) On the back of the green book was the motto “Learn to save.  Even little amounts can grow to big amounts.” Even communist Poland promoted the habit of saving money!

Listen to your Grandma

As meticulous as my little entries to the green book were, I learned my frugality less from the government initiatives than from my cost-conscious Grandma. She had grown up during the hardships of WW2 and lean post-war years. Following her example, I hardly ever pay full price for anything, from a pair of shoes to a scuba-diving trip. (And believe me, she still asks and keeps track!)

Old ideas come back in style

Frugality is in fashion again, among young and old alike. For some it’s a conscious choice – they want to start a nest egg and worry less about the future. For others, already burdened with student debt, frugality is necessary. The FIRE movement is catching on: “Financial Independence, and Retire Early.” Minimalism is shaping a new generation of consumers, while their parents downsize and learn the art of tidying up.

Why we can’t afford to lose it

Every dollar of savings, whether inherited or squirreled away through personal sacrifices, is the money we just can’t afford to lose. Why? Because it is so hard to earn it, save it, and grow it all over again! Charlie Munger, Warren Buffett’s business partner, has been the source of much common-sense financial wisdom. In Damn Right!: Behind the Scenes with Berkshire Hathaway Billionaire Charlie Munger) author Janet Lowe writes:

“Munger has said that accumulating the first $100,000 from a standing start, with no seed money, is the most difficult part of building wealth. Making the first million was the next big hurdle. To do that a person must consistently underspend his income. Getting wealthy, he explains, is like rolling a snowball. It helps to start on top of a long hill—start early and try to roll that snowball for a very long time. It helps to live a long life.”

And it helps to remember the immense effort it took to climb there, and how painful it would be to do it all over again. How do we stay rich then? Here’s some more folk wisdom: “Rich people stay rich by living like they are broke. Broke people stay broke by living like they’re rich.”

When taxation works for us

Once you have savings or inheritance, it pays to invest it not just because money makes more money. In addition, the tax rates on long-term capital gains and dividends are substantially lower than taxes on earned income, in most countries around the world. In the US, for example, taxes on long-term investments are roughly half of the rates we pay on earned income. Thus, our invested capital compounds faster. That’s yet another incentive to save.

***

To go back to that fish bowl full of coins – Megan and I counted up a grand total of $255 in nickels, dimes and quarters, quite a heavy load to take to the bank. Among hundreds of coins we found a real treasure in the form of a 1940s quarter! It looked more tarnished than the later quarters, and made a higher-pitched sound when dropped than the contemporary copper ones. It reminded me of the big heavy silver coins from 1930s Poland that my grandparents showed me when I was little – because U.S. quarters were made of 90% silver before the mid-1960s. So, the metal alone makes this quarter worth $3 today, 12 times what the denomination would imply!

Now, the big decision for us remains: what should we do with our casually-accumulated $255? Obviously, the fish bowl is neither the only nor the main way we save, but the growth of capital felt very real and tangible that day. As Benjamin Franklin wrote, “a penny saved is two pence clear.” So let the money double, and let your nickels, dimes, and quarters turn into hundred-dollar bills, where Franklin is waiting for you with a smile. Turn those Benjamins into shares of companies that will grow and prosper over a lifetime.

If no inheritance is coming your way – start saving, and if you have savings or inheritance already treat them with an utmost respect and care – it’s the most precious dollars you could ever have.

They are truly irreplaceable.

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

 

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

CURSED or BLESSED?

In a career devoted to managing family fortunes, I have grown increasingly convinced that – in terms of financial outcome — inheritors tend to be either blessed or cursed from the start.

Don’t Blame IQ

“You don’t need to be a rocket scientist. Investing is not a game where the guy with the 160 IQ beats the guy with a 130 IQ.” (Warren Buffett Speaks — Janet Lowe – John Wiley & Sons, 2007) More important than IQ, according to Buffett, is rationality and emotional stability.

Counter-intuitively, high-IQ intellectuals tend to limit themselves to what Howard Marks calls “first-level thinking”. (The Most Important Thing — Columbia University Press – 2013). He explains:

“First-order thinkers look for things that are simple, easy, and defendable. They fail to realize that they are dealing with complex systems, or if they do realize it, they mistake cause-and-effect relationships… Second-order thinkers, on the other hand, think in terms of interactions, time, and system dynamics… Things like 1) what are the key variables and how do they interact? 2) where is the leverage? and 3) if I take this action, what happens next?”

The reason highly-educated intellectuals tend to be more vulnerable to Ponzi schemes and other frauds is that they find it hard to say: “I don’t know” or “I don’t understand”. As a result, they tend to convince themselves that they understand – or can understand — confusing propositions. More humble individuals, who rely on common sense rather than on intellect, can recognize the complexity of some situations and the limits of their understanding. As a result, they often are able to avoid the riskiest “opportunities”.

It’s Not About Saving vs. Spending

It is true that frugal inheritors tend to accumulate wealth faster than free-spending ones. But, as long as spending is contained within conservative rules of thumbs, such as 3% of one’s total liquid assets annually, one’s lifestyle should not make a huge difference between secure comfort and the poorhouse.

My observation is that, more often than not, the likely losers are those that make the wrong investment choices: going into iffy ventures without proper due-diligence; buying overpriced houses at the top of the real estate cycle; or systematically chasing the most popular concepts on the investment markets.

Overactivity Defines “Dumb Money”

In a 2008 paper for the Journal of Financial Economics, two researchers observed that “individual investors have a striking ability to do the wrong thing”. (Dumb money: Mutual fund flows and the cross-section of stock returns — Andrea Frazzini and Owen Lamont,)

Using mutual fund inflows from 1980 to 2003, the authors argue that no matter which mutual fund they choose, individual investors tend to underperform that particular fund – over several years. They conclude that fund flows are “dumb money” because, by reallocating across different mutual funds, investors reduce their wealth in the long run. We would add that the observation holds for professional investors as well, except that it is their clients’ wealth that they reduce.

Strength of Character Is what Counts

Lack of character is often evidenced by the perceived need to show decisiveness by constantly making new decisions. In investment terms, this translates into over-trading or the constant change of fund managers.

Because other investors, the media and most consultants and fiduciaries will constantly attempt to veer you towards the utterly fallible crowd consensus, it is crucial to keep thinking independently. This means having the strength of character to recognize and resist pressures to conform and it is an essential quality for long-term investment success.

This necessary independent bent applies to the selection of investments, but also to the choice of fund managers.

First, “Know Thyself”

In one of Plato’s “dialogues”, Socrates says that people make themselves ridiculous when they try to know obscure things before knowing themselves.

More recently, Charlie Munger one of today’s savviest investors remarked: “I came to the psychology of human misjudgment almost against my will; I rejected it until I realized that my attitude was costing me a lot of money”.

And Seth Klarman, another of today’s outstanding investors, adds: “Understanding how our brains work – our limitations, endless mental short cuts and deeply ingrained biases – is one of the keys to successful investing”.

The initial reaction of many recent inheritors or otherwise-successful stock market neophytes is to enroll into courses of finance and investment. But before seeking deeper financial education, they would be well advised to become better at introspection.

Fighting Our Own Demons: Behavioral Investment Biases

In view of the above, it should not surprise that the 2002 Nobel Memorial Prize in Economic Sciences was awarded to a psychologist, Daniel Kahneman, known for his work on the psychology of judgment and decision-making. His work contributed importantly to the growing popularity of behavioral finance and its study of our natural biases, in recent years. Some of his insights, gathered from brainyquote.com, are relevant to our discussion:

“We’re blind to our blindness. We have very little idea of how little we know.”

“We are prone to overestimate how much we understand about the world and to underestimate the role of chance in events.”

“Our comforting conviction that the world makes sense rests on a secure foundation: our almost unlimited ability to ignore our ignorance.”

“We’re generally overconfident in our opinions and our impressions and judgments.”

“The confidence people have in their beliefs is not a measure of the quality of evidence but of the coherence of the story the mind has managed to construct.”

“It doesn’t take many observations to think you’ve spotted a trend, and it’s probably not a trend at all.”

“True intuitive expertise is learned from prolonged experience with good feedback on mistakes.”

We Are Cyclical Animals with Bipolar Tendencies

Anxiety, the opposite of Buffet’s rationality and emotional stability, exacerbates our tendency to succumb to euphoria or panic. The psychological cycle of investment has long been well recognized and depicted in charts such as the following one:

Psyschology of a market cycle

The “belief” and “thrill” phases are those when outside pressure on money managers to be more aggressive becomes both intense and persistent.

The knowledge of our natural biases, plus systematic introspection, should help us avoid some common investment pitfalls or, at least, repeating the same errors. And yet, I cannot resist mentioning that, in the past year, a growing number of consultants and fiduciaries, as well as very few clients, have been pressuring us to use our precautionary cash reserves to become more fully invested in the stock market.

Pour mémoire…

NYSE Fang Index                                                      NYSE “FANG+” INDEX *

S&P 500 Index                                                    S&P 500 INDEX **

Second (and last), Know Thy Advisers

The great advantage of investors over their advisors is that they are not paid to recommend change. As a result, they can exercise the most important quality of successful investors: patience.

It is essential for successful long-term wealth-building to entrust an adviser who also can think independently and have the patience and strength of character to resist the pressure of the investment crowd and its followers.

This strength and resolution are what we wish our clients and ourselves for this New Year.

François Sicart – January 6th, 2019 !!!

 

 

Notes and disclaimer:

* The NYSE FANG+ index, published by theice.com, includes 10 highly liquid stocks that represent the top innovators across today’s tech and internet/media companies (Facebook, Amazon, Apple, Netflix, Google, Twitter, Alibaba, Nvidia, Baidu, Tesla). The index’s underlying composition is equally weighted across all stocks.

** The STANDARD & POOR’S 500 index is an American stock market index based on the market capitalizations of 500 large companies having common stock listed on the NYSE or NASDAQ. The S&P 500 index components and their weightings are determined by S&P Dow Jones Indices.

The indexes referred to are widely recognized, unmanaged indexes of market activity, and have been included as examples of the recent stock market behavior. Indices may or may not reflect the reinvestment of dividends; interest or capital gains and the indices are not subject to any of the incentive allocation, management fees or expenses to which a client portfolio may be subject.  It should not be assumed that the client portfolio will invest in any specific securities that comprise the index, nor should it be understood to mean that there is a correlation between a client portfolio’s returns and the indices.  Nor can one assume that correlations to the indices based on historical returns will persist in the future.  The Indexes are included for informational purposes only.

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

 

Apples, oranges or mangoes? Three types of managers

Recently, I found myself exploring a charming little fruit stand on the island of Guadeloupe in the French Caribbean. While making difficult choices among the fruits on display, it occurred to me that my process was not unlike the challenge many clients face in selecting the right money manager. We often say that to make a fair comparison, you need to compare “apples to apples,” but the investment world features at least three types of managers. Their goals differ as do their appeal and their drawbacks.

Most financial advisors will fall into one of three categories: (1) the asset gatherers, (2) the seasonals, and (3) the capital builders.

 

The asset gatherers

As the name suggests, asset gatherers are almost exclusively focused on increasing their assets under management. To do that, they must appeal to the largest possible audience and find the right marketing channel to distribute their product – usually a fund or a family of funds. As a market segment, over the years, they experienced massive consolidation. There aren’t many truly big asset gatherers, but the few in existence hold trillions of dollars in client assets.

Asset gatherers usually appeal to investors who favor a more passive investing strategy. Traditionally their products track the largest indices, and to make marketing easier, they don’t veer too much away from their benchmarks.

Portfolio management for the asset gatherer requires holding a large number of stocks (usually hundreds or more), and very closely resembles the respective benchmark or index. The goal is not really to outperform any benchmark, but rather not to fall too far behind one for too long, and to continue to sell the product to the broadest audience. Big financial institutions tap into this market, offering their cookie-cutter products through massive distributions platforms such as retirement plans, broker platforms, and financial planning. One feature of asset gatherers is that they so closely follow benchmarks that clients might as well simply buy into low-cost index funds or ETFs (exchange traded funds). It’s a difficult task for many asset gatherers to convince clients that they offer anything beyond those low-cost alternatives. The truth is that ETFs are very quickly eating the lunch of traditional asset gatherers, and ETF providers have really become the asset gatherers themselves.

The performance of asset gathers tends to be closely linked to market trends. This has appeal in a bull market, naturally. But when the market sentiment turns, the clients experience major drawdowns. Unfortunately, they almost always panic and sell their funds, thus missing a recovery that usually follows. The most frequent challenge for the asset gatherers’ client is one of timing: joining a firm at the market peak, and leaving in panic at the bottom. Individual clients, due to their impatience, rarely get the best out of the passive approach. Asset gatherers experience big ebbs and flows in their client bases, but tend to survive market downturns thanks to “stickier” clients like big retirement or college education accounts.

Bottom line: If your money is invested with an asset gatherer, we recommend scrutinizing fees, and possibly switching to appropriate ETFs. Those offer a similar risk/return profile at a much lower cost. Furthermore, be aware that those funds will track the market, which means its falls as well as its rises. If you don’t want to endure the latter, you might consider a capital builder for your money manager!

 

The “seasonals”

We could think of asset gatherers as giants in the financial management field, which they dominate thanks to the magnitude of the assets under management, their reach, and their distribution. In contrast, the seasonals (a term we invented for the purpose of this article) specialize in occasionally striking overachievement across asset classes and investment styles, often thanks to higher risks. Luck usually plays a part in the seasonals’ success, but timing is the most important factor. Early clients reap the largest rewards and feel the seasonals’ often higher fees are justified, while clients who join the manager once the success of the investment theme or style has become well-known can experience big losses when tailwinds unexpectedly turn into headwinds.

Among the seasonals, some investment themes are repeat successes in the same industries, i.e emerging markets, Asian stocks, small caps, health care stocks, Nifty Fifty, FANGS, etc. The seasonals build their portfolio not to match any benchmark, but to attempt outperformance of every benchmark. The easiest way to do this is to overweight certain stocks, industries or market segments, and ride out the momentum as long as it lasts.

Those managers almost always eventually get hurt by unpredictable market shifts. Investment history shows that a rising tide may last years, but when the market changes heart, all the gains (and more!) can be wiped out in a matter of days or weeks. It’s almost impossible for anyone, even financial professionals, to predict turning points. If anything, seasonals may convince themselves and their clients that every correction is just a dip worth buying, until a real correction occurs that brings massive losses for clients. This is usually a fatal blow for the seasonal’s style of business, though some change strategy and turn into asset gatherers.

Bottom line: You can identify asset gatherers by their size. A seasonal, though, can be confused with a capital builder. The difference is in the time frame: capital builders invest for the long term, as we show below, while seasonals just want to win the nearest sprint.

 

Capital builders

If you prefer to invest at a low cost with passive participation in the markets, asset gatherers and ETFs could be your choice, although their success ebbs and flows with the general markets that they track. If you seek excitement and want to participate in current investment styles the seasonals might have something to offer. The danger there is that they sometimes overweight their biggest winners at the worst of times, and take on disproportionate risks to satisfy clients who joined them late in the manager’s cycle.

But if you are serious about growing your wealth and preserving your family fortune over decades and generations, the last category is the only one you should really consider. Capital builders tend to be hard to find, and even harder to identify. Why? Because on one hand, they are not in the business of gathering big assets, and, on the other hand, their performance wins very few of the short-term focused beauty contests.

They have a clear goal of compounding your wealth over long periods of time. They almost always retain clients through the ups and downs of the markets and grow their client base slowly and steadily. Most importantly, they view preservation of capital as their focus.

These money managers have learned that if you avoid a major loss of capital over decades, and you wisely put the money to work in quality investments patiently held over the years, your returns will be very respectable, and your wealth will not only be preserved, but will also grow.

The asset gatherers go up and down with the general markets that they track, the seasonals usually overweight their biggest winners at the worst of times, and take on disproportionate risks to satisfy clients who joined them late in the manager’s cycle.

It won’t surprise you to learn that we at Sicart identify ourselves as capital builders – we have no ambition to acquire the biggest asset base in the industry (though we see potential to attract a large number of new clients over the next years). Nor do we seek the highest return in any given year (though we may do better than most in some years). Our goal is the growth and preservation of our clients’ family fortunes and their life savings – which we treat with utmost care.

We have found that our investment style resonates most with families and entrepreneurs who choose us to nurture their life savings, family fortune or newly-created wealth so that it weathers all storms and serves them for many decades (or generations) to come.

Our portfolios are not built to match any benchmark as it is for the asset gatherers, and it is not built to outperform a short-lived investment theme. We buy gradually and sell gradually. We like to hold only 30-50 stocks that we buy opportunistically. We let the winning positions grow in a controlled fashion. We are quick to admit our mistakes and redeploy capital in more promising investments. We are comfortable lowering our equity exposure when the markets get overheated, and equally comfortable going on a shopping spree for new opportunities in the midst of a true market turmoil.

We will not beat the asset gatherers at their game, and we will not beat the seasonals at theirs. However, we aim to endure every kind of volatility and steadily continue to serve clients who value what we have to offer: growth and preservation – capital building over decades and generations.

Bottom line: Clients of asset gatherers might be better off investing in low-cost exchange- traded funds, while clients of “seasonal” managers, should consider allocating just a small portion of their portfolios to enticingly current investment theme. But those who earnestly wish to build and keep wealth over the long run will be best served by investing with capital builders no matter how hard they might be to find, and identify!

And as for my choice of fruit? In the end, after much mature consideration of the options, I selected a mango.  It was delicious.

Bogumil Baranowski | Guadeloupe, French Caribbean

 

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Not all returns are equal

During my recent European trip at a dinner with friends, someone asked me if the market was up that day. It’s a question I often get from anyone who knows that I’m an investment advisor and a stock-picker. I often disappoint them saying that I don’t know because I haven’t looked.

Are all up days or years in the stock market the same, though? From the outside, a gain of 10% of the entire stock market’s performance seems to be identical with a 10% increase in price, and thus good news for stockholders. In actual fact, not all 10% annual returns are equal.

How do we make money in stocks?

At Sicart, we like to keep things simple. There are three ways to make money in stocks: 1/ cheap stocks become expensive, 2/ small companies become big, and 3/ troubled companies recover. We usually define value investing as paying less than we believe a business is worth. Once the stock price reaches the price target we had in mind, a disciplined investor may feel compelled to sell, and look for another undervalued company. It is a bit of limiting approach, though, that rules out capturing the growth potential of a small company. That’s why, when pressured to label our style of investing, we like to say that we are value buyers, and growth holders. (Once we’ve bought a stock at a great price, why would we not hold it and benefit from the long-term expansion of the business?) The third way to make money – buying troubled companies that recover — overlaps the others as well. On the whole, we find that stocks are fairly valued or even overvalued most of the time, so to have an advantage, we need to see a major mispricing. Such a mispricing is usually most likely caused by some real or perceived trouble that a company is facing. In response to that, investors often panic, and the stock price drops to an attractive level.

What is a total return on investment?

ROI is a concept that may sound simple, but is not necessarily intuitive. If we buy a stock at $10, and it is at $20 after 5 years, we have an unrealized gain of $20 less $10: that is, $10. However, we will also have collected $0.50 per year (or $2.50) in 5 years of dividends. Thus, we have 100% appreciation in the stock, and another 25% return in dividends received. The total return is 125% over that 5-year period. The dividends are ours to keep, but the appreciation or unrealized gain is really a paper gain until we sell the stock and realize the gain. Thus, timing a sale is just as difficult a decision as buying the stock in the first place.

Not all returns are equal though…

We know that our stock price went up from $10 to $20, but that’s not the whole story. We’d like to know why this happened. Has the business grown? Has it recovered from some missteps?

If the stock was formerly trading at 10x earnings (meaning that we had to pay $10 for each dollar of earnings) and now trades at 20x earnings, that would indicate the first scenario: the stock has become more expensive. If the stock is still trading at 10x earnings, but earnings grew from $1 to $2, growth would usually be the cause. Finally, if the stock had depressed earnings of $0.50, and recovered to $2, it has likely recovered from some trouble. Notice how in the recovery case, the stock’s earnings multiple changed from $10 divided by $0.50 or 20x to $20 divided by $2 or 10x.

Ideally, in our stock purchases we’d like to capture all three of these improvements:  a stock that gets more expensive, that grows and benefits from a business recovery, and enjoys a cyclical upswing.

We don’t know though that the stock performance that came from a lasting growth and recovery in the business will likely endure, while if the stock has just gotten more expensive or captured a cyclical tailwind, the stock may not able to hold its gains in the long run…

Why does it matter?

Though as we are in the business of making money, we are first of all in the business of keeping it. Depending on when you buy a stock, you always run the risk of losing money. Let’s invert our three scenarios. If you buy an expensive stock, it may get cheaper as its prospects diminish. If you buy shares in a big company, it may shrink in size. If you buy a company that’s doing perfectly well, one big misstep could prompt a 50% drop or more. The history of the market is littered with such examples.

Hence, being contrarians, rather than buying the high-flying, pricey, hot stocks in the market, we seek out the struggling, lower-priced, stumbling ones. This approach has served us well over many years and many market cycles.

Today’s markets – lasting gains or not?

What gets everyone’s attention is when the stock market – at least the major indices that represent it — is up 10%, 20%, 30% for the year. Few investors stop to wonder about the cause. Is a cheap market getting expensive? Are the total earnings potential of businesses expanding?  Or is an economic recovery helping all companies?

Much as we enjoy celebrating gains in our investments, we always wonder if they are truly durable. There is nothing wrong with benefitting from investor enthusiasm and seeing your stock rise many times higher than you ever expected. But we must grasp that not all returns are equal, not all are lasting, and not all are deserved. If they aren’t, the unavoidable law of reversal to the mean will correct that over time.

Easy come easy go…

Unrealized gain is a paper gain that the market can quickly reclaim as investors lose their confidence, commitment, and excitement about a particular stock or the market as a whole. The first gains to evaporate are usually those that came from stocks going from cheap to very expensive. The price investors are willing to pay for each dollar of earnings fluctuates wildly over the decades. The S&P 500’s cyclically adjusted 10-year price-to-earnings ratio since the late 1800s has been as low as under 5x and as high as 45x, with 15-16 being both the average and median. Today we are at 33x, a touch higher than on Black Tuesday in 1929. The stock market gains of the last few years have been driven by an expansion in the earnings multiple.  Stocks went from cheap to expensive. The S&P 500 peaked in the 1500s in 2007, which is comparable to the dotcom bubble only 7 years earlier. Today, the index is approaching 2,900. How much of that almost 100% increase over the last market peak is deserved and durable is a multi-billion-dollar question that we ask ourselves as we remember that the first rule of making money is not losing it in the first place.

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

 

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

How to compound your wealth?

If we can only shift our mindset from getting rich overnight to compounding wealth over a lifetime, everything changes and our odds of success dramatically rise…

Learn to be patient

I recently had the opportunity to spend a few nights among the California redwoods – those giant trees from the Sequoia family. More than a decade ago, on my first big trip when I moved to the States, I visited Sequoia National Forest. The recent visit was a great opportunity to reacquaint myself with these magical, magnificent trees that dwarf regular pines. As you can imagine, it takes ages to grow this tall; the lifespan of these conifers is counted in the thousands of years. John Steinbeck called them “ambassadors from another time,” and wrote that “the feeling they produce is not transferable. From them comes silence and awe.” I couldn’t agree more.

After I returned to New York, I decided to get some seeds of those magnificent trees and watch them grow in a small pot. Though I planted them promptly, the seedlings have yet to appear. Nevertheless, I await them patiently. They remind me of how, as a child, I used to plant pines, birches, oaks, and maple trees with my parents. There is no better way to learn patience than by planting a tree, and there may be no better tree to teach you patience than one of the oldest, longest-living tree species in the world.

Whether you are starting out with $1 or taking on the challenge of managing newly acquired or inherited wealth, there is nothing more important in compounding wealth than patience.

Start immediately

As the famous Chinese proverb reminds us: “The best time to plant a tree was 20 years ago. The second-best time is now.” This reminds me of a beautiful oak tree that my great-grandfather planted with his classmates in 1918, which represented a turning point in Poland’s history. The country had just regained its independence after 123-year partition among the three big European powers of the time: Hapsburg Austria, the Russian Empire, and the Kingdom of Prussia.

It’s been 101 years since that oak was just a little seedling. It witnessed the Nazi occupation, 45 years of the communist rule, Poland’s reopening to the world, and joining the European Union… my grandparents’ school days, my dad learning to ride a bicycle, and me learning to walk.

Of course, we all wish our ancestors had planted trees to give us shade today, as much as we wish they had started compounding capital long before we were born. But we can start now, and though we may not reap all the benefits, those who come after us will.

Earn, save, invest

I don’t believe in miracle stocks. I do believe that if you follow certain steps, you can’t help but do very well by compounding your wealth over the long run. To grow the capital, you need to continuously and regularly underspend what you earn. If you are living off the capital, underspend what it earns for you.

You can leave your cash idle over long periods of time, but bank interest will only get you so far. You will be better off by becoming an investor in businesses. Stocks are nothing else but small pieces of businesses. If you have plenty of time, experience, and the appropriate skills, you can turn into a stock picker yourself — otherwise, you can turn to trusted professional guidance from an advisor or choose to use passive index funds that give you broad exposure to all kinds of stocks at a low cost.

The longer your investment horizon, the less you have to worry about the market timing. You can spread your contributions out over years, even decades. Compounding wealth is not about finding the hottest stocks and getting in the market at the right time. It’s more about long-term consistency – which may sound as boring (or as fascinating) as watching a sequoia tree germinate and grow into a plant!

The first $100,000 is the hardest

Few brilliant minds can explain complex ideas with as much ease as Charlie Munger. Janet Lowe, in Damn Right!: Behind the Scenes with Berkshire Hathaway Billionaire Charlie Munger, writes:

Munger has said that accumulating the first $100,000 from a standing start, with no seed money, is the most difficult part of building wealth. Making the first million was the next big hurdle. To do that a person must consistently underspend his income. Getting wealthy, he explains, is like rolling a snowball. It helps to start on top of a long hill—start early and try to roll that snowball for a very long time. It helps to live a long life.

Have you ever rolled a snowball? It takes forever to grow it from nothing to any decent size, but once it’s big (say, half the size of a 7-year-old boy), it catches so much snow so fast that it’s almost impossible to keep it rolling.

Charlie Munger is right, the first $100,000 might be the hardest. But that shouldn’t stop you; what’s to come should inspire you to keep going. If you are already starting with a meaningful capital, let time work in your favor, and don’t assume yet that hardest part is behind you. Keeping it, may prove to be as challenging as making it in the first place.

Never lose money

Growing up, I had the rare opportunity to watch a newly-reopened stock exchange in Poland go through short-term booms and busts that produced quick riches and even quicker financial busts. Years that produced 100% gains or 50% declines were nothing uncommon in an emerging market following a 50-year long hiatus since the beginning of WW2. I also saw the destructive forces of hyperinflation.

Later, I witnessed the dotcom boom and bust. If that wasn’t enough, soon after I started my career in investing came the Great Recession, bringing the worst time for stocks since the 1930s Great Depression. Those experiences made it very clear to me that not losing money is as important than making money – if not more so.

Any investment decision, whether it pertains to an individual stock or to an industry or to the market as a whole, starts for me with a good understanding of how I can lose money. Experience has taught me that if I avoid investments that carry an obvious chance of losing my entire stake, the money-making aspect of compounding will take care of itself.

No time like the present  

Be patient, start now, get over the hurdle of the first $100,000, underspend, invest and never lose.

Discipline is essential in compounding your wealth, and there are three inputs at play: capital, time, and rate of return. Nothing helps grow capital more than consistency both in underspending and investing. Nothing helps extend your time more than starting early and thinking in terms of multi-generational compounding of wealth. Finally, nothing improves the rate of return more than avoiding losing money.

I’d better go water my giant sequoia seedling, and let you start on your path!

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski | California Redwoods

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

INVESTING: FROM BEN GRAHAM TO PHIL FISHER TO… MICHELANGELO?

Like many fundamental (serious) investors, my early influencers were Philip Fisher and Benjamin Graham.  Fisher was perhaps the best-known advocate and practitioner of growth-stock investing, while Graham was one of the pioneers of financial analysis, known as the “pope” of value investing.

It could be said that growth investors are looking for the next Microsoft, Apple, Google or Amazon. In contrast, value investors look for neglected stocks that are so cheap that bad news won’t hurt them much, while any good news could trigger a major upward re-evaluation.

 Intellectually, the first approach is more enjoyable: imagination and creativity are at work, and the ego is boosted by the participation in major emerging trends or technologies. The future and the narrative are very important. The other (value) approach is based on horse sense and statistics. It is more critical, almost cynical, and is focused on the concrete past and present: “If I can’t touch it, it does not exist.”

Both approaches, however, seek the same result: to uncover and analyze winning stocks.

Financial Analysis Is Not a Static Discipline

Over time, financial analysis has evolved. Until the 1980s, computers and databases were scarce and systematic screening of stock universes was cumbersome. It was hard to come by specialized information. Discovery of investment “pearls” required extensive search, and legwork was an important source of understanding for analysts. By the 1990s, especially after the spread of the Internet, information became plentiful — in fact superabundant. One can now scan thousands of companies in minutes to find those with good balance sheets, low price/earnings ratios, high growth rates, etc.

I suspect that it is the first phase of that evolution that led legendary investor Warren Buffett to progressively shift from the strict value philosophy of his early mentor Ben Graham to one closer to the growth approach of Phil Fisher. Buffett used to say he wanted to buy shares of companies any idiot could run because sooner or later, one would. Also, his early value philosophy implies selling when a stock becomes significantly overvalued, but he now seems to prefer companies with superior management, whose shares he would prefer to hold forever.

Adding Principles to Technique

Besides these early influences on my investing career, I have progressively adopted, along the way, a few nuggets of wisdom from more recent thinkers and practitioners. These do not so much add to one’s technical skills as provide a philosophical framework for using these skills in a thoughtful manner.

One of my favorite sources of investment thinking is Howard Marks, prolific writer and co-founder of Oaktree Capital Management. Among his advice, gleaned from his famous memos to clients and his book (The Most Important Thing – Columbia University Press – 2011), I have selected some golden rules that are worth reflecting on.

Vive la Différence!

 First, Marks reminds us that investors’ results will be determined more by how many losers they have, and how bad those are, than by the greatness of their winners. Since we will all make some mistakes, he also points out that “You can’t predict [but] you can prepare,” which I believe is a great way to remind us that investing is neither a science nor an all-or-nothing game.

Then, he gets into the goal of investing, which is not to earn average returns: “You want to do better than average. You must think of something [others] haven’t thought of, see things they miss or bring insight they don’t possess… which by definition means your thinking has to be different.”

But being different takes character: “Do you dare to be different? Do you dare to be wrong? And do you dare to look wrong? [My italics] Because you have to dare to be all three of those in order to have a shot at great results.”

Climbing the Levels of Thought

The majority of investors are first-level thinkers: They think the same way as other first-level thinkers, do basically the same things, and they generally reach the same conclusions. But all investors can’t beat the market since, collectively, they are the market. To get better-than-average results, you have to invest differently than the market.

The way to think differently, according to Marks, is to become a second-level thinker because “If something seems simple or obvious, there’s a good chance everyone else is thinking the same thing. And if they’re thinking the same obvious thing, then it’s probably already reflected market prices.

First-level thinking is simplistic and superficial, and just about everyone can do it. All the first-level thinker needs is an opinion about the future, as in, “the outlook for a company is favorable, meaning the stock will go up.” Second-level thinking is deep, complex, and convoluted. For example (paraphrasing Marks):

First-level thinking says, “It’s a good company; let’s buy the stock.” Second-level thinking says, “Yes, it’s a good company. But everyone thinks it’s a great company, and it’s not. So, the stock’s overrated and overpriced; let’s sell.”

Ultimately, it is the abundance of first-level thinking that creates the opportunities for second-level thinkers to succeed, but Marks warns: “You also need the patience and discipline to stick with it because first-level thinkers can continue to drive momentum in the short term like in the late stage of a cycle (second-level thinking is what protects you from its ultimate end).”

An Inverted View of The World

One way to think differently was introduced to me by Nassim Taleb, famous trader and professor. In his book Fooled by Randomness (Random House – 2004), Taleb mentioned the famous German mathematician Carl Jacobi, who reportedly instructed his students to “invert, always invert.” The solution to difficult problems, Jacobi held, can often be found by working the problem backward.

Nassim Taleb, who popularized the Black Swan theory, applied this approach in the extreme when trading options. Instead of buying standard options as a reasonably leveraged way of betting on moves of stocks or currencies, he would buy options that could only be exercised at a price very distant from the current level. These cost very little, and most of the time, they would expire without being exercised. As a result, Taleb would incur steady losses, though very small ones since these options cost very little, but when something happened to cause a major move in the price of the options’ underlying asset, Taleb would stand to make a huge profit.

This was the whole idea behind the Black Swan theory: how to handle events that are difficult to predict yet have a major impact. Besides fitting well with Howard Marks’ adage that we can’t predict, but we can prepare, the reference to Jacobi helped me to look at economic and financial problems in an inverted fashion, as a means to detect alternative interpretations to current events or complex situations.

The Tennis Pro, The Painter and The Sculptor

Not all investment wisdom must come from financial gurus. The trigger for this article was advice from my tennis coach, a former world-class player but an unlikely investment adviser – or so I believed. Thinking that I was expending too much effort and strength on my serves, with the result that many wound up in the net, he pointed out that a serve in the net has a 100% chance to lose the point, whereas even a very weak serve on the court might earn the point if the unexpected happened — including a stupid mistake by my adversary.

This approach echoed Howard Marks’ investment comment that our investment performance is determined more by the number and size of our losses than by the greatness of our gains: trying too hard to discover the next big stock market winner might be less rewarding in the long run than avoiding big mistakes.

I have long been fascinated by the divergent processes involved in traditional painting and sculpting. The classic painter starts with a white canvas and adds outlines, paint, colors and shades, touches of light, etc. In contrast, the classic sculptor starts with a block of stone and subtracts material until the statue appears in its ideal form.

Michelangelo, perhaps the most revered artist of the Renaissance, reportedly explained: “The sculpture is already complete within the marble block before I start my work. It is already there, I just have to chisel away the superfluous material.”

I can readily appreciate the appeal of an approach to stock selection that would eliminate the unacceptable to retain only the valuable.

First, Eliminate

For global investors like us at Sicart, the universe of investable companies numbers in the thousands. Especially given today’s abundance of information sources, trying to find the most attractive ones is a little bit like looking for a needle in a haystack.

Searchable databases (a theoretical solution to that challenge) make for an awkward selection process when one starts using too many filters: debt ratios, growth of earnings and cash flows, dividend coverage, ratios of price to sales, earnings or book value, even some more sophisticated indicators of reporting quality.

My experience is that, as the number of filters increases, the quality of the resulting selection becomes more questionable. In the end, the companies that emerge from the process most often have flaws that will eventually disqualify them from inclusion in our portfolios. When those flaws are visible only in the footnotes to the annual report, the time saved on financial analysis is debatable.

Remembering that an investor does not have to own all the stocks that do well to outperform, it seems easier to eliminate all the stocks that prompt doubts – however their shortcomings (financial strength, earnings record, stock price, management behavior, even the elusive “smell factor”) are revealed. At the end of this “carving” process, we should be left with a much smaller sample of companies likely to achieve a superior batting average, although not necessarily the highest. But then, we are not aiming for the moon.

* * *

Jeff Bezos, CEO of Amazon, was recently quoted in Business Insider (9/14/2018) as stating:

“All of my best decisions in business and in life have been made with heart, intuition, guts… not analysis.”

 The case can be made that eliminating stocks is more expeditious and more intuitive than building a portfolio one fastidiously-analyzed stock at a time. I am a great believer in the value of intuition in decision-making, especially in a marketplace where psychological biases and crowd behavior are at least as important determinants of stock prices as fundamental statistics. On the other hand, intuition alone would make investing much like casino gambling.

In fact, after graduating from Princeton in 1987, Bezos served as head of development and director of customer service at Fitel, a financial telecommunications start-up; as a product manager at Bankers Trust; and as senior vice-president at D. E. Shaw & Co., a hedge fund. It was not until 1994 that he founded Amazon.com. My point here is that to be most useful, intuition must rest on a solid base of education and experience, which we try to always remember at Sicart Associates.

 

François Sicart

September 21, 2018

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

SIZE, CONFLICTS OF INTEREST and FIRM CULTURE

In Planning Our Life and Beyond (http://www.sicartassociates.com/planning-our-life-and-beyond/ July 10, 2018), I cited at length Dr. Leon Danco, a leading advisor to family businesses who, when I was founding Tocqueville Asset Management thirty years ago, shared with me his wisdom about planning an entrepreneur’s life.

Dr. Danco found that measuring our lifespan in months rather than in years or decades promotes a sense of urgency in taking charge of our lives. At the time, he was assuming an average lifespan of 900 months. I have updated this sum and rounded it up, perhaps optimistically, to 1100 months (92 years) in paraphrasing him here.

Learning, Doing and Teaching

In our first 300 months, what Dr. Danco calls “the learning years,” we learn and we consume: our contribution to society, aside from giving joy to our parents, is fairly minimal.

At some point around our 25th birthday, our education in the formal sense is completed and we begin to do things. We experience successes and failures. We may abandon some endeavors and embark on new ones. Whatever contribution most of us make in our lives, we do it during these productive years (about 400-450 months).

By age 60, most of our accomplishments are apparent and we are about to enter our last contributory 400 months, the teaching years.

Now in the middle of my teaching years, I plan to remain active for a good while, so in no way is this a farewell address. Nevertheless, I have reached the stage where I can formulate and share some wisdom gained from experience.

Business is a little bit like parenthood: You make mistakes, hoping that they will not be fatal either to your family or to your career, and you learn from them. I have no doubt that I am a much better adviser to our clients and their children today than I was to my children during my parenting years. (I hope that I also have become a good counselor to my partners, who are in the midst of their doing years.) One of the issues that I keep returning to is …

…The Difference Between a Client and a Sitting Duck

Unfortunately, the distinction is often just a matter of degree. If you are a potential client for financial services, be aware that everyone has something to sell you. They will usually appeal to either your greed or your fear. Over the years, financial marketing departments have been frantically inventing new products that will appeal to those two primal dispositions, by promising huge potential gains or protection against unbearable risks. In the end, however, these new products are designed to either add new clients or to retain old ones in the face of growing competition, and they must be sold. When marketing departments package new products, therefore, what is best for the client tends to be eclipsed by what is saleable.

Of course, financial marketing departments and sales people are not necessarily dishonest. But the fact is that, in finance especially, it is difficult to avoid potential conflicts of interest between a business and its clients. Many sources of such conflicts are now regulated (order front-running, insider trading, etc.), but others are more subtle.

For example, if you are a portfolio manager and also a licensed broker receiving commissions on each trade, you must decide whether you are making trades purely for the benefit of clients or if you are influenced by the additional revenue from commissions.

Similarly, if you are a portfolio management firm with your own mutual funds, the expense ratios on these funds (including management fee, custody fees, accounting fees, regulatory fees, marketing and other administrative costs) are typically quite a bit higher than the costs on a separate client portfolio. If you decide to buy one of your funds instead of separate securities in a client’s portfolio, is it for their good, for the added revenue, or to build up your fund’s assets under management?

Since new financial products are increasingly complex, clients are well advised to ask, “How are you and your firm making money on this new product?” rather than, “How much do I stand to gain or lose?” You will learn much more about the product.

Performance Incentives: In the Same Boat as Long as It Floats

My original idea for this paper was a prompted by a series of questions from new clients about incentive fees for portfolio managers.

Most traditional portfolio managers earn a fee that is a percentage of the assets they manage.

That fee fluctuates with money inflows and outflows but also, importantly, with the ups and downs of the securities markets. In contrast, most of the manager’s costs are essentially fixed (rent, salaries, research services and equipment, insurance, etc.). The result is a natural correspondence between clients’ investment performance and the profits of their managers, as this graph attempts to illustrate:

[Note: the graph excludes money coming in or leaving the portfolio so that it depicts only the impact of performance on a manager’s profits.]

Chart 1

Clearly, the better a portfolio’s performance, the stronger the manager’s fees. Profits, though, are even stronger since costs do not increase proportionally.

As a money manager myself, I do believe that this kind of leveraged benefit is legitimate. But this is also why I do not think that an additional incentive to perform is necessary to compensate the money manager or to put the client and his or her manager “in the same boat,” as is often argued.

Another problem with incentive fees is that they are usually based on relatively short-term performance measurements (often one year). Not only does this practice disrupt the decision-making of managers with long-term objectives but, in unfavorable market periods, it may create cash-flow problems for the manager. Incentive fees are usually combined with a relatively low, recurring fixed fee. Very often, there are so-called “high-water marks,” which prevent the manager from receiving incentive fees until the portfolio’s historical high valuation is exceeded. In the interim, the manager’s income is depressed.

When the chances of exceeding a high-water mark evaporate because of extended underperformance, a manager may be tempted to abandon that particular portfolio and go elsewhere to find new money to manage. “Heads I win, tails you lose,” — and so much for being in the same boat with the client.

Is Money Management a Business or a Profession?

At the heart of the debate about conflicts of interest in money management is how the money manager views his/her role.

A majority of money management firms now see themselves as businesses and are run accordingly. The classic business model is to increase revenue (number of products, sales volume, and prices) while controlling costs – personnel in particular. Since we illustrated earlier that, in basic money management, revenues tend to grow faster than costs over time, the main imperative of money management businesses is growth in revenues. This usually means acquiring more clients, selling them more products and charging whatever price the market will take.

On the other hand, some money management firms still view themselves less as businesses and more as offices of professionals. Here, time and talent spent on client service and enduring relationships are all-important. As a result, profits stand to benefit in a much less leveraged way from the growth in revenue, since that growth must be supported by a commensurate increase in the number and quality of professionals.

I do no want to be misunderstood. A young former intern once reported with praise: “I told some people at dinner last night that I had met a banker who does not like money.” Since he was referring to me, I had to clarify: I do like money, but I do not think that amassing it should take precedence over the satisfaction of doing things right and for the benefit of clients you are meant to serve.

This does not apply only to me. Early in my career, an attorney specializing in finance for families told me: “In private banking, the people you hire should join your organization as other people enter religion.” And indeed, traditional private banking usually offers few promotions, career advances or public prestige. Private banking employees can make more money than those in commercial money management, but they will usually remain in the same position for the rest of their careers, because that is what loyal clients want. Their main reward, then, is the diversity of challenges, the satisfaction of providing great service, and the gratitude of clients.

The model I have personally tried to embody at Sicart Associates is that of the 19th-century “homme d’affaires” – an experienced generalist who manages the fortunes of one or a few families with great competence and loyalty. This individual can also deal with outside experts on behalf of his clients when needed, because he understands the families’ needs as well as (or sometimes better than) family members themselves

What Is More Than Enough?

When I reflect about our firm’s purpose, I am often drawn back to Charles Handy’s seminal book The Hungry Spirit  (Broadway Books 1998). It starts thus:

“In Africa, they say there are two hungers … The lesser hunger is for the things that sustain life, the goods and services and the money to pay for them, which we all need. The greater hunger is for answer to the question ‘why?’, for some understanding of what life is for.”

Later in the book, Handy explains that each of us has a threshold of material comfort when he or she can say “I now have enough and more would not necessarily add to my quality of life.” This threshold can be higher for some than for others, which is fine, but everyone should have one. Once that point is reached, we must search for other sources of satisfaction and fulfillment.

One of the advantages of the distinction between the two hungers is that it can apply to both our personal and our professional lives. And in fact, it is a good start to reconciling the two.

Sicart Associates: Onto our Third Year and Beyond

I have worked with the remarkable individuals I hand-picked as my partners in Sicart Associates for a decade and more. I no longer have much to teach them in terms of financial analysis or patrimony management: they are at least as skilled as I am and probably more so. What I can do is share my personal experiences on specific problems similar to those I have encountered in the past. I can also, I hope, help instill a lasting culture in our firm. I would like that culture to be one that reconciles the two hungers.

For a firm like ours, I believe that implies controlling our size and thus accepting limits on our growth. We will be the best stewards of our clients’ fortunes if we work in a congenial and caring atmosphere, where there are neither competing agendas nor internal politics. As I have experienced elsewhere, this balance would be harder to preserve once the team number grew too large.

Controlling growth might be interpreted as abandoning ambition, but nothing could be further from the truth. Some of our partners may have reached their material “enough” but others are still only approaching it. Anyway, the meaning of the greater hunger for Sicart Associates, rather than aiming only for more, should be to aim lastingly for better and its own rewards.

In investment research, where there is now too much rather than too little information, more brains are not essential. Shared discipline, compatible time horizons, patience and character (a combination easier to achieve with compact teams), are keys to long-term performance. I remember that many of my best investment ideas date back to the time when I worked intimately with only one close partner: the late and missed Jean-Pierre Conreur, whom some of my partners and many of our clients still remember fondly.

In matters of family patrimonies, support teams (lawyers, accountants, tax experts) are crucial but it is better to have a choice of the best-suited for each situation than to try to have all these capabilities in-house where their use might be a source of conflict of interest. But, for experts to operate at their best and in synergy with each other, a capable and experienced generalist, thoroughly familiar with the intricacies and needs of client families, is necessary to sort out the challenges and problems before presenting them to the experts.

In the end, a small team, focused on what we do best, without dilution from other products or services, is our best hope to sustain a culture of “hommes and femmes d’affaires,” for the continued benefit of our clients.

* * * *

Finance is not merely about making money. It’s about achieving our deep goals and protecting the fruits of our labor. It’s about stewardship and, therefore, about achieving the good society. — Robert J. Shiller

There’s more honor in investment management than in investment banking. — Charlie Munger

 François Sicart

September 8, 2018

 

 

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

VALUE / CONTRARIAN INVESTING – VERSION 3.0?

The First Manufacturing Panic

Back in the mid-1980s, Japan had a high and growing trade surplus with the United States and a stubbornly strong currency. This combination allowed cash-rich Japanese companies to snap up American trophy assets such as Manhattan’s Rockefeller Center, Firestone Tire & Rubber, Columbia Pictures and, of course, much overpriced real estate.

These purchases helped fashion the pessimistic economic consensus of the time: American manufacturing was dying, overwhelmed by a more efficient Japan whose rise as an economic competitor seemed increasingly unstoppable.

Sometimes, it is easy to be contrarian. As we made routine visits of American manufacturing plants at the time, we were observing something quite different. On plant floors everywhere, we noticed personnel being instructed and trained in techniques such as zero-defect, cell-manufacturing, just-in time production systems and computer-integrated manufacturing, in which time, quality, process and the resulting elimination of waste were the new themes.

Eventually, we decided to start a research program chronicling what we saw as a revival of American manufacturing. Among a board of academic advisers, I enrolled the help of Robert S. Kaplan, then Arthur Lowes Dickinson Professor of Accounting at the Harvard Business School, and co-author with H. Thomas Johnson of Relevance Lost: The Rise and Fall of Management Accounting (Harvard Business School Press, 1987).

He wrote for us an editorial entitled: “Reported Earnings – What you see is not always what you get.” In it, he pointed out that traditional short-term (annual) financial measurements provided an inadequate and often misleading picture of a company’s efforts to improve product and process performance.

Antiquated Accounting Tools as the Culprit

Prof. Kaplan explained that American accounting relied on concepts that dated back to the 19th and early 20th centuries. The bulk of product costs in those days consisted of direct (or touch) labor and materials: financial accounting could thus measure short-term, periodic profits with reasonable accuracy. But to survive and prosper in the 1980s, companies needed to invest heavily in software, employee training, radically improved production processes, marketing and distribution channels, new product design, new organizational structures and new systems.

Unfortunately, instead of treating these investments in knowledge, know-how and infrastructure as long-term investments to be depreciated over time like other investments, the traditional financial accounting expensed them fully as they occurred.

As a result, companies making significant investment for their long-term future would show declining short-term earnings, whereas companies that deferred the investments required for long-term success could prop up their reported earnings temporarily.

Unfortunately, even when statistics on operational progress from the new manufacturing techniques mentioned earlier became available, they could not easily be integrated into traditional accounting reports. So, naturally, to try and remain competitive, U.S. companies first worked to reduce the “usual suspects” — labor and materials – which were easily identifiable.  But times had changed and the results the results on overall costs were disappointing.

Under scrutiny from Prof. Kaplan and others, the reasons became clear. Direct labor costs in most U.S. manufacturing operations amounted to only 10%-15% of total costs — even less in electronics. Overhead (administrative, research, marketing and distribution costs) often amounted for a much larger proportion of total expenses. Unless those were reduced drastically, overall cost-cutting would continue to disappoint.

It must also be remembered that in the mid-1980s, prime lending rates were more than 10% in the United States vs. less than 6% in Japan. The cost of carrying excess inventories thus represented a significant disadvantage compared to Japanese competitors. Unfortunately, manufacturers knew how to measure inventories of raw materials and of finished products, but not work-in-process inventories – a significant cost that accumulates on the plant floor while products are made or assembled. Most of manufacturers’ efforts to reduce inventories had so far been concentrated on a relatively smaller portion of total inventories, but no leap forward would be achieved until work-in-process inventories were also significantly whittled down.

Outside of old-fashioned heavy industry, the cost of direct labor and materials inventories may have been less than a third of total costs for many manufacturing enterprises. But management accounting, which is supposed to analyze the cost of each product or department, had routinely allocated overhead cost (the largest component of total cost) in exact proportion to the business’ use of much smaller direct labor and materials, which they knew how to measure.

Reporting profits on the way to the grave

For a single-product company, traditional cost accounting might not have been lethal. But in reality, at any one time, most companies should be viewed as collections of projects, some of which are in the investment stage and some in the harvest stage.

If a company invests heavily in a division in the harvest stage, which seems profitable based on old accounting concepts, and neglects another division that appears less profitable because it is investing heavily in future growth and treating all that investment as a current expense, that company has a good chance of going out of business over time.

I concluded a February 1988 paper (Ben Graham Revisited: The New Challenge of Value Investing) as follows:

“For an investment analyst, the discrepancy between operating and financial performance… penalizes the short-term earnings of many companies in the process of creating long-term value… For the time being, legwork remains more useful to value investors than the sedentary study of annual reports. Today’s value investor has no choice but to leave his desk and become a traveling investigator.”

In the 30 years since the mid-1980s, operating measurements and cost accounting have been largely modernized according to Prof. Kaplan and his colleagues’ recommendations. But we have entered an era when new reporting tools again need to be developed if we are to estimate the value of companies in the “knowledge economy.”

New Economy, New Valuation Challenge

In an August 14, 2018 book review for his blog, Bill Gates writes the following:

“Software doesn’t work like [traditional manufacturing]. Microsoft might spend a lot of money to develop the first unit of a new program, but every unit after that is virtually free to produce. Unlike the goods that powered our economy in the past, software is an intangible asset. And software isn’t the only example: data, insurance, e-books, even movies work in similar ways.

…The brilliant new book Capitalism Without Capital by Jonathan Haskel and Stian Westlake is about as good an explanation as I’ve seen. They… outline four reasons why intangible investment behaves differently:

It’s a sunk cost. If your investment doesn’t pan out, you don’t have physical assets like machinery that you can sell off to recoup some of your money.

It tends to create spillovers that can be taken advantage of by rival companies. Uber’s biggest strength is its network of drivers, but it’s not uncommon to meet an Uber driver who also picks up rides for Lyft.

It’s more scalable than a physical asset. After the initial expense of the first unit, products can be replicated ad infinitum for next to nothing.

It’s more likely to have valuable synergies with other intangible assets [in design, licensing, etc.]”

Increasingly, companies’ value originates in intellectual property — invention, concepts and knowledge, which are reflected in intangibles like software, data and design. But in this asset-light, knowledge-heavy new economy, technological change is very rapid and the risk of disruption is therefore higher than in industries with a more predictable long-term path. It is riskier to extrapolate the future earnings of innovative companies than those of more mature companies. It could even be argued, as a leading investor did some years ago, that companies in industries with a fast pace of innovation should command lower, not higher price/earnings ratios than those operating in more sedate environments.

As in the 1980s manufacturing revolution, traditional accounting today tends to recognize expected losses on intangible assets (the research invested on new products, for example) but expected gains on intellectual property are ignored because their size and timing are unknown.

Companies like Microsoft, Google, Facebook and other social networking media have demonstrated more value-creating potential than traditional businesses. Even Amazon’s mastery of logistics has arguably proven more instrumental to its success than traditional retailing skills. Yet all these New Economy leaders are hard to value because intangible assets, even those with intuitively large potential, are difficult to estimate. In the promising area of biotechnology, for example, amounts spent on research and development do not automatically translate into financial returns and, in fact, they may never do so.

Today’s valuation problem, therefore, “rhymes” with that of the mid-1980s but is in fact more serious because the proportion of assets that are intangible and immeasurable is even larger.

Guidance is not Always Governance

Initially, new-economy companies devised their own methods for treating intangibles, as an assist to help financial analysts better understand their businesses and their progress.

“But there’s no way to compare the metrics from company to company — or, in many cases, even from year to year within the same company. Alternative measures, once used fairly sparingly and shared mostly with a small group of professional investors, have become more ubiquitous and increasingly disconnected from reality… The proliferation of alternative metrics not only poses a problem for investors, but it can also harm the companies themselves by obscuring their financial health, overstating their growth prospects beyond what standard GAAP (Generally Accepted Accounting Principles) measures would support, and rewarding executives beyond what can be justified.”  (“The Pitfalls of Non-GAAP Metrics,” MIT Sloan Management Review Magazine Winter 2018)

Even more problematic are custom metrics that present an alternative view of earnings by leaving out one or more expenses required by GAAP. Some companies have been known to adjust their reported earnings to exclude mainstream expenses such as pension costs, regulatory fines, “rebranding” expenses, fees paid to directors, executive bonuses, and severance payments. By removing such expenses, some companies have been able to transform a negative earnings report into positive “pro forma” earnings.

In the New York Times of June 18, 2015, (“Tech Companies Fly High on Fantasy Accounting”) Gretchen Morgenson remarks:

“Many of the popular companies with premium-priced shares promote financial results and measures that exclude their actual costs of doing business. Among the biggest costs these companies ask investors to ignore are those associated with stock-based compensation, acquisitions and restructuring. But these are genuine expenses, so excluding them from financial reporting makes these companies’ performance look better than it actually is.

“Corporations still must report their financial results under Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, or GAAP. But they often play down those figures, advising investors to focus instead on the numbers favored by those in the executive suite — who, it just so happens, stand to gain personally from the finagling.”

She goes on to explain that such expenses often become glaringly evident when these companies have to undertake expensive stock-repurchase programs to limit the diluting effect of their generous stock grants.

In short, traditional valuation tools are ill-conceived for companies in the “knowledge economy” and while new tools are being invented and tested, it is currently hard to calculate a Price/Earnings or a Price/Book Value for a given stock since we don’t know what the true earnings or book value are.

Contrarianism Alone is not Enough

 The real “price” of a stock is not its quote in the newspaper, which alone is meaningless, but some valuation measure usually expressed as a ratio of that quote to some fundamental income or balance sheet measure: in an auction market, this reflects the supply and demand for that stock among the mass of investors.

In theory, contrarian investing should result in buying low (when stocks are not in favor) and selling high (when they are), as does value investing. However, both approaches have lost some of their precision in recent years.

For example, there are natural limits to how high or how low the price/earnings ratio can go. The price/earnings ratio should remain therefore remain within a channel, even if a broad one. Thus, investors may not be able to buy at the lowest price or to sell at the exact top but, by following the value discipline, they can improve their odds of success. Unfortunately, to calculate any value ratio, investors need to know the true value of a company’s earnings and assets, and that is difficult ln the absence of appropriate accounting tools.

As for the contrarian approach, it tends to function best at extremes of market euphoria and depression. In the absence of guideposts from value (which valuation is supposed to provide) crowd psychology is all-powerful and can sometimes yield to maximum “irrational exuberance.” This loss of reliability has been further aggravated by computer-controlled high-speed trading and trading algorithms, which further remove investment decisions from human judgement and common sense.

As value/contrarian investors, we at Sicart are facing a conundrum. On the one hand, the tools of value investing have become less reliable and on the other, contrary investing without the reference point of valuation is a less precise timing tool than in the past.

Value investors are not the only ones affected by these issues, but they are trained to work on measurable (largely historical) data. In contrast growth investors are more willing to make bets on the future and are more creative in their expectations. Both styles of investing, though, are affected by the complexities of evaluating companies in the new knowledge economy.

History and experience to the rescue

As usual, navigating the vagaries of the investment markets will require a combination of discipline and flexibility. Too much discipline may lead to rigidity and resistance to change; too much flexibility may lead to short-term trading, which has not produced lasting investment success in the past. As Warren Buffett once pointed out, using the right proportion of each quality will not be a matter of IQ but one of character.

Fortunately, this conundrum is not new. Ben Graham, responsible for one of the strictest disciplines for stock selection, wrote the following in his 1949 landmark book, The Intelligent Investor:

“The underlying principles of sound investment should not alter from decade to decade, but the application of these principles must be adapted to significant changes in the financial mechanisms and climate.”

 

François Sicart

August 20, 2018

PLANNING OUR LIFE AND BEYOND

When we at Sicart engage with clients in planning for the management, use and disposition of their fortunes, we first try to spend ample time on defining the kind of life they want to live, the goals they hope to achieve, and what legacy they wish to leave behind. Whatever the age of the clients, their views on these subjects are usually vague – probably because decisions about them do not seem urgent and are expected to come into proper focus as they age. Yet procrastination is not an option for any of us.

OUR LIFE IN MONTHS

I recently came across a somewhat quirky website named “WaitButWhy.com”. One article was illustrated by pictures of the average human life expressed in weeks, months and years, such as the following:

Human Life in Months

The reminder that the average life span is just 1080 months brought to mind a memorable meeting I had with Dr. Leon Danco, whose 2013 eulogy in Forbes magazine included the following praise:

“Considered the nation’s foremost authority on family-owned business and privately-held companies, Dr. Danco was a pioneer in this field… He was a speaker, consultant and author of many books on this subject… But, he is most well-known for his sage mentorship of families and individuals, instilling in them the importance of a transformative principle: take care of the family business, as well as ‘the business of the family.’”

When I was introduced to him by a common friend around the time when I created Tocqueville Asset Management, Leon Danco had already built a highly successful career counseling owners of large family-owned businesses and, in fact, had decided to retire. When I asked how he planned to spend his retirement, he answered, “meeting people like you.” He kept me all day and never charged me for a uniquely enlightening session. Dr. Danco’s principles are explained his book Beyond Survival: A Guide for Business Owners and Their Families (published in 2003 by The Business Family Centre). For me, one of Dr. Danco’s most important points is that “a lifetime, even one that’s longer than average, is at most only 1000 months long.”

I learned a great deal from that book and will borrow here many of its ideas. One of the most important is that slicing a lifetime into a limited supply of months puts it in a very different perspective and infuses a new sense of urgency into life-long planning.

BEYOND SURVIVAL: LEARNING, DOING, TEACHING

In our first 300 months — “the learning years,” according to Dr. Danco — we learn and we consume: our contribution to society, other than giving joy to our parents, is fairly minimal.

At some point around our 25th birthday, our education in the formal sense is completed and we begin to do things. We experience successes and failures. We may abandon some endeavors and embark on new ones. Whatever contribution most of us make in our lives, we do it during our productive years. By age 50, most of our accomplishments are apparent and we are about to enter our last contributory 300 months.

Because a new generation is born every 25 years or so, lifetimes overlap: the parents are doing while the kids are learning. For Leon Danco, who was primarily concerned with the survival of the business within the family, there must be a third phase in the life of an entrepreneur: the teaching years.

I personally know at least two family business groups that have survived and evolved for several generations, though often by changing the nature of the original business and also by combining talents from within and without the family. A solid formal education can prepare children to manage, but not necessarily to lead. Leadership implies passion, which often drives entrepreneurs but not always their heirs. Furthermore, an organization’s survival depends on its culture, which in the typical case was informed by early leaders but may prove hard to maintain as the organization grows and diversifies. This is why I am not thoroughly convinced that an owner’s children should be destined to take over the family business. Still, our duty to teach, I believe, remains essential.

The notion of organizing one’s existence around three progressive phases — learning, doing and teaching — can be helpful in guiding most of our life’s important decisions. Furthermore, the realization that our doing life probably is not much more than 400 months should keep us from wasting precious time.

BEYOND ENOUGH: THE GREATER HUNGER

Even with appropriate precautions, I could not illustrate such sensitive subjects by using client families’ stories as examples, so I will share my own story, with an additional reference to another enlightening book: The Hungry Spirit by Charles Handy (1997, Broadway Books).

A social commentator and philosopher specializing in organizational behavior and management cultures, Handy was successfully an oil executive, an economist and a professor at the London Business School. He reminds us that in Africa, they say that there are two hungers: the lesser hunger and the greater hunger. The lesser hunger is for the life-sustaining goods and services, and the money to pay for them, which we all need. The greater hunger is for some understanding of what that life is for — the kind of fulfillment it can bring us beyond simply “more.”

In our modern societies, we tend to assume that fulfillment and success come from satisfying the lesser hunger. However, Handy suggests that the greater hunger is not just an extension of the lesser hunger, but something completely different. At one point in our lives, we should have enough, whatever that means for each of us: the necessities of a comfortable life and perhaps a little extra. Everyone’s “enough” is different but once we have enough, more will not make us happier.

GETTING PERSONAL

My own reflection started a few years ago. I had enough and had achieved some reasonable success during my productive years. I still felt ambition, but for a different kind of achievement.

Despite its commercial success, I had never considered the enterprise I had founded to be primarily a business. Rather, I viewed it as a profession, where financial results were secondary to the relationships with our clients and their satisfaction with our investment management and other services. Of course, I fully expected growth and profits to result from our clients’ satisfaction, but they were not the immediate goal.

Since, at this reflective moment, I had entered my teaching years (and I believed that dynastic businesses succeed only exceptionally) I had to decide whom I should teach to and what I should teach them. At the same time, I wanted to ensure that my own family would be protected and taken care of if anything happened to me, just as we had committed to do for our long-time client families.

Over the years, I had become convinced that this could be best achieved by a small team of talented and dedicated individuals, rather than by a substantial organization. This is why I picked three individuals who had exhibited their potential in the service of my long-time clients and invited them to become my partners in Sicart Associates, a highly-dedicated family office in the service of my family and a few very close others. This, I believed, would take care of my teaching years and preserve for several generations our culture of service which, together with the continued success of my professional “heirs,” would become my legacy.

[My own “dynastic” heirs are still in their doing years, with their own achievements and life goals, and I presume they feel safer knowing that their family office stands by their side. For my part, witnessing the life principles that they have adopted, I am satisfied with them as my moral legacy.]

HURRY CALMLY – THERE’S ALWAYS TIME TO DO SOMETHING WORTHWHILE

The whole point of this paper has been that, whatever our age, it is essential to plan for the rest of our lives. Even if we have missed or wasted some of our earlier stages, we can still imagine the future, select goals and consider our legacy. In doing so, measuring our lifetime and what is left of it in months should help put what we wish and what can be achieved into clearer focus.

François Sicart
July 10, 2018

 

 

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Infinite Horizon, Finite Assets

Investing in finite assets with an infinite investment horizon is one of the unstated challenges of our business. The task becomes even more difficult as the markets boost prices of assets that are not only intangible in nature, but also whose profit-generating ability is questionable or potentially short-lived.

Written by Bogumil Baranowski – Read the entire article here: (MOI Global).

Disclosure: This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

SOLITUDE OF THE WEALTHY:

My partner Bogumil Baranowski has discussed some of the psychological problems associated with family patrimonies in his series “Blessings & Curses of Inherited Wealth – The Guide for Inheritors.” Over my years of helping multi-generational families to preserve and grow their wealth, I too have noted the challenge of maintaining “normal” relationships with friends or relatives who have less money.

These observations have been confirmed in a study by Boston College’s Center on Wealth and Philanthropy (which wound down its research in 2015). The “very rich” (possessing over $25 million) subjects who were interviewed reported a litany of anxieties, a sense of isolation, worries about work and love, and most of all, fears for their children. (The Atlantic Monthly, April 2011)

THE SHOCK OF SUDDEN MONEY

The recent prize of nearly $800 million won by a single person in a U.S. lottery reminded me of what is often called the “lottery curse” — After an initial period of euphoria, large lottery winners tend to squander their newly-found fortunes. Worse, while the money is vanishing, the most cherished aspects of their previous lives and relationships are often irremediably lost.

The sudden acquisition of money is always traumatic, whatever the source. I often tell the story of a good friend of mine who, after making his own comfortable fortune in business, inherited in the same year from both his father and mother. Over a celebratory lunch, I asked him how he expected his life to change as a result of this monetary windfall. “Apart from buying a few better cigars and wines, I don’t see why anything should change,” he answered. Within weeks, however, he announced that he was divorcing…

THE CURSE OF INHERITED MONEY

Just like sudden windfalls, inherited fortunes large enough to affect several generations have deep psychological implications for the beneficiaries, and Bogumil investigated some of them in his series. In fact, some of the anxieties mentioned in the Boston College study are exacerbated for inheritors. For example, while many fortune creators feel free to dispose of their estates at  will, most inheritors feel a dynastic duty to pass along as much of their inherited wealth to their heirs as they can.

This being said, while much has been written about how money affects wealthy individuals, I believe that its effect on the people around them has been less thoroughly investigated.

THE WAY OTHERS SEE YOU

You do not deserve it

The first thing to realize, if you have inherited a fortune, is that for most people – except those very few who appreciate you unconditionally – you do not deserve this enormous advantage. A majority will readily admire the obscene sums earned by some athletes and entertainers, even the sudden wealth of entrepreneurs who brought an apparently simple idea to the stock market. But if your fortune is due merely to “your choice of the right parents,” most people will see this as some undeserved stroke of fate. Often, they may even secretly resent you for it.

You can well afford it (or anything, for that matter)

The second common attitude, even among those friends and relatives who are not jealous of your fortune, tends to develop over time, caused by an inaccurate view of your relative situations and of the cost of things in relation to these situations. It can be summarized by the phrase, “He (or she) can afford it.” “It” may refer to a house or a new car, exotic travel, and other indulgences.

Often, though, what’s under consideration is a proposed investment. When someone inherits, the heir, the spouse, a sibling, or a friend often re-imagines himself or herself as an instant venture capital genius. All that newly-acquired money is just crying out to be put to good use, after all! But the true venture capitalist’s gift is very rare. Furthermore, most successful investors in this financial niche started by laboriously raising capital for potential investments from professionals, rather than waiting for it to land from the heavens into the hands of a relative. The hopeful solicitor of funds for a new scheme ignores the fact that easily available money does not make an investment more attractive. In fact, the opposite is often true.

Many also believe that the idea for a new product or service is the main ingredient of a successful venture. In fact, steadfastness, hard work and experience count for much more. Frank Caufield, partner emeritus of one of the most successful and prestigious venture capital firms in Silicon Valley says: “We see a lot of executives who have a vision. Our job is to decide if it really is a vision or a hallucination”.  Reid Dennis, founder of Institutional Venture Partners, adds that venture capital “Is a business that you’re probably better off entering in your thirties or forties… because you [first] need to build a frame of reference by which to judge people and to judge opportunities…”

Money, Influence and Power

One of the respondents to the Boston College study noted: “I start to wonder how many people we know would cut us off if they didn’t think they could get something from us.” Another, educated and trained in the arts, hesitated to accept a position as a museum curator because she felt she would have had trouble being seen as a colleague rather than as a donor.

These are insecure, almost cynical views of relationships, and I believe it is probably better to err on the side of trust than to succumb to this form of nascent paranoia. On the other hand, there is no point in ignoring the obvious: money will attract crooks and con artists.

Fortunately, not everyone who likes the company of rich people is driven by greed. Still, money can influence financially-disinterested people, too, though in a more insidious way. Money bestows power on those who are in a position to influence its use (spending, investment, charities). Those who are in a position to affect the money decisions of the rich therefore gain desirable power and social prestige even when they provide legitimate and valuable services.

Beware the IYIs

Often, inheritors suffer from an inferiority complex toward high-profile financial experts and theoreticians. As a result, they may let themselves be influenced by what The Black Swan author Nassim Taleb has identified as IYIs (Intellectuals Yet Idiots). In doing so, they forget Warren Buffett’s judgment that ordinary intelligence is perfectly sufficient for the successful investor. What you really need is the temperament to control the urges that cause other peoples’ costly mistakes.

As Thomas Sowell, the eminent economist and social theorist, wrote: “Intellect is not wisdom.” I believe that inheritors too often let themselves be impressed by intellectuals’ superficial signs of intelligence instead of cultivating and trusting their own common sense and shrewdness as they navigate the world of investing.

Difficult to Teach by Example

Most parents aim to educate their children by both discipline and example. But it’s not easy to teach a child the value of money by paying him or her to mow the lawn when you already have a full-time gardener.

Even more challenging is the example of a father, an heir himself, who does not work for a salary simply because he does not have to. Yet he would like his children to live within reasonable budgets, to follow prudent financial yardsticks, to be gainfully employed, etc. In my experience, the guilt and discomfort of such a situation is felt much more acutely by the father than by the children. On the other hand, the father’s authority lacks legitimacy when the children discover that, when he was young, he never lived by the rules he is now trying to impose.

If it Goes Without Saying…

Talleyrand, France’s diplomat extraordinaire, reportedly insisted, when negotiating post-Napoleonic peace at the 1814 Vienna Congress, that: “If it goes without saying, it will go much better if we say it.”

Money considerations have an immense effect on personal relationships, yet we often have trouble discussing them. For example, I initially felt that having future spouses sign a pre-nuptial agreement was in bad taste and an unnecessary exercise in pessimism – almost like a curse-in-waiting. But after many years of watching harmonious marriages become acrimonious during divorces, I am now convinced that it is better to go through the exercise while both parties have the best intentions and disinterested motives.

The rule applies not only to pre-nuptial agreements but more generally to any understanding or decision that may generate adversarial situations in the future, such as wills and other posthumous arrangements (property sharing, etc.). For all of these, it is better to make plans for future decisions at a moment when both parties have a maximum sense of fair play and empathy.

 

* * * *

In lieu of conclusion, I offer two relevant quotes:

They say that money does not bring happiness. No doubt they are speaking about other people’s money. —Sacha Guitry

Solitude does not result from the absence of people around us, but from our incapacity to communicate the things which seem important to us.  —Carl Gustav Jung

 

François Sicart 5/30/2018

 

 

 

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

The Great Investor In You – Our first TEDx Talk

There are three secret advantages we already have over professional investors. But how can we use them to become great investors ourselves? Going from desk-bound life to world-bound.

Bogumil Baranowski is a partner and co-founder of Sicart Associates, LLC, an investment firm catering to families and entrepreneurs. He was born in Poland, educated in Paris and Brussels and currently lives in New York City. His passion is driven by his love for teaching, writing, and speaking which led him to launch an intern program, publish his first book and join Toastmasters International.

The topic of Mr. Baranowski’s speech: “The Great Investor In You – How to Use the 3 Secret Advantages You Already Have!” He will share with us the three secret advantages we already have over professional investors, and how we can use them to become great investors ourselves. What’s next for him? He would like to fly with bush pilots in Alaska, swim with humpback whales in Tonga, sail around the world, and make a difference in people’s lives through teaching, writing, and speaking.

This talk was given at a TEDx event using the TED conference format but independently organized by a local community. Learn more at https://www.ted.com/tedx

Disclosure:
This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

What is long-term anyway?

Recent market volatility has made many of us jumpy, and many investors agree that this might be a time to show increased caution. But one subject still prompts very diverse opinions: the investment horizon.

We are all a little nervous…

Last year we shared our cautious views in a few articles. But since the market was going up every day, few investors had much interest in getting a little more careful when we entered this unchartered territory. Indexes were reaching all-time highs, valuations were stretching to levels we hadn’t seen since previous bubbles. There was apparently no room for healthy skepticism.

The last few months, though, have brought more volatility, sell-offs, big daily market moves, and a growing sense of increased uncertainty on all fronts.

We recently posted an article discussing the old investment mantra –” Buy the Dip.” The key idea was the we might have gotten too accustomed to the nearly automatic response to every market dip. Traditionally, that has been to buy more stock while prices are down. Today’s conditions, though, might actually be different. This could be a good time to unlearn old habits before we get into trouble.

The response was fascinating. We were a little overwhelmed by how many people read it, and how quickly. Most of all, we were surprised by the feedback we received from a large group of like-minded investors who were curious to read an article spiked with a dose of market skepticism. That has been an unusual experience, and a very welcome one.

A big revelation – we don’t all have the same investment horizon!

We might be contrarian in more ways than one. We always enjoy finding a way to disagree with the consensus. We don’t believe that the very best investment opportunities can be found in optimistic headlines or on lists of “must-own” stocks. When we notice that many investors agree with us on a certain topic, theme, or investment opportunity, we often start to wonder if it’s time to give it a second look.

We’re in what we believe to be the late stage of a long-running bull market that’s benefited from every possible form of external support from the government and the financial press. Our reservations about this market’s continuation are deepening, and an increasing minority of investors seems to agree with us.

What really sets us market skeptics apart, though, is how we assess the investment horizon. As investors, we all have specific checklists of what and when we like to buy. The clients we serve, though, truly define our investment style, based on their circumstances, aspirations, and worries.

In Sicart’s case, we mostly cater to multi-generational family fortunes. This creates huge responsibility, but also provides us with a very long-term investment horizon.

For any stock we pick, we like to allow 3-5 years to deliver the results. Even so, that individual stock decision is made in the timeframe of at least a single generation (or 25 years). Daily, weekly, monthly performance has little importance to us. Even a year is even too short to assess the investment success.

We aim first to preserve, and second to grow a family fortune over many decades. This long horizon gives us time to pick and choose when we invest. We see no reason to chase a tired bull market, and we don’t fear missing out on the very top.

Our greatest concern is a permanent loss of capital, which most often comes about due to poor judgment. Investing in a business whose value vanishes or staying fully invested at the top of an overvalued bull market would be the ultimate error for us.

We won’t ever call the top or the bottom of the market, but there is a lot of room between those extremes that allows us to manage the risk and the rewards to our best abilities.

What’s your investment horizon?

The feedback we have received about recent previous articles makes clear that many investors share our skepticism but may not share our investment horizon.

Because of the timing of the article, some readers thought when we spoke of the “market dip” that we were referring to a dip during the first half of that very trading day. They shared their hopes that the market would turn in the second half of the day.

Others read the article after the market close, and thought we were writing about the day’s dip. Many readers believed we were discussing a disappointing week for the market.

From hours, to days, to weeks, our readers’ envisioned range expanded, though some followed more closely our intended subject, which was the year-to-date sell-offs in major market indices.

A big group of readers, meanwhile, was sharing their outlook for the next few months or even the second half of the year.

These were getting a little closer to what is often considered “long-term investing,” but we were still a little surprised how few were looking at the year-to-date market dip in the context of at least 5-10 years or even better a lifetime of investing.

Some readers pointed out that young investors, putting money into the market regularly, can dollar-average investments over the long run. That sounded like what we think of as a true long-term investment horizon.

What to do?

While a growing number of investors have become cautious after recent spikes in volatility, what sets Sicart Associates apart is the investment horizon we use to make our decisions. We like to think in terms of decades, and generations rather than weeks or years. Thus, we might take very different steps than those whose investment horizon ends at the closing bell each day.

We believe that it’s better for your wallet and your peace of mind to extend the investment horizon from hours to years or even to decades, if the situation allows.

With that newly extended investment horizon, you’ll look at each market dip from a whole new perspective.

Happy investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

 

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

How do you stay a millionaire?

“How do I keep what I have?” is the query we hear much more often than, “How much will the market rise this year?” Those who are familiar with our long-term value contrarian mindset know better than to pose the latter question seriously. If we hear it, we know they’re teasing rather than expecting a serious answer.

We believe our strength lies in evaluating businesses and buying them cheaply in order to sell them at a higher price later.

Still it’s remarkable how conversations — even with those who know us well — have recently focused almost exclusively on how much higher this market can go. Until early February, many observers seem to have forgotten that a down market is even possible. The recent increase in volatility and a worldwide sell-off in major indices has broadened the discussion. Investors started to focus more on keeping what they’ve made in this market. Some wisely realize that they might not have the time to make their money back if they were to lose it. What can be done about that?

These are the kinds of questions we are happy to answer.

The wealth preservation dilemma

Wealth preservation is at the core of what we do. We constantly remind ourselves of Warren Buffett’s Rule Number 1: “Never lose money.” It’s followed by Rule Number 2: “Never Forget Rule Number 1.”
This is easier said than done. We are all up against a major dilemma, for the following reasons:

We are sitting on inflated assets, and we’ve gotten into the habit of watching their values rise without our doing a thing.

BUT…

What we do now may define our standard of living for decades to come.

Individuals who are just launching careers and investment strategies have a major advantage here. If they can spread their purchases out over the next few decades, they will do just fine. However, those who are fully invested and sitting on a big nest egg have a reason for concern. Investment strategy is more important now than ever.

Looking at the numbers: are financial assets really inflated?

Equities:

The S&P 500, a broad US market equity index, rose from 666 (March 2008) to 2,870 (as of January 2018). As of early April 2018, it’s dropped to 2,650. Overall that’s an average gain of 2,000 points in a decade. In other words, the market value of US equities almost quadrupled in ten years. Here’s some context: the S&P 500 peaked near 1,500 at the top of the internet bubble in 2000, and again at the top of housing bubble in 2007. Today, we are 70% over those two peaks.

The US GDP, though, has risen only about 30% since the 2007 market peak, and about the same 30% since the 2008 market low.

Another measure is CAPE: cyclically adjusted 10-year price-to-earnings. It currently sits over 30x, exactly where it was on Black Tuesday in 1929 (though still below the near-45x recorded during the internet bubble). The historical range over the last 120 years is 5x to 45x, with 15-25x being the most common level.

We’ve witnessed a growing disconnect between the price, and value, and major inflation in stock prices.

Homes:

The Case-Shiller Home Price Index just reached 197.5 (still below the 220 recorded during the housing bubble). Home prices have risen 35% since the depths of the last financial crisis, and hover around 50% above pre-housing bubble levels. Some homes in desirable urban areas have increased even more in value.

Usually demographics and income share responsibility for sustainable growth in home values. But an aging population on one hand, and youth burdened with student loans on the other, don’t bode well for the supply-demand dynamics. What’s more, the big house in the suburbs has lost some of its appeal to younger home buyers, thus putting further pressure on home prices.

Are all asset prices up?

Curiously, only financial assets have exhibited this meteoric rise we’re discussing. If you consider a car, a motorcycle or a boat an asset, you’ll see that their apples-to-apples comparable prices have remained constant. Although car dealers have convinced us to treat ourselves to ever bigger, pricier cars over the last few decades, the price of comparable new vehicles remained the same. The Federal Reserve diligently tracks consumer price index for all new vehicles, and the index is flat since 1997.

Bottom-line: It costs about the same to buy a car, a motorcycle, or a boat as it did 20 years ago.  Real median household income hasn’t changed much in those two decades. Then why does it cost 50% more to buy a home? Or twice as much to buy a dollar of S&P 500 earnings?

Low interest rates + much more leverage = BUBBLE

Prolonged periods of low interest rates accompanied by ever-rising debt (public, corporate, and private) have helped inflate financial assets. In the last 40 years, the US has seen the 10-year Treasury rate fall from 15% to 1.88%, providing an unprecedented tailwind to all financial asset prices.

With dropping rates, as investors we’ve been willing to accept ever-lower income. The dividend yield for the S&P 500 fell from over 6% in early 1980s to 1.89% today. Earnings yield for the same index fell from 16% to 3%. When the yield falls, the asset prices go up.

There is no secret to it. Is it a one-way street though? You might ask. It is a dead end eventually, and you need to back up, and reverse the process with rising yield, and dropping prices…

Buy and hold, bonds versus equities

It’s not just that we’ve become accustomed to this one-way investment trajectory. We’re also used to passive if not complacent investment practices. The “buy and hold” approach has been hugely effective over the last few decades. In an environment with more unreliable movement in interest rates, “buy and hold” may lose its charm.

We also tend to think of equities as being “risky” and bonds as “less risky.” It’s true that equities could be more vulnerable to a sell-off, but bonds should also be treated with caution. Bonds with long-term maturities will undergo a lot of volatility in a world resetting interest rates from current all-time lows. A 30-year US treasury can move up or down as much as 30% or so with every point move in interest rates. That’s a major swing for a security that pays 3%.

Where to next?

The world economy goes through short-term and long-term cycles. Students of financial history are familiar with the many ways fortunes appear and disappear. Still, the extent of the current easy money experiment might be the biggest in history. Its consequences will correspond in scale.

What to do, then?

If you are just starting out investing, you will dollar-average your investments over many decades with a variety of economic backdrops. There will be many buying opportunities ahead.

However, if you expect your current portfolio of stocks and bonds to provide you with financial security, that is a different story.

If you are holding highly inflated financial assets, you may consider what we’ve been doing for a while now:

  1. Raising your cash position and being less than fully invested
  2. Holding the strongest, highest conviction stocks
  3. Holding only very short-maturity fixed income (bonds), and only of the highest quality
  4. Adding some market protection. We have opted for precious metals (gold), and certain inverse ETFs that go up when particular assets go down

As much as it is very enjoyable to make money, and see your wealth grow, let’s not forget Buffett’s Rule 1 – “Never lose money!”

Happy investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

 

 

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

CONTRARIAN VALUE: EASIER SAID THAN DONE

How We Invest

* * * *

Measures of Value

Even amateur investors are aware that the dollar price of a stock is meaningless: there is no logical reason to assume that a $5 stock is cheaper than a $10 stock without knowing what exactly you are buying for those prices. Warren Buffett made this point with his usual flair for words: “Price is what you pay. Value is what you get.”

This is why, when discussing value, we normally use ratios, which compare the price of a stock (what you pay) to the company’s sales, earnings, cash flow or assets (what you get). For example, a stock’s price/earnings ratio (P/E) — which is widely used to measure current value — represents a company’s share price divided by its earnings per share. When the P/E rises or drops, it is therefore legitimate to assume that the stock is becoming more, or less, expensive.

The Crowd of Investors Tends to be Manic Depressive

Extraordinary Popular Delusions and the Madness of Crowds, an 1841 book by Charles Mackay on early speculative bubbles, remains the basic reference on the enduring propensity of crowds to behave irrationally in financial matters, oscillating between euphoria and panic in recurring cycles. (Project Gutenberg — http://www.cmi-gold-silver.com/pdf/mackaych2451824518-8.pdf)

Thus, over short or intermediate periods, investors’ opinions often have a greater influence on the performance of a stock than the operating or balance-sheet statistics of the underlying companies. P/E ratios, for example, fluctuate much more widely that would be justified by company fundamentals alone.

The father of value investing, Benjamin Graham, explained this apparent disconnect by saying that “in the short run, the market is like a voting machine” [tallying up which firms are popular and unpopular] while “in the long run, the market is like a weighing machine” [assessing the substance of a company].

Importance of the Timeline

Over the very long term (often decades), stock prices tend to track companies’ fundamentals, i.e. earnings, which tend to move with sales and assets which, in turn, tend to follow economies’ growth rates and productivity.

But company fundamentals change relatively slowly. It makes little sense to attribute stock price changes even over months to fundamental progress: what they really are is changes in the Price/Earnings ratio (P/E), where P moves a lot and E relatively little. Such short-term fluctuations are principally due to investors’ perceptions of probable future developments. These perceptions, as purely psychological phenomena, can be volatile to the point of irrationality.

My own observation is that, over the near-term, stock market fluctuations are perhaps 90% to 100% determined by crowd psychology and only 10% to 0% by changes in fundamentals. As the time horizon lengthens and the market becomes more of a “weighing machine”, to use Graham’s term, the factors influencing stock prices trend towards 90% fundamentals and 10% psychology.

An Apparent Contradiction

In theory, one would expect the results of value and contrarian investing to be highly correlated. After all, the price of a stock is the result of a bidding process. Thus it should reflect the popularity of that stock among investors: the higher the P/E ratio, the more popular the stock and therefore the less attractive to a contrarian. Conversely, the lower the P/E ratio, the less popular the stock, which should make it appear as a bargain to contrarians.

But in practice — to quote baseball immortal Yogi Berra — “In theory, theory and practice are the same. In practice, they are not.”

Value investing

When looking at large samples of stocks over long periods of time, there is little doubt that buying stocks at low P/E ratios produces better returns in the ensuing 10 years or more than buying at higher P/E ratios.

Elsewhere I have cited many studies supporting that statement. Today’s example comes from Dreman Value Management, which measured the performance of the 500 largest US companies over the 40 years between 1970 and 2010. It is interesting because, unlike several other studies, it seems to have made no adjustment to P/E ratios and did not use moving averages.

 Including dividends, stocks with the lowest 20% of P/E multiples increased 15.3% annually on average, while stocks with the highest 20% of P/E multiples increased 8.3% annually. (The performance of the S&P 500 Index fell somewhere between the two groups). Thus, in terms of batting average, investing in stocks with low P/E ratios should be better than investing in stocks with high P/E ratios.

Contrarian investing

 The contrarian approach appeals to investors who believe in the psychological instability of crowds. But it really is at its best only at the climactic extremes of euphoria and depression. The rest of the time, and particularly over shorter periods, it’s at a disadvantage compared to so-called “momentum” investing.

Momentum

Early students of behavioral finance searched for anomalies in financial markets, i.e. asset behavior that could be predicted more or less precisely. In contrast, prices would normally be expected to move in random fashion, depending on crowd moods.

Momentum is a concept borrowed from physics, referring to a force that allows something to continue moving on its past trajectory as time passes. One of the first anomalies detected by behavioral finance researchers was momentum: a security that had followed a given price trend for a number of months, for example, could often be expected to continue further on that trend. Many investors still use momentum investing in some form or another.

There are two problems with momentum investing, however:

 

  • it works best in the short term and thus encourages heavy portfolio turnover
  • it is hard to distinguish between short-term cycles within a trend and major reversals in long-term trends

As a result, it has been said that momentum trading is right most of the time but wrong when it really counts (at major market reversals).

Contrarian Limitations

Contrarian investing is not well adapted to recognize and exploit short-term market fluctuations. Most psychological excesses such as irrational exuberance forewarn major trend reversals. The timing of such reversals is unpredictable, though, because excess can always become even more excessive – for a while. The forte of contrarian investing, though, is that it may help prepare for large corrective moves when exaggerated mood shifts among investors are detected.

Investing Is Not a Science

One of my early mentors explained the failure of most investors to exceed or even match the performance of “the market” by the fact that people persist in seeking certainty in an uncertain world. Many investors and observers tend to envision investing as an exact science, delivering precise and undisputable answers and responding to immutable laws. Unfortunately, investing never was a science and probably never will be. It is not even a matter of intelligence. Investment success is much more a matter of common sense, character and patience.

A well-worn adage says that “It is better to be roughly right than precisely wrong.” This applies well to the process of investing. For example, I believe that, rather than searching for the next Apple, Google or Amazon, we should be aiming for a superior “batting average,” where above-average gains more than offset fewer and smaller losses.

Invert, Always Invert

To achieve a good batting average with a portfolio of manageable size (which we estimate at 30 to 50 securities) we must first assemble a universe of potential investments whose odds of producing superior performance over time are above average. According to Investopedia.com, approximately 630,000 companies may be traded publicly throughout the world, so the selection process could be daunting even with the sophisticated computer-screening tools now available.

In addition, faced with one of our favored disciplines that works “most of the time except when it counts” (momentum investing) and another that works when it counts but with imprecise timing (the contrarian philosophy), our selection process cannot be surgically precise. But, as Churchill said of democracy, we view contrarian value investing as “the worst form of investing, except for all the others.” Thus, we elect to refine the process rather than the discipline.

When faced with the task of solving an extremely complex problem, I am always reminded that nineteenth century German mathematician Carl Jacobi reportedly urged his students to “invert, always invert.” I am no mathematician. But as an investor, I believe that, rather than trying to select a few winners out of a very large and complex stock universe, it makes sense to first reduce the size of the challenge by eliminating as many stocks as possible which DO NOT qualify for our attention.

How We Eliminate

We are exposed to a constant flow of new investment ideas — from our own research, various specialized research services, and a network of peers with whom we regularly debate. This produces a more than sufficient sample from which to extract the 10-12 new ideas a year we need, considering that our 30-50 stock portfolios are intended to have a low (one-third or less) annual turnover rate.

From this flow of new investment ideas, we normally first eliminate companies that are too financially leveraged for our conservative taste. This is particularly essential now that artificial central bank liquidity and low borrowing rates have created a financial climate that is much riskier than most people realize.

Our contrarian approach usually allows us, even tempts us, to invest in companies that have been hurt by outside developments that we deem to be temporary or cyclical. On the other hand, based on the cockroach theory (“there is never just one cockroach in the kitchen”), we try to eliminate companies that may be accident-prone due to reckless management, overly promotional communications or questionable accounting.

We also eliminate stocks that have been rising strongly for a few years, sport valuation ratios reminiscent of past bubbles, or are strongly recommended by momentum-type brokers and advisors.

Once this trimming down has been completed and we are left with a reduced universe of candidates for a good long-term batting average, we submit the survivors to our normal investment selection process as described elsewhere on our website (www.sicartassociates.com).

This is an ongoing process, which is independent from macro considerations about economies and stock markets (although obviously candidates for selection are more abundant after overall market declines).

Thus, rather than being “perma-bears,” we are rational optimists: declining stock prices mean cheaper investment. Contrarian value investors should become euphoric when the crowd succumbs to panic.

 

François Sicart – March 2, 2018

 

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

YEAR-END PEARLS OF WISDOM

For many years, I have been collecting quotes, citations and other bons mots. Of course, Googles and the likes have made this modern variation of plagiarism much easier in recent years, sometimes even dispensing quote addicts like me from reading original books in the text.

On the other hand, there are good reasons besides plagiarism or laziness to use quotes. First, they often express an important idea in a more concise or a more articulate fashion than we might on our own. More importantly, their succinctness serves as a trigger or a seed for thinking about important subjects on our own, without someone else offering you a pre-cooked argument and conclusion.

Here, I offer you selected quotes, principally about investments and money, which are the main subjects of this site.

* * *

You don’t need to be a rocket scientist. Investing is not a game where the guy with the 160 IQ beats the guy with 130 IQ. Warren Buffett

The most important quality for an investor is temperament, not intellect… Unless you can watch your stock holding decline by 50% without becoming panic-stricken, you should not be in the stock market. Warren Buffett

Smart investing doesn’t consist of buying good assets, but of buying assets well.  This is a very, very important distinction that very, very few people understand. Howard Marks

The stock market is filled with individuals who know the price of everything, but the value of nothing. Philip Fisher

Price is what you pay. Value is what you get. Charles T. Munger

To suppose that the value of a common stock is determined purely by a corporation’s earnings discounted by the relevant interest rate and adjusted for the marginal tax rate is to forget that people have burned witches, gone to war on a whim, risen to the defense of Joseph Stalin and believed Orson Wells when he told them over the radio that the Martians had landed. Jim Grant

The NYSE and the NASDAQ are markets of information that reflect opinion rather than values of stocks. Peter Bernstein

The dumbest reason in the world to buy a stock is because it’s going up… The investor today does not profit from yesterday’s growth. If past history was all there was to the game, the richest people would be librarians. Warren Buffett

The only value of stock forecasters is to make fortune-tellers look good… A prediction about the direction of the stock market tells you nothing about where stocks are headed, but a whole lot about the person doing the predicting. Warren Buffett

 Only when the tide goes out do you discover who’s been swimming naked. Warren Buffett

Nearly all men can stand adversity, but if you want to test a man’s character, give him power. Abraham Lincoln

Friends may come and go, but enemies accumulate. Thomas Jones

HEALTHY, HAPPY and PROSPEROUS NEW YEAR!

 

François Sicart

January 1, 2018

Blockchain, Bitcoin, and the future of money

Although email is quick and easy, I still like to send postcards when I travel internationally. It’s usually a hassle, especially finding stamps, and a working mailbox. This preference of mine doesn’t mean I shun contemporary technology. Still, I like to keep a healthy dose of skepticism, especially as an investor.

Our cautiously optimistic approach allowed us to invest in some of the high fliers of today’s hot equity markets back when they were much cheaper and more appealing. We bought them when they had missed a number of quarterly earnings or after what turned out to be “busted IPOs.” We always enjoy chasing bargains and that policy has served us very well over the years.

We like to apply the same skepticism to all new technological inventions until we fully understand the change they are bringing.  As investors, we have to avoid the harms of creative destruction on one hand while capturing the wealth-creating wave that results.

Blockchain has been on our minds for a while now, and here we propose a three-part discussion.

First, we will examine the potential benefits of blockchain technology. Second, we will explain why we believe that Bitcoin might turn out to be a misuse of a great technology. Finally, we’ll sketch out our idea of the future of money, finance, capitalism.

Blockchain – a revolutionary change, and great opportunity?

In blockchain technology, we see an immense opportunity to revolutionize both many industries and many aspects of our lives.

Blockchain, simply put, is a continuously growing list of records. The records (also known as blocks) are linked together using cryptography. Each block contains a link to the previous block, timestamp, and transaction data. Because of the blockchains’ design, they are resistant to modification.

Harvard Business Review’s definition is: “an open, distributed ledger that can record transactions between two parties efficiently and in a verifiable and permanent way.”

In other words, it is a decentralized way of keeping trustworthy records of all kind that cannot be altered retroactively.

Blockchain can be public (visible to all) or private (with limited access).

What are the benefits of blockchain?

Trustworthy record keeping

Given that it’s hard to modify historical data, and data is held in a decentralized manner, the system is very trustworthy. In simple terms, we can trust the data.

Transparency

With the use of the distributed ledger (the same ledger kept by many “record keepers” – nodes or miners), the data is complete, correct, and consistent and changes are visible to all.

Fast and cheap transactions

Transactions in such a system can be processed very quickly and at any point of the day or night. Blockchain could even enable instant settlement, leading to major cost savings and efficiencies.

Let’s look at three key ways that blockchain can change our lives…

First of all, blockchain has an opportunity to revolutionize record keeping across ownership of property, health care records or voting systems — among others.

If we are able to keep trustworthy records of real and intellectual property, the potential for fraud diminishes and the cost of buying and selling property drops. It leaves less room for fraud, and it lowers the cost of selling and buying property. It could also empower billions of people in the developing world who still can’t prove the ownership of their property something that we take for granted in the developed world. Our health systems could improve with this new, better, record keeping. How we monetize our intellectual property globally, and how it’s protected could improve as well. Finally, a trustworthy, transparent, and faster voting system could further strengthen the democratic process, potentially incentivize more people to participate, and re-establish confidence in its fairness. These are just a few possibilities.

Second of all, blockchain has the potential to revolutionize our currency. Regardless of the development of crypto-currency, blockchain could dramatically improve e-commerce, payments, peer-to-peer transfers, and lending. New businesses would be created, and some traditional institutions might be in danger if they don’t adapt.

Third, the broader financial services which encompass public and private equity market, debt, derivatives could run on a blockchain-powered platform which could potentially be trustworthy, transparent, fast and inexpensive. We can see how that could make the financial service industry even more connected and even more global. In many ways, such a development could level the playing field so that investors and capital-seekers of any size could participate in the world economy in many new ways. We picture an open, unobstructed global crowd-funding phenomenon when everyone has equal access to capital and investment opportunities.

Many see in blockchain a true chance to create a peer-to-peer global economy that lifts billions from poverty by providing individuals easier access to funding, credit, business partners, suppliers, customers. In this idealized vision no talent, no resource, no value is too small to monetize. Our economic rights would be no longer secured by central government with officials, courts, armies, but by technology.

Is Bitcoin a misuse of a good idea?

In the present it’s Bitcoin. In the 1990s it was the dotcoms. Back in the 1920s, it was radio stocks:  in each instance, a new, poorly understood technology gets everyone excited, and ignorance seems to heighten the thrill.  For now, we feel that blockchain could possibly revolutionize the world we live in, but Bitcoin itself might be a major disappointment.

What is Bitcoin?

Put simply, Bitcoin is a cryptocurrency: a digital asset designed to work as a medium of exchange. Because it’s digital, it has no physical form, and its transactions are secured by cryptography.

Another distinction is that Bitcoin is decentralized, meaning it works without a central bank or a single administrator. All transactions happen in peer to peer network without an intermediary. Transactions are verified by network nodes (which download every block and transaction and check their validity) and recorded in a public distributed ledger called a blockchain. The new units are created through a process called mining, but the total number to be created is limited to 21 million Bitcoins.

Bitcoin’s challenges

Bitcoin and blockchain have their challenges. Energy consumption is one, the incentive to run and maintain is the second one. In case of Bitcoin the so-called miners get compensated through new units, but when we reach the pre-set cap of 21 million, the incentive to mine will disappear. Maintaining nodes which are crucial to keep and verify the “ledger” is costly, too, and financial incentives are not that clear.

What do we actually buy when we buy Bitcoin?

As we see it, in buying Bitcoin you buy a unit, a line of code so to speak. There is a limited number of those units, and as long as there are believers, there will be a market for them. The concept, effectively, is not that different from a trading card that can sell for a lot or end up worthless in a shoebox. The “value” is created entirely by potential buyers, and may not always be rational or lasting. Cryptocurrencies may prove to be total busts like the early dotcom concerns. The early sellers might get lucky. An early example is Litecoin whose founder is believed to have sold all his crypto-holdings. We always think that actions tell us more than words.

The future of money

Technology has already revolutionized our world. There’s no reason why money shouldn’t also be affected.

We can picture trustworthy, transparent currency, a unit of account, and immediate low-cost transactions. We can also picture an honest, decentralized, peer-to-peer global monetary system where value exchanges of any size happen in a blink of an eye.

What we don’t want to get lost in the discussion is the fundamental nature of the exchange. It always involves something of value, whether goods, services, or assets. And it always requires at least two parties.

From an island tribe to a global connected village

Let’s go back to the basics.

In simple terms, if an island tribe living on a lush tropical island is self-sufficient and never trades, never leaves, and produces only for itself, nothing has a price. Still, goods, services, and assets do have value to the members of the tribe. Let’s imagine they all live in one happy commune, grow their veggies, raise their chickens, help build each other’s homes. It’s all theirs, belongs to all, feeds all. Like a household. We don’t charge our kids for sleeping in their rooms, and they don’t charge us for throwing the garbage away, yet the value transfer happens all the time.

The minute another tribe comes with a canoe and wants to sell us some fruit or spice, our products are transformed. Where before they had value to us, now they have a price. On our island that prices are expressed in the quantity of other goods that another tribe brings. At the end of the day, their canoe is emptied and refilled with new goods: same-day settlement.

Let’s say one day we trust the other tribe more, and one day they are short of mangoes. We tell them to bring more next time. Instantly, we have IOU, or an informal line of credit You’ll pay next time we see you.

At some point a generally accepted and desirable commodity appears – salt, gold, shells. It can coexist or compete with IOUs. Then perhaps the IOUs develop a time dimension: if you are not paying now, you’ll need to pay me more later. Suddenly interest is earned.

Wealth, capital, and capitalism get established, not by a verdict or law, but because we all want to exchange with others at the right price something of value.

In a free-market economy, prices should be freely determined according to the laws of supply and demand. Our desire to create value, to trade it for something else of value, and to hold on to the value we have created, is the very foundation of any successful, wealthy society.

Over time, our trade and business activities become more complex. We don’t want to move the gold, the salt, the shells back and forth to market so we issue a warehouse receipt of sorts. We assert that it’s redeemable anytime for the gold or shells but it can also be exchanged in its own right. Our trading partners grow to embrace this system.

However, the fellow warehousing the gold (a merchant on his way to becoming a banker) sees that not all the gold is being redeemed at all times. Sometimes it just sits there idle, so he issues more receipts and creates more credit in the economy. His experiment fails a few times, so eventually, first kings and later governments start to regulate it by creating a central bank and setting rules and standards. The central bank becomes a lender of last resort and a sole issuer of the currency.

Instead of letting the early banker with controversial business practice fail, and vanish, we, in fact, legalize, formalize, and regulate what’s later called a fractional reserve banking with central bank’s oversight.

Fractional is the key word here. The banks eventually create much more credit than they have in deposit holding a fraction of their deposit liabilities in reserve. The central banks choose to hold a fraction of gold reserves to back the currency they issue. When the currency is no longer redeemable for gold, we end up with fiat currency – the dollar, the euro, the pound, the yen, and all the other.

That’s the history of money and the financial system in a nutshell, from an island tribe to a global connected village.

What’s next? Medium of exchange vs. unit of account

The foundation of today’s financial system is the use of generally accepted fiat currencies. A fiat currency is a medium of exchange as much as precious metals, salt, and shells used to be. A medium of exchange has a value that can be exchanged for goods, services, and assets. A medium of exchange is an intermediary used in trade to avoid the inconveniences of a pure barter system.

How about we do without the inconvenience of the medium of exchange itself? What if we use a unit of account that expresses a relative value of goods, services, and assets, without the medium of exchange as an intermediary.

And this is where we come back to the blockchain, but not Bitcoin. We don’t see a need for yet another medium of exchange, that seems to be yesterday’s thinking, where some see Bitcoin as tomorrow’s gold.

In an increasingly virtual, digital world, we can imagine a disappearance of the medium of exchange and an emergence of a unit of account. The unit of account by itself has no value. There is no need to store digital, virtual unit of account. It’s virtual after all. We might have to keep a decentralized record of units of account, but not the actual unit because it does not physically exist. All we really need is a ledger that keeps a record of who created what and sold to whom; who owns it now; and how much wealth was created in the process. The wealth that can be spent, invested, lent to anyone, anywhere. Blockchain could possibly be that ledger.

Optimistic about the future

In this brave new world, we picture many more investors participating in the global market, and many more tremendous opportunities of all shapes and sizes available to them globally.

In a world where property rights are respected, and ensured by technology, where there is no currency risk, an investment advisor will have many more clients, and many more options to pick from. We will be still here, possibly busier than ever helping clients evaluate, choose, and manage their investments.

Very exciting times ahead. We haven’t seen anything yet!!!

 

Bogumil Baranowski

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

 

 

HUBRIS AND FAILURE: SOME USEFUL INVESTMENT LESSONS

HUBRIS AND FAILURE: SOME USEFUL INVESTMENT LESSONS

Last year, French journalist Christine Kerdellant wrote a book with an intriguing title (Ils se croyaient les meilleurs – Éditions Denoël 2016), which could be translated as: “They thought they were the best –  a history of great management mistakes.” In the introduction, Kerdellant sings the praise of failures as marvelous learning and character-building experiences. She mentions, among others, the early stumbles of Steve Jobs, Bill Gates, Mark Zuckerberg, and Baron Bich of disposable razors and lighters fame. She also points out that Google is a veritable failures machine, where more than 70 projects per year never get beyond the project stage: “To have one of the world’s largest stock market capitalizations and some of the fattest profits and at the same time to exhibit one of the planet’s greatest number of failures is not only not incompatible but this last point probably explains the first one.”

The point is that the most successful entrepreneurs are those who have first stumbled, but have learned from their mistakes. Interestingly, they often are more prone than professional managers to search out and hire collaborators who also have experienced failure and have survived. The book appealed to me because, in Sicart Associates’ business of wealth and investment management, mistakes are quite useful — on the condition that they don’t recur too often, and that lessons are learned from them.

A few years after I created an international value fund at my predecessor firm, in the early 1990s, the fund had a very good year. A young journalist asked me in an interview, “How does it feel to be this year’s best performing international fund?” To which I answered: “First, it helps to have had a lousy year last year.” In the following days, several papers reported only that I had had a lousy performance in the previous year. So, I hope to be forgiven for using some of other people’s notorious mistakes as examples in this paper.

Madoff and Ponzi

One of the common mistakes made by amateur investors (and even some professionals) is to be intimidated by complicated investments and to let some kind of inferiority complex drive them to invest in businesses they do not fully understand.

Bernie Madoff was arrested in 2008 and admitted to having operated the largest Ponzi scheme in U.S. history. Named after a famous early-20th century swindler, a Ponzi scheme is a fraudulent investment operation where the operator uses fresh money coming from new investors to finance the returns promised to older investors but not earned. It can succeed only as long as money from new investors comes in faster than old investors want to cash out. Bernard L. Madoff Investment Securities LLC was founded in 1960 and the fraud may have started as early as the 1970s, which probably also makes this Ponzi scheme one of the longest-lasting in history.

Madoff was smart enough not to promise too much: an annual return not very different from the stock market’s long-term return (10-12%). But he mostly stressed his portfolios’ very low volatility (year after year). Anyone with experience of the markets should have known that it is possible for a very good manager to exceed the net performance of the market over the long term, but not without volatility or cyclicality.

Nevertheless, many investors who were aware of that reality closed their eyes. Some chose to believe that Madoff had a magical “formula”; others thought that they belonged to a favored group of clients whose portfolios took advantage of Madoff’s market-making activities and advance knowledge of pending brokerage orders to engage in “front-running.” Of course, this would have been illegal, but when someone else takes the risk and you can claim ignorance, the border between greed and ethics becomes blurry.

Another factor assisting Madoff’s scheme was that he chose to report reasonably steady returns. A few family offices staffed with experienced investment professionals smelled something “fishy” and passed on the tempting opportunity. But many asset allocators and performance consultants, who equate volatility and risk, liked the steadiness of the reported results and failed to smell the rotten fish. At best, these consultants advised not to overweight the Madoff investment for the sake of portfolio diversification.

These professional statisticians and accountants analyze in great detail a portfolio’s performance numbers but fail to fully take into account the narrative of how and why this performance was achieved. The Madoff problem was the numbers looked good but were fabricated. No securities had ever been purchased for clients and the firm’s back office consisted of a sophisticated system for creating false reports. This situation harks back to Prof. Aswath Damodaran’s argument, summarized in my last paper: Of stories and numbers – Investing with Both Sides of the Brain (http://www.sicartassociates.com/of-stories-and-numbers/). And the main lesson of the Madoff swindle is that before you rate a performance on the numbers, you must understand how exactly that performance was achieved.

Enron: “the smartest guys in the room”

Enron was founded in 1985 by the merger of two medium-sized regional energy companies. By 2001, after a string of acquisitions and new ventures, Enron employed approximately 20,000 staff and was one of the world’s major electricity, natural gas and communication companies. Between 1995 and 2000, the company reported an increase in sales from $13 billion to $100 billion and Fortune called Enron “America’s Most Innovative Company” six years in a row. Not surprisingly, it became a very popular growth stock.

Yet it was not quite clear how the profits and balance-sheet figures had progressed over the same period. As bad news started to surface, an October 25, 2001 article in Slate.com referred to “the maddening opacity of certain aspects of Enron’s financial dealings… It’s not that someone has found, or even claimed knowledge of, some smoking gun—it’s that no one even seems certain how to look for such a thing.” Two years later, Fortune reporters Bethany McLean and Peter Elkind chronicled the Enron saga in a book, The Smartest Guys in the Room: The Amazing Rise and Scandalous Fall of Enron (2003, Penguin Group). It not only revealed more details about the continuous deceptions and the extent and complexity of the fraud perpetrated by management: it also displayed the contempt of Enron’s “smartest guys in the room” for mere bankers, accountants and financial analysts.

When one financial analyst complained, during a 2001 public conference call, that Enron was the only company that could not release a balance sheet along with its earnings statements, CEO Jeffrey Skilling replied: “Well, thank you very much, we appreciate that . . . asshole.”

During August 2000, Enron’s stock price had attained its greatest value of $90.56. By the end of 2001, as details of the scandal had begun to emerge, the stock price had fallen to almost zero and the company filed for bankruptcy.

“In the wake of Enron’s downfall, federal investigators discovered evidence of corporate arrogance, greed, and fraud of an unprecedented level.” (famous-trials.com, Prof. Douglas O. Linder)

It would be long and laborious to enumerate all of Enron’s deceptive techniques during their scandalous journey, but the following two paragraphs constitute fairly good snapshots:

“Enron used a variety of deceptive, bewildering, and fraudulent accounting practices and tactics to cover its fraud… Special Purpose Entities were created to mask significant liabilities from Enron’s financial statements. These entities made Enron seem more profitable than it actually was, and created a dangerous spiral in which, each quarter, corporate officers would have to perform more and more financial deception to create the illusion of billions of dollars in profit while the company was actually losing money. This practice increased their stock price to new levels, at which point the executives began to work on insider information and trade millions of dollars’ worth of Enron stock. The executives and insiders at Enron knew about the offshore accounts that were hiding losses for the company; however, the investors knew nothing of this.” (coursehero.com – Enron)

“Senator Phil Gramm, husband of Enron Board member Wendy Gramm and also the second largest recipient of campaign contributions from Enron, succeeded in legislating California’s energy commodity trading deregulation during December 2000… Because of Enron’s new, unregulated power auction, the company’s ‘Wholesale Services’ revenues quadrupled — from $12 billion in the first quarter of 2000 to $48.4 billion in the first quarter of 2001. After passage of the deregulation law, California had a total of 38 Stage 3 rolling blackouts declared, until federal regulators intervened during June 2001… Subsequently, Enron traders were revealed as intentionally encouraging the removal of power from the market during California’s energy crisis by encouraging suppliers to shut down plants to perform unnecessary maintenance…  This scattered supply increased the price, and Enron traders were thus able to sell power at premium prices, sometimes up to a factor of 20x its normal peak value.” (www.citizen.org)

During the heydays of Enron’s popularity, under pressure from young clients, two of my former partners, both highly knowledgeable about the energy industry, went to visit the company – not just once, but twice. Their joint conclusion: “We don’t understand how they are doing it.” Thanks to the courage it took to say: “We don’t understand,” we never bought the stock.

LTCM: The Prestige of Experts and Sheepishness of Investors

Bullying financial analysts and patronizing portfolio managers is not the only way to intimidate wavering investors. Another, subtler and more sociable one is to surround oneself with presumably undisputable “experts.”

Long-Term Capital Management (LTCM) was founded in 1994 by John W. Meriwether, the former vice-chairman and head of bond trading at Salomon Brothers. Members of LTCM’s board of directors included Myron S. Scholes and Robert C. Merton, who shared the 1997 Nobel Memorial Prize in Economic Sciences for a “new method to determine the value of derivatives.” For good measure, Meriwether had also attracted some of the star traders from Salomon Brothers to his new firm.

The LTCM team constructed models that calculated what the relative prices of securities should be across nations and asset classes. Its strategy was then to exploit deviations of actual prices from these theoretical relationships, on the assumption that market and theoretical prices would eventually converge. The company was initially involved principally in fixed income: US Treasuries, Japanese Government Bonds, UK Gilts, Italian BTPs, and Latin American debt. Because valuation discrepancies in these kinds of trades are small, LTCM used leverage to create a portfolio that could generate high returns.

LTCM began trading in February 1994, after raising just over $1 billion in capital. Investment performance in the first few years was spectacular and, at the beginning of 1998, the firm had equity of $4.7 billion. It had borrowed over $124.5 billion, for total assets of $129 billion and a debt-to-equity ratio of over 25 to 1. [It also had off-balance sheet derivative positions with the potential to control approximately $1.25 trillion of assets.] As their capital base grew, LTCM had to develop new strategies in markets outside of fixed income, and by 1998, the company had accumulated extremely large positions in areas such as merger arbitrage (betting on the outcome of mergers) and S&P 500 options

Meanwhile, the lingering effects of the 1997 Asian crisis continued to influence asset markets towards risk aversion, especially regarding those markets heavily dependent on international capital flows. In May and June 1998, returns from the fund were -6.4% and -10.1% respectively. This trend was further aggravated by Salomon Brothers’ exit from the arbitrage business in July 1998. Because the Salomon arbitrage group had been following strategies similar to those pursued by LTCM, the liquidation of the Salomon portfolio had the effect of depressing the prices of the securities owned by LTCM. Such losses further increased when the Russian government defaulted on their domestic local currency bonds in August and September 1998. A flight to quality and liquidity ensued, bidding up the prices of the most liquid and benchmark securities of which LTCM was short, and depressing the price of the less liquid securities that they owned. By the end of August, the fund had lost $1.85 billion in capital.

Finally, because the copy-cat trading desks of many major banks also held some similar trades, the divergence from fair value was increased (instead of narrowing), as these other positions were also liquidated. LTCM was forced to liquidate a number of its positions at a highly unfavorable moment and suffer further losses. In the first three weeks of September, LTCM’s equity tumbled from $2.3 billion to a mere $400 million. With liabilities still over $100 billion, this translated to an effective leverage ratio of more than 250-to-1.

Long-Term Capital Management did business with nearly everyone important on Wall Street. As its troubles intensified, bankers and authorities feared a chain reaction and catastrophic losses throughout the financial system. After a proposed buyout of the fund’s partners by Berkshire Hathaway, AIG and Goldman Sachs could not be worked out, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York organized a bailout of $3.6 billion by the major creditors to avoid a wider collapse in the financial markets.

The lesson to be drawn from the LTCM crisis is that you have not made or lost money on an investment until you sell it. Whenever a position which has been successful on paper becomes so large as to threaten market liquidity, the main question for investors who need to realize their gains or cut their losses becomes: “Sell to whom?”

Bitcoins, Genomes and The Limits of Adventure

Recently, some clients have inquired about the wisdom of investing in bitcoins. The answer is fairly simple. The bitcoin purports to be an alternative to existing currencies but so far it has only proven to be much more volatile than most currencies.

Currencies exist to facilitate the transaction of business. Let’s suppose I am a farmer selling 1000 hogs for 110 bitcoins, which is worth around US $29,700 as I write this. But in a matter of days, the volatile bitcoin could very well go from $ 2,700 today back to $1,940, where it was only two weeks ago, which means that my sale proceeds would be worth only US $21,300 – almost 30% less than I thought!  Presumably, my costs (feed, farm and equipment rental, transport, labor, etc.) are all in dollars. I doubt that farmers have 30% margins to cover that almost-instant depreciation in their revenues. In fact, to my knowledge, only money laundering can withstand that kind of volatility and this may be where bitcoins belong.

It is possible that the blockchain, a type of database that underlies bitcoins and other cryptocurrencies, has many other potential applications (medical records, identity management, transaction processing, etc.) Unfortunately, it appears that, besides universities, most organizations doing the research on blockchains are either potential large users such as accounting firms, banks and insurance companies or very large corporations, so that buying their shares today for the blockchain exposure would be like buying a sandwich for the mustard.

Technologies that we do not understand, no matter how promising, offer no clear paths to financial success. On the other hand, another area we cannot claim to understand well is the biotechnology industry. And yet, in apparent contradiction to our own advice, we have invested in it.

The Human Genome Project (HGP) – an international research effort launched in 1988 by a special committee of the U.S. National Academy of Sciences — was completed in April 2003 and until then, for many, biotech’s promises remained largely in the domain of science fiction. The project sorted (sequenced) and mapped all of the genes present in members of our species, Homo sapiens, and gave us the ability, for the first time, to read nature’s complete genetic blueprint for building a human being.

Merriam-Webster defines biotechnology as the manipulation (through genetic engineering) of living organisms or their components to produce, among other products, novel pharmaceuticals. This non-traditional approach to drug development did not easily integrate into the chemically-focused research of the established pharmaceutical companies. A few pioneers like Genentech were born in the mid-1970s but the completion of the Human Genome Project thirty years later clearly launched a new era for drug research and discovery and gave birth to a new industry, on a scale that we at Sicart could not ignore.

But how could we select potential stock market winners in an industry that already counts more than 11,000 firms in the United States alone, as well as several thousand more in Europe and Asia? (2015 OECD report on biotechnology) To complicate things, most of these firms are still privately held and have no earnings nor, sometimes, revenues.

One early realization for us was that, with thousands of biologists and doctors directly employed in biotech research, the bio-geniuses were more likely to be in the lab than in Wall Street. Though it had become fashionable for financial firms to employ PhDs in biology and medicine, analysts with such diplomas were no more likely than biologists in the industry to guess which drugs would be successful.

As it turns out discovery, in fundamental research, is basically a random outcome, and no one can predict with assurance which company will discover or engineer a winning molecule. It could well be one of the smaller participants in the industry, whereas the biotech indexes tracked by most mutual funds and Exchange-Traded Funds (ETFs) are capitalization-weighted and trade mostly in line with the few largest companies in the sector.

Fortunately, we uncovered a biotech ETF which was almost unweighted, i.e. where most companies had a similar weight in the portfolio, regardless of their size. If a small company made an important discovery, this fund would significantly outperform traditional indexes of the sector. This was our first investment foray into biotechnology.

Later, thanks to our network of knowledgeable friends and colleagues, we identified two companies which already had some income or cash flow, and underleveraged balance sheets. These conditions would allow us to be patient while earnings rose enough, in a few years, to justify a value rationale for their purchase.

One company is developing drugs that attach themselves to strands of RNA in order to prevent them from producing disease-causing proteins. Although we have no way personally to judge the validity of that approach, we were impressed that the company had nearly 40 pipeline drugs under development, principally financed by a number of prestigious pharmaceutical partners – who presumably have some idea of what they are doing. Although the company had not yet established a steady royalty stream from products successfully commercialized by its partners, the somewhat irregular payments from various licensing fees and from reaching various research milestones had been sufficient to finance its research without the need for dilutive financings. It was easy to imagine how the success of a number of research projects, while not guaranteed, could justify in a few years a valuation well beyond today’s.

The other company’s specialty is making small, cheap and fast diagnostic devices to detect infections such as HIV, Hepatitis C, Ebola, and Zika.  Tests already in use allow for financial independence and future growth without costly outside financing. But, as the biotech revolution progresses, the pricing of expensive cures will eventually drop and governments will likely decide to eradicate some major global plagues. This will create new growth opportunities for wide-scale genetic testing. Hence, this company promises to be a safe, derivative way to benefit from the emerging golden age of biotech without betting on specific drug developments.

Conclusion

Traditional value investors cannot completely ignore the emergence of new industries and activities that are less tangible but knowledge-heavy. On the other hand, these new activities, no matter how promising on a macroeconomic level, will not necessarily engender major stock market winners beyond early speculative flurries. Imagination, selectivity and persistence are all necessary to the discovery of good investments. This is why our quest continues

 François Sicart (August 4, 2017)

 

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

 

What it takes to build a great family

James E. Hughes, Jr., Esq. was the founder of a law partnership in New York City specializing in the representation of private clients throughout the world. He is now retired from the active practice of law. He is a frequent lecturer for and member of the Purposeful Planning Institute, an early member of the Family Firm Institute, and has spoken at a number of their annual gatherings. He is an advisor to SAFOX in Shanghai, whose mission is to advise Chinese families on how to nurture multi-generational success. He has frequently addressed international and domestic symposia on avoiding the “shirtsleeves to shirtsleeves” trap. Mr. Hughes’ focus is helping families flourish by promoting the growth of their “capital” in many areas: not only financial but also human, intellectual, social and spiritual. Mr. Hughes is a Fellow of Wise Counsel Research Foundation; co-author with its founders, Keith Whitaker and Susan Massenzio of “The Cycle of the Gift” and “The Voice of the Rising Generation”; and co-author, with Mr. Whitaker and Hartley Goldstone of “Family Trusts”.

Mr. Hughes’ wisdom fits perfectly into our series on the blessings and curses of inherited wealth. He emphasizes the long-term, patient vision a great family needs and the importance of recognizing that enduring multi-generational wealth requires more than mere money. We have an old saying in America: “shirtsleeves to shirtsleeves in three generations.” This refers to the cycle of earning and spending that depletes many a pool of family wealth over decades.

Mr. Hughes reminds us: “As it takes 150 years for a copper beech tree [metaphorically, a great family] to mature, plant today because there is no time to waste.” He points out that “The vision underlying a system of family governance must be the enhancement of the pursuit of happiness of each individual family member as part of the enhancement of the family as a whole for the purpose of achieving the long-term preservation of the family’s wealth: its human, intellectual, and financial capital.”

While we at Sicart can be successful long-term investors and capital allocators, managing fortunes of families over generations, Mr. Hughes inspires us to look at the family’s prosperity and well-being in a broader, more holistic way.

We had the pleasure of discussing with Mr. Hughes a number of lessons he has shared with families over the decades. Here are some highlights:

The importance of family governance

In Family Wealth, he warns: “Without careful planning and stewardship, a hard-earned fortune can easily be dissipated within a generation or two.” Furthermore, “Wealth preservation is a dynamic process of group activity, or governance, that must be successfully re-energized in each successive generation to overcome the threat of entropy.”

Mr. Hughes explains: “If a family thinks it is in business to enhance the lives of its individual family members, it discovers the most powerful form of preservation thinking it can do.”

We are reminded of the importance of governance beyond financial capital alone: “Very few families have understood that their wealth consists of three forms of capital: human, intellectual and financial.”

Constant growth and renewal matter most: “Families fail to understand that wealth preservation is dynamic, not a static process, and that each generation of the family must be a first generation – a wealth-creating generation.”

There are three steps that we need to keep in mind:

  • “Once a family understands that joint decision making is a form of governance, its next step is to choose the system of governance that will serve the group of people who will be affected. To put it another way, the family must choose the system of governance that will cause the greatest number of family members affected to accept the decision as fair and to accept the individual consequences that flow from it.”
  • “The second step is adoption of a formal process for each successive generation to reaffirm its acceptance of the family’s system of governance.”
  • “The third step in achieving a successful system of family governance is the adoption of a process to amend its practices as the family evolves. “

Keeping the family narrative alive

In Family Wealth, we learn about the need to nurture each family’s identity: “Families fail to tell the family’s stories. These stories are the glue that binds together the individual members of the family. Family stories give members a sense of the unique history and values they share, their ‘differentness.’ A family that does not inoculate its young against childhood diseases would be risking its most precious assets. Failure to inoculate the family’s young against entropy with the vaccine of its history and the values that are contained in its stories is similarly risky.”

The importance of ritual in family’s long-term success

Mr. Hughes tells us: “Families who recognize with ritual the important passages in their members’ lives seem to fare better at overcoming the shirtsleeves proverb. This should not be surprising, since the creation and practice of rituals marking important developmental steps in the life of a human being are at the core of successful tribal life. Tribes are extended generations of an original family.”  He mentions coming of age, arrival of a new member, and incorporation of new members from outside as some of the important life stages that the rituals could honor. He adds, “Ritual thus serves two purposes in the life of a family seeking to thrive for many generations. It helps individuals develop from one life stage to another, and it helps the family succeed by promoting the development of its members.”

The family balance sheet, income statement and the long-term investment horizon

In Family Wealth, we are introduced to a broader definition of a family balance sheet: “The family balance sheet and family income statement are key tools for measuring the health of a family’s long-term wealth preservation business.” Among the family’s assets, Mr. Hughes lists intellectual, financial, and social capital. Liabilities can range from failure of family governance, death, and divorce to inflation and income taxes. In Hughes’ view an income statement should measure the family’s annual performance in managing its human and intellectual capital.

Mr. Hughes extends the usual long-term investor horizon to 100 years (or three generations) for family capital. He reminds us: “Families often fail to apply the appropriate time frames for successful wealth preservation.”

The complexity of interwoven family relationships

In Family Wealth we find this suggestion on managing the complexity of family relationships: “One of the things that we recommend families do at their governance meetings is to make a diagram of the family as a whole, of all of their interwoven relationships, and then make a similar diagram of all the individual relationships each family member shares with all of the other family members.” He adds: “For family members and their advisers to understand the complexity of a family’s relationships and their unique character as a composite of those relationships helps the family to understand how it exists and how it functions.”

A family bank enhancing its intellectual and human capital

Mr. Hughes introduces the concept of a family bank with its unique role in strengthening the family: “The family bank provides a means for a family’s wealth to be leveraged by making loans available to family members on terms not available commercially. These are loans that would be considered high risk by commercial bankers but are low risk to the family because of their contribution to the family’s long-term wealth preservation plan. Loans from a family bank are usually for two purposes: investment, to increase the family’s financial and intellectual capital; or enhancement, to increase the family’s intellectual and human capital.”

Control without ownership

In Family Wealth, we find this valuable advice: “Control without ownership expresses a way of thinking, a philosophy. This concept, when practiced, powerfully assists a family to overcome the proverb ‘shirtsleeves to shirtsleeves in three generations.’ Control without ownership means that each family member adopts the idea that ‘I am the owner of something if I control it, even if I am not the legal owner of that thing.’”

Mr. Hughes further adds: “As the years have passed, I have discovered that people are in fact very willing to give up ownership, but not control of decision making. Fear of loss of control is often so profound that it continues to permeate some individuals’ planning processes after their deaths.”

Finally, we read: “Every plan for the long-term wealth preservation has to take the issue of control into account and find a way to deal with it positively.”

Beneficiaries and trustees

Mr. Hughes tells us “Two complex relationships are formed between a beneficiary and trustee when a trust is created. First is the legal relationship, and the resulting individual and joint responsibilities created by that relationship. Second is the behavioral dynamic between a beneficiary who is fully educated on what it means to be a beneficiary, and a trustee who understands that his or her role is to be the beneficiary’s representative.”

He adds, “When a beneficiary and a trustee fully appreciate each other’s roles and responsibilities in the governance of the trust, their understanding advances the family’s long-term wealth preservation plan by making joint governance of the trust a positive experience for both parties. “

The role of personne de confiance

In Mr. Hughes’ book Family: The Compact Among Generations, we are introduced to the role of personne de confiance. He explains how “Personne de confiance almost always begin their careers as personnes d’affaires” and how “for centuries, these devoted professionals sought to achieve the highest status that family could bestow: the personne de confiance.”

He further shares: “In my father’s explanation, there lies another clear way to distinguish between the personne d’affaires, the person offering advice or knowledge, from the personne de confiance, the person offering courage. The person offering knowledge fills a gap in client’s needs at a level that requires no ongoing lifelong relationship with the client.”

We also learn that: “The person offering courage asks very different questions of the client, often bearing on a transition in the life of a family member or in the life of the family as a whole. Courage is the defining word because the serving professional, as personne de confiance, will frequently be expected to provide the courage needed for decision at hand, when the client knows the right answer, but lacks the resolve to act on it.”

Personne de confiance plays a role of a confidante, intermediary, among others. We, at Sicart Associates, grew to appreciate the importance of personne de confiance in a long-term success and well-being of a great family.

Family philanthropy

Family philanthropy is a frequently recurring topic that we have discussed in earlier parts of our series. In Mr. Hughes’ book, we are reminded of its importance: “Philanthropy is first, perhaps, the fundamental parent expression of personal and family values. If the family mission statement is an expression of these values, philanthropy is often the best way to move them into practice. Philanthropy can often be a means for family members who are isolated from society by their wealth to connect with the larger issues of the world and to find an active and meaningful place in it.”

The roles of mentors in the family

In Family Wealth, we learn: “Mentor represents two roles: first, that of regent, a person of deep trustworthiness who can safely hold the space for another, while that other goes on a quest; second, that of the elder and teacher who can instill knowledge in another, particularly wisdom about the other person’s journey of self-discovery.”

The author concludes: “Successful mentoring is a dialogue in which both parties learn something essential.”

Grandparents and grandchildren – natural allies

Mr. Hughes highlights the importance of a unique relationship that grandparents have with their grandchildren: “History and literature, as well as my own personal experience, all indicate that a grandparent’s relationship with his or her grandchildren is filled with pure love. Grandparenting offers the chance to teach the family positive virtues, stories, and myths without the parental obligation of being concerned with discipline and passing on by admonition the family’s negative experiences.”

In our conversations Mr. Hughes added: “Many surveys of Millennials and GenXers advise that these groups feel their grandparents are those they admire the most—not celebrities.”

 Family inversions, a new phenomenon

Mr. Hughes also commented on an interesting demographic shift that affects planning across generations. Historically the field has assumed an ever-increasing number of family members as generations evolve. However, he says, “In every developed country of the world the birth rate is far below replacement and even lower when applied only to the 1%. Thus, the reality for almost all families in the developed world (and now rapidly in the developing world among the equivalent 1% populations), families are inverting. Clearly within the next two family generations many of these families, as demography predicts, will have branches go extinct if not the family itself. I believe the planning community has missed this completely and needs to understand that its statistics about families’ unfettered growth are not only wrong — they are predicting the exact opposite of families’ realities. Helping families project their actual realities is critical to their planning realistically and fruitfully.”

Our highlights by no means cover all the great lessons from Mr. Hughes’ book – Family Wealth. We highly recommend exploring it in more detail, as well as his other publications including The Cycle of the Gift: Family Wealth and Wisdom, and Family: The Compact Among Generations.

Bogumil Baranowski – July 19th, 2017

Available as a video podcast or audio podcast (iTunes and Podbean).

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

OF STORIES AND NUMBERS

Participants in the investment markets tend to fall into one of two categories. A growing number engages in a relative performance contest where they essentially compete against each other or against “unmanaged” indexes over relatively short periods of time: one, five or, more rarely, ten years. These short periods are convenient for consultants and marketing staffs but, in our observation, sprinters seldom win marathons. We thus prefer to ignore short- or medium-term market fluctuations and to concentrate on our goal, which is to grow the patrimonies of our client families — along with our own — over multiple cycles and several generations.

As Ben Graham, mentor to Warren Buffett and to some of modern history’s most successful investors, wrote in The Intelligent Investor (Harper & Brothers, 1949), “Investing isn’t about beating others at their game. It’s about controlling yourself at your own game.”

We have already explained our caution toward today’s investment markets and why we currently prefer to hold significant cash reserves — not so much as a protection against the next decline (whenever it finally comes), but rather as dry powder to use when outstanding opportunities arise. Our practice is to buy, perhaps aggressively, at lower prices and when pessimism is rampant.

Meanwhile, our research continues unabated, although it mostly feeds a wish list of purchase candidates (at lower prices) and only occasionally triggers immediate decisions. We are also using this period to constantly fine-tune our selection criteria and our strategic approach, which will be the subject of this letter.

Traditional Value Investing Was Never Truly Long-Term

We have long described our investment discipline as “value, contrarian” but we have also stressed that we are long-term investors – as opposed to shorter-term traders. The main logic behind this choice is that little usually happens in the short term to drastically change a company’s intrinsic value or its fundamental prospects. Mostly, what changes over these shorter time frames is volatility — the mood of the investing crowd and what it is willing to pay for a dollar’s worth of earnings, cash-flow or assets. As Ben Graham used to say, “In the short run, the market is a voting machine but in the long run, it is a weighing machine.” We prefer weighing to counting votes.

Individually, the words value and long-term seem intuitively compatible with a conservative approach. But closer scrutiny may reveal that combining them into a single investment formula constitutes a challenge.

The discipline of a value investor is to buy businesses at a significant discount of their current intrinsic value.

Over time, the main components of a business’ intrinsic value (sales, earnings, cash-flow, net assets) may not grow in a straight line, but they usually do so on a moderately cyclical uptrend. On the other hand, the price of that same business on the stock market’s “voting machine” is largely determined by the pessimism or enthusiasm of the investing crowd, which fluctuates more rapidly and with greater volatility than the fundamentals.

Typically, a stock bought at a significant discount from intrinsic value will thus move from undervalued to fully valued and overvalued, but then, generally, back down the same valuation scale and so forth.

There have been numerous studies, including by Nobel laureate and Yale professor Robert J. Shiller, which illustrate that the higher the premiums of stock prices climb over either historical norms or various valuation criteria, the lower the future returns. It thus makes sense for value investors to sell a stock bought at a discount from its intrinsic value when it goes to a premium. The “long term” thus becomes subject to valuation levels.

Warren Buffet, Berkshire Hathaway’s chairman and perhaps today’s most famous investor, once claimed that: “Our favorite holding period is forever” (Annual Report, 1988). This is easy to say and to practice when you buy an entire company or a controlling interest in it. If you are a smaller value investor, however, the companies you bought at a discount will eventually become attractive to other companies as well. In many cases, the stock will be taken over from you more rapidly and at a profit that will be decent, but smaller than you had hoped for over time. As a result, a successful value portfolio sometimes tends to trade more often than its long-term manager would prefer.

In recent months, such takeovers have happened to us several times, but this is a mixed blessing: it helps our near-term investment results by moderate increments, but it also detracts from more sizeable gains we hoped to realize in the longer term. In addition, it requires us to find undervalued replacements for our portfolios. In periods like the present, when compellingly undervalued stocks are rare, this often winds up increasing our already large cash balance. This outcome may prove a godsend when the markets’ day of reckoning finally arrives, but in the interim it tends to unnerve the impatient, who are always afraid of missing “something.”

Narratives and Growth, Numbers and Value

Narrative and Numbers, a new book by NYU Professor Aswath Damodaran (Columbia University Press, 2017) deals with the importance of numbers but also of the narrative in business and investment decisions. Interpreting both forms of information is essential, but both can be misleading. Furthermore, the skills to decode them often belong to very different people, which makes it difficult to approach an unbiased, uniform truth.

Still, Prof. Damodaran, an expert in finance and business valuation, argues for an approach where a business narrative is favored (for understanding) but strictly contained by numbers (to avoid self-deception and wishful thinking).

Reading his book reminded me of the age-long feud between value and growth investors.

Value investing is almost entirely about numbers: figuring what a company is worth and trying to buy its shares at a discount from that value, which also implies a contrarian bias. “Value investing is at its core the marriage of a contrarian streak and a calculator,” says Seth Klarman of the Baupost Group, one of the most successful investors of recent decades.

As a numbers-based discipline, value investing deals principally with the present and carefully stays clear of forecasts and projections into the future.

The least famous of the star investors, Walter Schloss (with his son Edwin) achieved a spectacular record over 41 years, beating the market from 1956 to 1997 by 20% vs. 11% annually (*). Most of their research was done from company annual reports. Indeed, Schloss put little faith in earnings estimates or the guidance of management and avoided contacting companies before investing. The key to successful investing, he maintained, is to properly value a company’s assets, since companies can easily manipulate earnings through accounting adjustments. (*Wall Street on Sale, Timothy P. Vick, McGraw-Hill, 1998)

Qualitatively, then, traditional value investing mostly relies on the credibility of a company’s numbers.

Growth investing, at the opposite, is mostly about narrative. One looks at a company’s past record, to get an idea of the business’s strengths and weaknesses as well as of management’s skills, but also to extrapolate an estimate of future growth in sales and profits.

If the past record of growth in sales, earnings and cash flow is superior, the future for the company’s business drivers looks favorable, and the quality of management promises continued superior growth and profitability, an investor does not have to buy shares at a discount from current intrinsic value: he or she can simply wait for the intrinsic value to grow.

Dean LeBaron, a pioneer of quantitative investing explains, “Growth investing tends to be based more on qualitative judgments about the kind of companies that will offer remarkable growth rates and exceptional returns… It [is] presumed that companies with a past record of growth in revenues and earnings [have] the momentum to carry them into the future. And they have to go farther into the future or at greater rates of growth than the market had already accorded in its discounting through current prices.”

He also quotes T. Rowe Price, who first set out the principles of growth stock valuation in the 1930s: “Growth stocks can be defined as shares in business enterprises that have demonstrated favorable underlying long-term growth in earnings and that, after careful research study, give indications of continued secular growth in the future.”  (Dean LeBaron’s Treasury of Investment Income, John Wiley & Sons, 2002)

 Self-Confidence, Dreams and Hubris

During the 1960s, Charlie Munger worked hard to convince his compadre Warren Buffett, until then a staunch practitioner of the Ben Graham school of value investing, to look for quality first rather than to seek out deep value.

Buying cheap, “cigar-butt” stocks, as advised by Graham, “was a snare and a delusion, and it would never work with the kinds of sums of money we have,” Munger recalled in the Wall Street Journal (September 2014). The conversion was sealed when Warren Buffett wrote in Berkshire Hathaway’s 1989 Chairman’s Letter: “It’s far better to buy a wonderful company at a fair price than a fair company at a wonderful price.”

Munger’s long-term logic is compelling: “If [a] business earns 6% on capital over 40 years and you hold it for that 40 years, you’re not going to make much different than a 6% return—even if you originally buy it at a huge discount. Conversely, if a business earns 18% on capital over 20 or 30 years, even if you pay an expensive-looking price, you’ll end up with a fine result.” (ValueWalk.com 2015)

But one thing that comes across clearly from Munger’s writings and interviews is that he is extremely confident in his own intelligence and judgment. It takes a lot of both to “understand a company’s competitive advantage in every aspect — markets, trademarks, products, employees, distribution channels, position relative to trends in society and culture, etc.” (*) and to trust that it will continue to grow and prosper over 40 years. (* Poor Charlie’s Almanack, Peter Kaufman,  Donning Company Publishing 2005)

Not everyone possesses that discernment all the time. For example, many growth investors expend a lot of effort trying to evaluate the quality of a company’s management, but this can be an elusive and volatile notion, as I was taught by two personal experiences.

In 1969, my first assignment as a young analyst was to write a report on American Metal Climax (AMAX), a leading molybdenum and non-ferrous metals producer. Over several weeks, I got all the numbers I could have wanted from the company’s financial comptroller, as well as some useful insights. I also got to meet Ian MacGregor, the company’s chairman. By the time I submitted my report to the senior partners, I knew most of what there was to know about the company. In fact, when AMAX’s copper mines in Zambia were nationalized, I knew instantly how many kwachas per share this would cost the company!

When I recommended AMAX (*) as a contrarian, value investment, however, several partners objected that it did not have the reputation of a well-managed company. Then in the following couple of years the price of copper doubled and MacGregor’s leadership was widely recognized.  It is said that, for investors, genius is a bull market. It could be said that in the corporate world, it is rising product prices that turn corporate managers into “geniuses.”  * In 1993, AMAX merged into the Cyprus Minerals Company which, following subsequent mergers, is no longer listed.

Some years later, Philip Fisher, viewed by some as the “pope” of growth investing, invited me to visit a California company with him. Fisher famously paid more attention to the quality of people, products, and policies of firms than to their past financial numbers. “After reading financial reports, he gathers background information about his purchase candidate. He speaks by phone or in person with customers, suppliers, competitors, and others knowledgeable about the company. Then, if the company is worthy of further consideration, he meets with the firm’s top executives and questions them about their businesses.” (Nikki Ross, Lessons from the Legends of Wall Street, Dearborn Trade, 2000).

I certainly can vouch for Philip Fisher’s investigative thoroughness and keen understanding of the businesses he analyzed. In spite of this, however, the subsequent performance of the company we visited together was disappointing. This does not detract from Fisher’s well-deserved reputation as an outstanding analyst or from his investment record: it just goes to prove that qualitative judgments about corporate managements are iffy.

Reconciling Numbers and Narrative, Growth and Value

We live in an era when Adam Smith’s “creative destruction” has intensified. Increasingly, the way to measure productivity and success in traditional industries such as metals, chemicals, manufacturing or economic sectors such as services and retail, is becoming irrelevant to newer, more immaterial, even virtual businesses that are replacing them.

It is difficult to fathom the future value of “disruptive” businesses when they have little or no current profit and the size of the markets they can eventually capture from older competitors is still speculative. Yet it is difficult to ignore that biotechnology companies, Amazon, Google, Uber, Facebook, TripAdvisor, Netflix and the like are transforming the investment landscape. How do we adapt our research universe to include these new entrants without abandoning our value, contrarian discipline?

I think one error would be to try and apply our traditional value criteria to the new growth industries, which typically are asset-light and intellectual-property- or know-how-heavy. But another error would be relying only on these companies’ narratives and on the “alternative” accounting data they often adopt.

We have elected to treat the two universes separately: One is well-suited for traditional accounting and analytical criteria and another is more suited for the narrative and imagination, though we try to make an educated guess about credible numbers.

In both universes, we enjoy an advantage over the majority of investors: the luxury of having a longer time horizon. Most financial analysts and portfolio managers look at corporate results on a one-year horizon, two years at most. This is dictated by clients, boards, trustees and consultants, who scrutinize performance over short periods ranging from quarterly to annual. We, on the other hand, are willing to make educated but considered guesses about sales, earnings and valuation two or more years out.

For the “narrative” part of our universe, even though precise estimates would be an illusion, we make every effort to envision all possibilities five years out or more, and then weigh the risk of loss against the profit potential of our various scenarios.

As we do this, we try to keep in mind the admonition of Peter Lynch, legendary manager of the once-spectacularly successful Magellan Fund. Lynch warned that that there are two ways investors can fake themselves out of the big returns that come from great growth companies:

“The first is waiting to buy the stock when it looks cheap… The second is to underestimate how long a great growth company can keep up the pace.” Both mistakes are easy to make, but Lynch had a reliable sell signal: “If 40 Wall Street analysts are giving the stock their highest recommendation, 60 percent of the shares are held by institutions, and three national magazines have fawned over the CEO, then it’s definitely time to think about selling.” (One Up on Wall Street, Penguin Books, 1989)

This is why both our value selections and our growth ventures will continue to have a contrarian bias.

François Sicart

July 15, 2017

 

Disclosure:

This report is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

 

A CAREER, A FRIENDSHIP AND A MORAL TALE IN MEMORIAM of MRS. B

Financial institutions like to claim that they always put their clients’ interests before their own — or at least on par with them. Real life shows us scant evidence of that claim. Truth be told, it is hard to sustain a money-management firm as a business (rather than as a professional practice, which used to be the model) without running into conflicts between your clients’ interests and your own.

I deeply believe that resolving those conflicts of interest with probity is key           to building a successful practice over time, and I have at least one compelling example to help me remind young colleagues that probity pays.

Last weekend, I learned from one of her sons that one of my oldest clients had passed away. Mrs. B. had followed me with unshakable loyalty and friendship through most of my professional life. The milestones of my career paralleled those of her growing family.

In the 1970s, Mrs. B.’s husband and his family owned a well-known business. Tucker Anthony, which I recently had joined as the Senior Partner’s assistant, managed its pension fund.

Prior to joining Tucker Anthony, my boss had been a partner in a small firm whose three other members had been stock market investors since before the 1930s Great Depression. Those men had not only survived the Depression financially — they had all become quite rich. One of them was Walter Mewing, a great value investor in the Ben Graham tradition, who had initially started as a messenger boy on Wall Street.

Not long after my joining Tucker Anthony, the B. Company entered into an agreement to be acquired by a larger and more aggressive company.

Walter Mewing, by then retired, nevertheless shared with us his concern that the acquiring company might raid the pension fund of the B. Company which, thanks to many years of successful investment, had become significantly over-funded. Such a raid would clearly be to the detriment of the fund’s existing beneficiaries –the company’s employees. On Mr. Mewing’s advice, and with Mr. B’s approval, we at Tucker Anthony decided to liquidate the pension portfolio and buy annuities for each one of the employees.

As a result, we lost one of our largest accounts. But doing the right thing, while financially expensive, proved highly rewarding morally — and eventually financially as well.

We did retain a few, much smaller accounts for the B. family. The friendship and loyalty continued over the years.

Then, in the late 1990s, after declining for more than 15 years, the price of oil started rising in earnest. Unbeknownst to us, Mrs. B.’s. father-in-law had accumulated a large number of small oil royalties – presumably in the 1950s and 1960s. After insignificant payouts during the long years of depressed oil prices, these royalties began to steadily boost the family’s income over the last twenty years.

This allowed Mrs. B., who had become the family’s financial steward even before her husband’s death, to engineer wise patrimonial distributions to her many heirs. By the time she died, she had opened twenty accounts for her children, grand-children and great-grand-children. The family again became one of our large clients.

This episode reinforced my conviction that even in the notorious jungle we call Wall Street, doing the right thing has its rewards. As to Mrs. B., I will never forget her loyalty and friendship, nor the astuteness with which she steered her family’s affairs.

François Sicart

May 16, 2017

 Disclosure: This report is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

New Generation Of Successful Entrepreneurs, New Ways Of Giving Back And Monitoring

In our series “Blessings & Curses of Inherited Wealth – The Guide for Inheritors”, we have had the pleasure to investigate inheritance with inheritors, experts and authors,with a variety of stories and experiences. The one topic that comes up very often is philanthropy. A lot of inheritors and first generation wealth creators find it very fulfilling to give back. It helps them find a fuller sense of purpose, and makes them feel part of the community.

As much as philanthropy is a worthwhile, inspiring pursuit, it can have its challenges. Alexandre Mars took upon himself making giving back easier, more efficient, and smarter by employing his skills, talents, and experience acquired in business, entrepreneurship and technology.

Mr. Mars’ Epic Foundation links wealthy young entrepreneurs with charities helping children and young people. Smartphones, apps, virtual reality headsets are the tools used by Epic to jumpstart a wave of innovation in philanthropy; I had the pleasure of attending their gala last year at the French Consulate in New York City. and I learned a lot about how connecting donors with those who benefit from their donations is changing.

Alexander Mars was kind enough to sit down with us and tells us more about his philanthropy.

What was the inspiration for the Epic idea?

I always knew I would use my success for good- it was embedded in me from a young age. Upon selling my fifth startup, I went on a journey to decide how exactly that would be. My wife and I pulled our kids out of school and spent months traveling the world- from Peru to Mongolia, Sydney to Moscow- sitting down with local people, philanthropists, policy makers and NGOs, asking “how does it work in your country, how do you think we can have an impact, what can be different in the near future?”

This period of market research revealed a major gap between charities that need funding and those who want to give: 1) The charitable sector has been slow to adopt technology for the purpose of donor engagement. 2) Non-profits are still communicating with their donors through traditional means (i.e. an annual report). 3) People are confounded by the number of organizations supporting each cause and lack the time, knowledge or trust in their work to contribute.

As an entrepreneur, I was able to identify these gaps and understand how I could use my two decades of skills and experiences to fill them in. Thus, Epic Foundation was born.

 Your motto is: “give better, give smarter, give more” – could you elaborate on those three main goals.

Our tag line is aligned with the gaps we’re trying to fill- mainly the lack of knowledge, time and trust people have in their charity. We’re tapping into a wealth of resources available to us through innovation, design thinking, etc. to overcome the barriers people face when they’re giving. We’re allowing them to feel more confident in their donation which in turn makes them want to give more.

How does technology affect philanthropy?

The same way it is affecting every other industry today- it’s driving change. Philanthropy has been shifting for several years. On one hand, the conveniences of technology have allowed everyone to see the perils of the world more easily, so the perception of philanthropy as a hobby for wealthy retirees no longer applies. The narrative that you should wait until you have the wealth or the time to give back is no longer relevant.

On the other hand, technology is facilitating the ways people are getting involved. One obstruction preventing people from giving is the lack of transparency in where their money is going. Technology is able to overcome this. As in the case of Epic, we enable our donors to track their social portfolio online– similar to how you can monitor a stock portfolio – to help people understand how their donation is creating impact.

The younger generation wants to give more, and start giving earlier – what’s your advice for them? How can Epic play a role in their pursuit?

It’s no surprise that, as the nature of philanthropy is changing, so are the types of people who are coming forward to give. The new generation of donors are tech savvy, hungry to get involved and make a powerful impact in the world today. They want to go beyond giving money and become more active in helping the causes they care about.

For this generation, the lines between philanthropy, consumption and work are blurring as young people seek to align different elements of their lives with their values. It’s a powerful movement and young people should recognize this strength. As the generation that will soon dominate the workforce, they can cover some serious ground in urging their employers and elders to get involved.

Epic is advocating for young workers’ involvement in philanthropy by helping businesses integrate ways for them to give to charity. For example, we have advised several entrepreneurs, family offices and even companies, from luxury retailers to blue-collar manufacturing corporations, on how they can institute payroll giving. It’s a simple option added to your paycheck that turns leftover change into impact. That sixty cents at the end of your paycheck may be meaningless to you, but when added to the pool of leftover change from 1,000+ other employees- that’s meaningful.

There are many causes, and many places in need. How do you choose your area of focus? What are they?

All of our organizations support children and youth. This focus acts as an umbrella with four targeted areas of impact directly beneath- rights & protection, health, education and economic empowerment.

Traveling the world with my own children has given me the privilege to meet and live with families around the world. It’s clear to me that the challenges we as parents and citizens are all so worried about, such as climate change, will be faced and fought in full by our children. To solve these big global challenges we have to invest in empowering the next generation of global leadership: our children and youth around the world.

You put a lot of emphasis on monitoring your impact. How do you accomplish it? Why is it so important?

This need has surfaced through the abilities of technology to finally allow us to tackle it in a simple and effective manner. Gone are the days people rely on end-of-the-year paper reports because that’s the only manner of engagement with a nonprofit that existed. If technology allows us to log on and check our investment portfolios, why shouldn’t the same platform exist to check our impact portfolios as well?

Money is money. The desire for consumers to know what their money is buying is no different from donors who want to know where their money is going. This has become even more important as the news of scandals and mismanagement of funds from a small number of NGOs splashed across page 6 have eroded people’s confidence in charities. Our monitoring team ensures that donors receive a true and fair assessment of organizations, enjoy transparency and accountability and significantly mitigate the risk of an underachieving philanthropic strategy.

Lastly, you allow donors to experience their impact? How do you do that? Why do you think it plays such an important role especially with younger donors?

For years, giving was seen as a one-sided action which is why we viewed those who don’t give as “selfish”- it’s an emphasis on the self. You can really see this has started to change with new terms such as “impact investing” or “corporate social responsibility” gaining momentum in recent years. An investment means you get something back, so it’s a clear shift from the previous narrative.

These terms run parallel to the needs of a new generation of donors who desire a two-way conversation around giving. We realized this early on, which is why it’s so heavily embedded into what we do, but we also saw growth in people focusing on new experiences. The younger generation is keen on showing what they’re engaged in. You don’t see their Instagram feeds with 10 pictures of their new sofa. Instead, you see them exploring new places, trying new things, volunteering, etc.

We organize on-site donor visits to some of the 30 (and counting!) organizations we support. There’s power in a simple site visit that can turn curiosity in stopping by the drop-off center from Ali Forney Center (one of our NYC-based organizations helping homeless LGBTQ youth), for example, into suggesting a new activity helping the beneficiaries, or identifying a way to donate your time to the cause you support as well.

For those who cannot physically visit the organizations, we’ve introduced virtual reality (VR) capabilities in a series of VR-based films providing a window into the work of the organizations we work with. People can step into a classroom in East Africa or a children’s hospice in the UK without ever stepping foot out of their living room. It’s pretty powerful stuff! I still get excited waiting for someone’s reaction about 5 seconds after I put a VR headset on them and start the video.

Thank you for taking the time to discuss with us new ways of giving back for the new generation of philanthropists.

 

Available as a video podcast or audio podcast (iTunes and Podbean).

Disclosure: This report is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

The Inheritance Plan – The Right And The Wrong Way

Part 3 – Introducing Jeffrey Condon the Author of Beyond the Grave: The Right Way and the Wrong Way of Leaving Money to Your Children (and Others).

There are many books about the challenges and dilemmas of inheritance planning, but very few are written in a simple, easy-to-understand, relatable way. Beyond the Grave is full of examples, candid advice, and straightforward answers to some very difficult questions.

We learn about the importance of having an inheritance plan, and the author explains that there is the right, and the wrong way. We are reminded how crucial it is to treat beneficiaries equally. Among many other lessons, we also find an interesting discussion of one of the most frequent questions when it comes to inheritance – how much is too much?

With his late father, Gerald M. Condon, Jeffrey is the co-author of Beyond The Grave: The Right Way and the Wrong Way of Leaving Money to Your Children (and Others). Published in 1996 and revised in 2001, it was updated in 2014. The Wall Street Journal has called Jeffrey’s first book “the best estate planning book in America.” In 2008, Jeffrey authored The Living Trust Advisor: Everything You Need to Know About Your Living Trust (John Wiley & Sons).

In this third part of our series on inherited wealth, we feature selected highlights from the book. We had the pleasure of getting Mr. Condon’s feedback and discussing some very interesting aspects of estate planning with him in the process.

Beyond the Grave takes away the mystery and confusion, and shines a bright light on some of the dilemmas, explaining it all in a simple way. The book is full of “aha” moments, where Mr. Condon tell us what he used to believe as a young attorney, what people’s intuition might suggest, and what has really worked for his clients over the years.

What is an inheritance plan?

Mr. Condon provides a straightforward definition. He writes: “Whatever the form, an inheritance plan boils down to one purpose: It is your instructions for who inherits your money and property, when they inherit, and on what conditions they inherit.”

If you have ever been intimidated by the idea of establishing your own inheritance plan, now you know that it’s an answer to three questions: who, when and how? Let’s begin.

The right way and the wrong way

Before we too quickly conclude that creating an appropriate inheritance plan is simple, Mr. Condon shares with us: “I have learned the hard way that there is a right way and a wrong way of leaving money and property to spouses, children, grandchildren, and other heirs. “He adds: “This book will open your eyes to the panorama of potential family conflicts and problems that often occur in the inheritance area, most of which you never before considered.”

Our perfect children

We read in the book: “In every literate society, there is this saying about inheriting wealth: If you really want to know a person’s true character, share an inheritance with that person. This is sage advice. Having observed what happens between children following their parents’ death, I have arrived at one indelible conclusion: Your children may be perfect – but you really don’t know them until they divide your money.”

As we later learn in the book, planning for a variety of scenarios (and some unexpected sources of trouble) may help children divide parents’ money in a more orderly fashion without unnecessary conflicts.

Equal or not

This is a question that seems to be on many people’s minds: how should I divide the inheritance? Do I  give more to the financially struggling kids and less to the more successful? How do I measure their success anyway? Is there a way to be fair? Mr. Condon simply says – give to them equally. Always. Do as much as you can to balance their inheritances, and do it before you die.

He writes: “If you care about maintaining family harmony after your death, leave your money and property to your children equally, regardless of their economic circumstances or their beau geste declarations.” He adds further: “Even the most seemingly harmless inequality can cause problems.”

When should the kids get the inheritance

Mr. Condon tells us that interval allocation doesn’t work. This is the idea of giving beneficiaries access to their inheritance in installments at pre-determined ages. Condon states, “Although Interval Allocation remains popular and is frequently used, I believe it is fatally flawed. Why? Because it simply does not work! It may do little, if anything, to lead the financially immature child to maturity.”

He is in favor of “the wait and see program” where an inheritance plan provides that a Trustee controls the inheritance and measures the beneficiary’s progress in terms of responsibility, stability, independent earning power.  The Trustee then adjusts the age when the legatee receives control. This leaves more flexibility to the Trustee, and helps minimize unwelcome consequences of giving too much too early — or too little too late.

Motivating the inheritors

In Beyond the Grave, we hear that “there is no better incentive than money to motivate your child toward gainful employment.” The author writes: “the dollar-for-dollar incentive is the best thing I’ve found to ‘coerce’ a child into getting a job.”

I found the dollar-for-dollar concept refreshing. In this situation, the Trustee matches what the beneficiary earns on his or her own. Again, Mr. Condon’s advice is very blunt, and straightforward, and worth serious consideration.

How much inheritance is too much

Inheritance itself should be more a blessing than a curse, as the title of our series discusses.

Mr. Condon shares with us: “Since Beyond the Grave was first published, this concern has become the ‘hot’ topic in family inheritance planning. Never before have I encountered more people who fear that a large inheritance will lead their responsible children to become classic ne’er-do-wells who hang out at the country club or who will acquire bad habits.”

He adds: “With the ‘New Economy’ having created more millionaires than ever before in American history, this issue will undoubtedly be considered and addressed more than ever before. But one does not have to be a Captain (of Industry) or a millionaire to share the concern that a significant inheritance can lead a ‘good kid’ down the path of irresponsibility. It is simply a natural feeling to want our children to make the most of their lives.”

Mr. Condon recommends his version of incentive-based planning, while informing us that the typical “carrot-and-stick” methods do not work: “I prefer an incentive-based plan not built on reward but on cold, hard reality of ‘that’s all you get.’ This is a no-strings-attached plan that states, in essence, as follows: ‘Child, when we die, your inheritance will be held by a Money Manager who, for the rest of your life, will pay you an amount equal to the monthly support we have given you during our lifetime.’”

He adds: “This is more than an incentive-based plan – this is a reality check!”

Controlling child’s life from the grave

Mr. Condon quotes examples of parents who want their kids to follow certain rules or change their behavior and try to use inheritance to steer their kids that way. He shares: “For them, the inheritance plan is not just a way to transfer their wealth when they die. It is a tool to control their child’s life from the grave.”

On one hand, he writes: “I am a firm believer in inheritance conditions when they are designed to prevent the inheritance from being squandered due to the problems in your children’s lives – addiction, financial immaturity, disability, marriage, and divorce problems, and the like.”

On the other hand, he adds: “You know that I am somewhat opposed to rewards-based inheritance planning for children whose only addiction is avoiding a conventional lifestyle or whose only disability is not being desirous of attaining education or employment. Not only do I instinctively react against parents attempting to control their children too much from the grave, I believe these plans do not ensure that the goals to be sought will be achieved.”

Child’s trustee

Mr. Condon talks about the importance of ensuring the execution of your wishes when it comes inheritance. The Trustee plays a key role here. He shares in his book the three alternatives: a private individual, a banking or other financial institution, or the child himself or herself.

There is no one-size-fits-all answer here, but one lesson resonated with me the most. Mr. Condon counsels against naming one sibling as Trustee of the other. He writes: “There are sensible reasons that make it seem right to appoint a child’s sibling a Trustee. Early in my practice, I invariably agreed with this choice. But since then clients have died, and I have seen what happens when one child holds money for another, inevitably, there will be stress on – or the destruction of – the sibling relationship.  Why? Because when one sibling holds money for another, the tie that binds is no longer only blood – it is blood and money.”

Succession of the family business

With the majority of new wealth coming from new businesses, business succession becomes a frequent challenge for successful wealth creators and their beneficiaries. Mr. Condon reminds us: “Statistically, two out of three family businesses do not survive the death of the founding parents. The federal estate tax, the death of key men, a lack of management skills, no child with desire to take over and carry on – all these problems work against the family business surviving into the next generation.”

Here, Mr. Conon emphasizes again the importance of treating all siblings equally. If only one of them is interested in the family concern, he suggests that child should inherit the business, while the other(s) should receive assets of equal value or an insurance policy on the parent’s life (if insufficient assets are available).

The author warns us about dividing a business, as when one sibling holds a majority interest. Conflicts may arise with the minority-share sibling(s) receiving lesser distributions. These situations can lead to litigation, putting the business at risk.

Thinking of grandchildren

In Beyond the Grave, we learn how all grandchildren should be treated equally as well. If grandparents have fears about the use of money, Condon suggests urging grandchildren to account for the gifts they have been given, and explain what they are doing with the gifts.

Mr. Condon draws our attention to an important challenge, though: “If your child is like most children, his attitude about your lifetime gifts to your grandson is: ‘Dad and Mom, your gifts are great but don’t give him too much. Leave your money to me and I will take care of my child.’ If you don’t follow this thinking, your child may resent that you gave away some of his inheritance. The result is that you may have created enmity between your child and your grandson. Before you make an appreciable gift to your grandson, I urge you to be sensitive to this possibility.”

Leaving your money to charity

It’s a frequent question – how do we prepare for leaving some or all of our fortune to charity? Mr. Condon tells us that there is no better way than both doing your research on a specific charity, and getting personally involved before committing your fortune to the cause.

Cautionary tales

Towards the end of the book, Mr. Condon shares some really interesting cautionary tales. Not to give too much away, we’ll mention two.

In the first tale: “Probate is the ‘Lawyers’ Retirement Fund,’” Mr. Condon introduces us to a couple who own a house. It’s a second marriage for both, and both have children from their first marriage. Although the husband left a will, the author points out that “this Will was self-executing. In order to carry out Mr. Schultz’ wishes, the Will had to be submitted to court for ‘probate,’ which, in a nutshell, is the court-supervised process of transferring assets from the dead to the living. The probate process took about thirteen months and about $12,000 in court costs and attorney’s fees… but she ultimately ended up with the entire house.”

He adds: “I advised Mrs. Schultz that now that she owned the entire house, she should have a Living Trust. With a Living Trust, she retains ownership and control of the house during her life. On her death, the Living Trust then transfers the ownership of the house to her children without that probate court nonsense.”

That’s not the end of the story, though. Mrs. Schultz didn’t act on the advice, and a year later, when she passed away, her children had to face the probate process again, with all the time and money that it consumes.

In the second tale, Mr. Condon shares a lesson: “You have to predict the future about the nature of the relationship between Trustee and Beneficiary.” He writes: “Getting the right trustee to manage the family money and property for the surviving spouse’s benefit is a very important choice. If the surviving spouse and the trustee can’t get along, problems and unhappiness will arise.” We learn further: “My personal preference is the professional trustee, which is contrary to most clients’ decisions. If a personality or management-driven conflict arises between the beneficiary and the individual assigned by the bank or other institutional trustee to interact with the beneficiary, a different person can be assigned.”

Final thought: should you tell your children about your inheritance plan?

Mr. Condon closes the book with one of the biggest questions – should you tell your children about your inheritance plan? He writes: “I never cease to be amazed how often clients ask this question when common sense dictates it is the right thing to do. Nevertheless, clients seem loath to discuss inheritance issues with their children, leaving their children in a mystery as to the contents of their parents’ inheritance plan. “

He advises: “Even if discussing inheritance issues with your children goes against your grain, I strongly encourage you to do it anyway. If you care enough, this is the true solution to potential conflicts and the simplest way to their resolution.”

There is much more in the book than we have been able to cover in this article. The book discusses further how a proper inheritance plan can help avoid probate, and allows you to take advantage of estate tax exemption, and more. We hope you will enjoy it as much as we did.

 

Bogumil Baranowski – February 24th, 2017

Available as a video podcast or audio podcast (iTunes and Podbean).

Disclosure:

 

This report is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Breaking The Triple Taboo – The Inheritance

Our guest is Ann Perry, the author of The Wise Inheritor: A Guide to Managing, Investing and Enjoying Your Inheritance.

It’s rare to see a book about inheritance written from the perspective of the heirs. Ms. Perry’s grandmother popularized the first widely marketed Go Fish card game, helping lay the foundation for Ms. Perry’s own inheritance.

She tells us that money is the last taboo, and inheritance a triple taboo. She also reminds us that inherited money should be treated differently. We learn that with looming biggest ever wealth transfer of tens of trillions of dollars, more of us than ever will be facing the dilemmas of inheritance. What can we do to be better prepared?

Bogumil: Thank you for taking the time to talk to us. I really enjoyed reading your book. I’d be curious to know what got you interested in the topic of inheritance, where did the inspiration come from?

AP:

Thank you. My inspiration came from my own experience receiving a modest inheritance of $500,000 in 1993 after my mother passed away. I was quite surprised that her estate was worth as much as it was. After all, she was a grade-school teacher living on a fixed income. However, she was frugal—and she had preserved most of what she had inherited from her family.

As an only child, I was also overwhelmed by the gift of these assets, a family home, a summer home, an IRA account and various stock holdings.

At the time of her death, I was working as a syndicated personal finance writer and was knowledgeable about such topics as investments and real estate, but I lacked confidence. I realized that if I found it a challenge to manage my inheritance, other people were doubtless feeling the same way.

Bogumil: You discuss the importance of treating inherited money differently. How should we treat it, and why? 

AP:

Inherited money IS different than other money. You didn’t receive it by working hard, saving aggressively or taking a risk in the stock market. You most likely got it because someone died, probably someone for whom you cared. Many heirs feel that these assets are not really theirs; they rightfully belong to the deceased. For that reason, they can be reluctant to sell, divest or manage the assets differently—even when that reluctance is not in their best financial interests.

Regarding your question of how to treat inherited money, I think that the first step for heirs should be to acknowledge these emotional connections. With that understanding, they can then learn more about the best approach for their own financial situations.

Bogumil: Your book reminds us that we are witnessing the biggest inter-generational wealth transfer in the history. The topic has never been more relevant than today, and the challenges of inheritance are affecting more people than ever before. Is that a problem or an opportunity for many of us?

AP:

I think it can be both. Some heirs will be too paralyzed with guilt to manage their money well while others will simply squander it.

However, a bequest can be a life-changing opportunity for many. Whether the estate is small or large, heirs can put it to good use: making a career change, starting a business, paying for college, establishing financial security or giving it to charitable causes.

Bogumil: You write how money is the last taboo, that people are much more willing to reveal very intimate details about their lives than confessing their net worth. You call inheritance a triple taboo—at the intersection of money, death and family relations. Is it something you expect to change?

 AP:

It won’t change until family members begin having open communications with one another. That may mean starting the conversation by discussing your own financial situation and your estate plans to draw out other family members.

It’s also important to try to improve family relationships by mending fences with estranged siblings or other relatives. This can save much future heartache.

Bogumil: You emphasize the importance of talking to our parents about their wealth, their plans and wishes. How do we start that conservation?

 AP:

First, keep in mind that such a talk can make your parents feel vulnerable. They might find discussing their own mortality an anathema or feel that you’re only interested in getting an inheritance and not in their well-being.

To get started, consider some, or all, of these approaches: look for an appropriate time to talk (not over the table at Thanksgiving dinner); suggest that your parents get a “financial checkup” with an advisor (who will surely cover their estate planning); share relevant articles with them, and gently remind them that lack of planning could mean emotional hardship for their heirs.

Bogumil: You share with your readers detailed checklists of what we should do when our parents are still around. Without giving too much away, what’s the number one item, we need to remember?

 AP:

Encourage your parents to sign two types of documents, one giving you or another trusted person the power to make healthcare decisions and one creating a power of attorney for financial matters should they become incapacitated. While these might seem to be giving up too much control, they can in fact do just the opposite—ensure that your parents’ wishes are carried out. These documents can be tailored and designed to be used only in certain or limited circumstances.

When my mother was terminally ill, I found both documents enormously helpful. I could help manage her care with doctors and hospital staff in accordance with her wishes. Without the financial document, I would have been unable to use her bank accounts to pay her bills, manage her IRA accounts and file her tax returns.

Bogumil: In your book, you discuss the need for professional help, could you tell us what an inheritor should look for in the right advisor?

AP:

First off, you must choose a financial advisor with whom you have a good rapport and who will patiently answer all your questions. Your advisor should be willing to discuss how he or she will be reimbursed, by commission, a flat fee for advice or a fee for ongoing money management. You should be convinced that this person puts your interests ahead of their own.

Once you have a good financial advisor, that person should be able to direct you to trustworthy CPAs, insurance brokers and appraisers, serving as a kind of quarterback for your finances.

Bogumil: Our readers find the topic of children and inheritance especially interesting. How do children react to a parent’s sudden inheritance? What should we keep in mind?

AP:

Educate them, in age-appropriate ways, about managing money. Start with an allowance and then slowly increase the amounts and types of saving and spending, permitting them to make mistakes now that will help them cope in the future.

Children should have a sense of how well off the family is so that the amount of a bequest won’t be a jarring surprise at a time of loss. You should also convey in general terms how you will allocate your assets: to all to your children equally, more to one with special needs, or some to charity as well.

They might find such discussions awkward or frightening. If they have questions, you can keep them brief and matter-of-fact. The goal here is to avoid leaving them blind-sided. It’s also important to impart your values and the need to be self-sufficient and create meaning in their lives, so they don’t feel entitled.

Bogumil: Could you talk about the emotional roller-coaster that inheritors often experience?

 AP:

I’ve identified Six Emotional Stages of Inheritance. Not everyone will experience all of them or in this order:

Disbelief—Some heirs still feel like children, even though they’re adults. They may think, “not this, not now.”

Anger—This feeling could stem from a sense of abandonment or a grievance that a parent left the estate in a mess, with no instructions.

Euphoria—Once the reality of the bequest sets in, some heirs may feel exuberant because they’ve never had so much money and they begin thinking of all that they can buy or do. But most should realize that while they can do some things, they can’t and shouldn’t try to do all of them, or they will spend it all.

Guilt—I’ve spoken with many heirs who feel guilty that they inherited only because someone died. They may find it difficult to manage their money or to dedicate it to things that their parents wouldn’t approve.

Paralysis—This may stem from reluctance to sell assets or use them differently from their parents and from fear of making poor choices.

“Heirworthy”—After a period, when negative emotions have run their course, heirs will begin to appreciate what they’ve received and the difference it can make in their lives. They learn to preserve it and invest wisely to leave for their own children and deserving charities.

Bogumil: Thank you so much for your time, we really appreciate it. We hope our readers will find your book equally interesting and inspiring.

Ann Perry’s The Wise Inheritor is available on Amazon.

Available as a video podcast or audio podcast (iTunes and Podbean).

This presentation and its content are for informational and educational purposes only and should not be used as the basis for any investment decision. The information contained herein is based on publicly available sources believed to be reliable but not a representation, expressed or implied, as to its accuracy, completeness or correctness. No information available through this communication is intended or should be construed as any advice, recommendation or endorsement from us as to any legal, tax, investment or other matters, nor shall be considered a solicitation or offer to buy or sell any security, future, option or other financial instrument or to offer or provide any investment advice or service to any person in any jurisdiction. Nothing contained in this communication constitutes investment advice or offers any opinion with respect to the suitability of any security, and has no regard to the specific investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs of any specific recipient. Any reference to a specific company is for illustrative purposes and not a recommendation to buy or sell the securities of such company.

How We Give Matters More Than How Much We Give

Inheriting a fortune – or being lucky enough to leave one to your children – can be a mixed blessing. As the largest-ever intergenerational wealth transfer is upon us, it’s important to realize that how we give may matter more than how much.

We at Sicart Associates have spent our careers as investment advisors to families, and lifelong students of wealth growth & preservation. These are complex concerns. Every family is different, and the financial world does not do us the favor of staying the same through time. Strategies that have worked for one family may be inappropriate for a later generation; earners and inheritors have different approaches to life. Our goal, always, is the financial well-being and prosperity of families for generations.

This concern is urgent as we have already started to experience the great wealth transfer of $12 trillion from the generation born in the 1920s and 1930s to their children, the baby boomers. Over the next few decades will come the unprecedented wealth transfer of $30 trillion from baby boomers to their heirs. (1) Two-thirds of the world’s wealth is currently in the hands of first-generation wealth creators with limited experience in wealth succession planning.

It’s a worldwide phenomenon. The US, with expected average inheritance of $177,000, ranks only 6th in the world, with Australia ($500,000), Singapore ($371,000), the United Kingdom, France and Taiwan leading the pack (2).

This massive shift creates obvious challenges for the families involved. In a multi-part series of articles, we would like to explore the topic of inherited wealth – its blessings, curses, and dilemmas. As investment advisors, we are frequently asked how to help inheritors make career decisions or when to inform young people about their future wealth. We are happy to present here a resource for families with similar questions.

Part 1 – Introducing Barbara Blouin’s publications of the Inheritance Project

Not many books discuss the emotional journeys of inheritors, and few of those have been written from an insider’s perspective. That’s what makes Barbara Blouin’s numerous publications so unique and interesting. In 1992, together with two other inheritors, Mrs. Blouin founded The Inheritance Project. Its goal was to explore the emotional and social impact of inherited wealth, and to show heirs how to claim their personal power and use it to bring meaning to their lives and benefit others.

The Legacy of Inherited Wealth is a good starting point.  Here you’ll find a collection of frank and lively first-person interviews with inheritors. They discuss the challenges and opportunities that inherited wealth can bring.

Mrs. Blouin has published other works that cover specific aspects of inheriting wealth such as finding a meaningful career and passing wealth along to one’s own children. I had the pleasure of talking to Mrs. Blouin and exchanging many emails with her about this project. She graciously gave me a lot of feedback, and guided me in writing this piece featuring her work. Thank you!

Below you will find some highlights from a number of Inheritance Project publications that I found especially relevant. Given the depth and the volume of examples, advice, and life stories shared, it’s hard to give them justice in a brief article.

List of Inheritance Project Publications available at http://inheritance-project.com/

Including the Children

(Here I would expand the discussion to not just children, but to any inheritors who may receive a significant bequest at a young age.)

Emotional dimension

In Passing Wealth Along to our Children, authors Margaret Kiersted, Barbara Blouin & Katherine Gibson discuss the emotionally charged decisions of estate planning. We see how conventional planning focuses on tax and financial priorities, minimizing how parents feel about passing on their wealth. The experts quoted in the book remind us that we might be wrong thinking that we can talk about money in a factual, dispassionate way. It’s easy to overlook the emotional dimension of wealth transfer on both sides, those giving as well as those receiving.

Be positive when you talk about money

In Coming into Money – Preparing Your Children for an Inheritance, Mrs. Blouin writes: “One way to protect your children from misplaced guilt, embarrassment and shame is to teach them — if you feel comfortable doing it — that you are proud of your family heritage. Almost everyone wants to feel that they are part of a family culture and a family tradition. If you feel mostly positive about the wealth your father or great-grandfather created, you can teach your children about your family’s history — how the money was made and the good things that have been done with it.”

It’s not enough to appreciate the emotional dimension of passing wealth along; it helps to focus on the positive side of money – the good it can bring and the family history around it.

The issue of control

We further read in Passing Wealth Along: “Control, or the lack of it, is one of the central issues for many parents in creating their estate plans. On the one hand, they want to help their children by leaving them money. On the other hand, they fear that their largesse could be misused, the wealth could be squandered, and their children could become people of whom they would disapprove.”

Is there a happy middle ground, where we give them enough freedom, yet help them avoid making the biggest mistakes?

Baby steps, allowing for some mistakes

We further learn: “The way children are raised has great impact on how well they cope with their wealth. The more we discuss wealth and its implications with our children while they are growing up, the better they will be equipped to handle their inheritances. If we can afford to, distributing at least some of our wealth before our death gives children the opportunity to make some mistakes and develop some skills.”

Avoiding all mistakes is impossible. Having early, gradual, and open conversations with children may help immensely, but we might need to leave children room to make their own mistakes. These can be learning opportunities.

Work ethic – being a good role model

In Coming into Money – Preparing Your Children for an Inheritance, Mrs. Blouin writes: “Whether you give your children money earlier or later, and whether you give them more money or less, there are things you can do that will be helpful. Modeling a work ethic for your children is essential. […] But it isn’t necessary for you to spend forty or more hours a week earning money at an office in order to be a good role model. It may not even be necessary that you make money. Woody’s [one of the inheritors featured in the book] mother did volunteer work; what he admired was not whether she made money but that her work had intrinsic value. She demonstrated how a person of wealth can serve others.”

It’s quite a feat to be a role model, but given the long-term benefits it can bring, it might be worth the extra effort.

Rethinking the secrecy

In the same publication, we learn more about the need to inform the kids about the inheritance: “In the past, wills were often kept secret. The man of the house, who usually had full legal control of the family assets, did not discuss the terms of his estate, sometimes not even with his wife. Children who wanted to know the terms of their inheritances were seen as greedy and grasping, waiting to benefit from a parent’s death. By the same token, parents who kept their children in the dark were able to use the threat of disinheritance as a tool to manipulate their offspring.”

Again, the manner of giving is more important than the amount, and openness is generally beneficial.

Surprise inheritance may backfire

In Coming into Money – Preparing Your Children for an Inheritance, Mrs. Blouin writes: Responses to a sudden announcement vary widely — from paralysis to anger, from spending sprees to deciding on the spot to give away the entire inheritance. Others respond by leaving their money alone, not spending any of it, and just pretending it isn’t there.”

A large inheritance is a life-changing event, and can take considerable time to process. For that reason it’s often wiser to prepare inheritors with a more gradual revelation of their expectations.

No perfect plan

The authors remind us: “Even if parents plan their estate with the precision of a space launch, life remains unpredictable. There are so many variables involved that it is impossible to create a flawless estate plan.”

As investors, we can’t predict the future. As parents and grandparents, we can’t outguess all possible outcomes either. No plan can cover every eventuality, but it is essential to have a strategy to pass along wealth.

 Career Implications: Looking for purpose and autonomy, while facing high expectations and doubts

 Most young adults look for work that is both meaningful and satisfying. This can be harder to achieve with the prospect of a large inheritance in the future.

 A freedom we all crave, but a complex one

In Labors of Love Mrs. Blouin writes: “Not needing to work for money opens up vast possibilities, unbelievable freedom of choice. Doesn’t everyone, after all, crave that kind of freedom and all the other perks that come with money? What choices do people make when they have so many options from which to choose? Why do some find ways to live full, satisfying, and productive lives? And why do others drift aimlessly and joylessly, without taking hold of anything that sustains them? As an heir, I have been haunted by these questions for many years.”

So how can we lead a full, satisfying, and productive live, and take advantage of the variety of choices we have, instead of drifting aimlessly and joylessly? Perhaps there is no easy answer, but asking the question at least starts the conversation.

 Purpose is all there is

 In Inheritors and Work: the Search for Purpose Barbara Blouin quotes a young inheritor: “When you don’t need to work for survival, purpose is all there is. And when you’re twenty-one and you don’t have the necessity to get out there, it’s an enormous thing to struggle with at a young age. What do I need to do? I don’t need to do anything! I feel the money I inherited is a muting force—like right after a snowstorm, when everything is white and quiet and sort of neutralized. I feel like I’ve been subdued. Nothing stands out more than anything else.”

When earning money is a necessity, the true purpose becomes secondary. Without that financial pressure, the search for purpose becomes the main goal.

In search of autonomy, self-esteem, and identity

We read in the same publication: “The first job that pays a living wage is a rite of passage into autonomy. But when young adults start getting hefty incomes from parents or grandparents, they are likely to question whether or not they could stand on their own.” And further we hear: “Inheritors who have not yet taken the leap into their first job often feel ashamed and inadequate. And their sense of identity may be tenuous.”

We realize how fragile autonomy, self-esteem, even identity may be when young adults are overwhelmed with gracious gifts from the family.

Great expectations and great doubts

The author shares with us that: “Whether young adults have parents who are inheritors or entrepreneurs, they may inherit the considerable baggage of high expectations along with the gift of wealth. Whether such expectations are external or whether they become internalized, or both, the consequences are the same. Sometimes great expectations work well for inheritors. More often, though, heirs either fail to measure up, or they believe they haven’t measured up.”

The advantages of inherited wealth may be accompanied by outsized expectations for inheritors to achieve at the level of their parents or forebears. Failure to do so is naturally very painful.

Do what you love

Later in the book we read: “Some heirs use their unearned income as a springboard to do what they love: to join work with play, to be creative. Doing what you love has an infinite variety of possible shapes. It can mean wedding fulfilling work with money making, or it can mean devoting your time to painting or writing poetry or theater.”

In the most positive scenario, inherited wealth can liberate its recipients to do whatever they love.

Learning to be self-reliant

In Coming into Money – Preparing Your Children for an Inheritance, Mrs. Blouin quotes an inheritor, who shares the family wisdom: “Another family tenet is that money comes and money goes. So, although we were prosperous, we have been educated with the knowledge that war, revolution, depression, inflation and government policies can wipe out funds in the twinkling of an eye. Therefore, it is up to us to educate ourselves and our children in the understanding that we have to be self-reliant.”

Freeing a family from the sense of dependence on inherited wealth is not easy, but self-reliance can be achieved, and is immensely liberating.

Long journey and its turning points

In Labors of love Mrs. Blouin tell us: “As you read this book, I encourage you to pay close attention to the turning points in the lives of these people, for it is in the turning points that the heart of the matter lies. What are those turning points, and what changes did they bring about? Because my purpose is to encourage and inspire by example, my hope is that you will say to yourself, ” If these people could do what they have done, so can I.”

Mrs. Blouin’s publications help us to see that there are many who face the dilemmas of inheritance. Better yet, they inspire to see paths for ourselves, as others have done.

Inheritance can be a blessing

We read in Inheritors and Work: “For those who have found satisfying work they care about, an inheritance is truly a gift and a blessing. This is not to say that all the difficult aspects of being an heir can be neatly disposed of. These individuals still have plenty to contend with. One thing they all share, however, is a history of personal growth. They have committed themselves to the intense ‘inner work’ (3) that theologian Matthew Fox encourages. And the fruition of their inner work manifests in their ability to connect with some form of outer work that benefits not only them but also others. By so doing, their work—whatever it may be—connects them to others and to community. Thus they are able to go beyond their isolation and become whole human beings.”

Through personal growth, satisfying work, connecting with the community, we may realize that inheritance could be a gift, and a blessing allowing us to accomplish more than we could have imagined.

Conclusion

To sum up, there is no single way to prepare our children or descendants for inheriting wealth, but the emotions must be considered as much as the finances. Further, it is a good idea to gradually introduce the next generation to the responsibility, challenges and advantages that come with inheritance. When money is not an issue, career choices may prove to be a search for a true calling which helps earn our autonomy and self-esteem. And finally, many future inheritors will discover giving back as a fulfilling, rewarding part of their journey.

Bogumil Baranowski – January 1st, 2017

Reference:

  1. “We’re On The Verge Of The Greatest Transfer Of Wealth In The History Of The World,” Matma Badkar (Business Insider, June 12, 2014)
  2. “The United States is lagging behind other parts of the world when it comes to leaving inheritances for future generations,” (CNN Money, December 13, 2013)
  3. Matthew Fox, The Reinvention o f Work: A New Vision o f Livelihood in Our Time (SanFrancisco: HarperSanFrancisco, 1994

Available as a video podcast or audio podcast (iTunes and Podbean).

This presentation and its content are for informational and educational purposes only and should not be used as the basis for any investment decision. The information contained herein is based on publicly available sources believed to be reliable but not a representation, expressed or implied, as to its accuracy, completeness or correctness. No information available through this communication is intended or should be construed as any advice, recommendation or endorsement from us as to any legal, tax, investment or other matters, nor shall be considered a solicitation or offer to buy or sell any security, future, option or other financial instrument or to offer or provide any investment advice or service to any person in any jurisdiction. Nothing contained in this communication constitutes investment advice or offers any opinion with respect to the suitability of any security, and has no regard to the specific investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs of any specific recipient.

Cyclical Opinions – Secular Approaches

Technological progress makes the world evolve and change. As it does, Sicart Associates believe that the secret to success is to occasionally adapt opinions to changed circumstances while staying true to our long-term contrarian value investment principles.

 The obsolescence of Ben Graham’s simple value formula

The first time I personally had to reassess previously acquired “certainties” about investing was in the early 1980s.

The pope of value investing — the discipline in which I was educated and mentored — was Benjamin Graham. In the aftermath of the Great Depression, he had pointed out that many companies could be bought for less than their immediate liquidating value, or “net working capital”, a figure that Graham defined very conservatively as current assets (cash, inventories and receivables) less all liabilities.           

If the relevant companies’ accounting methods were honest and conservative, there was no need to make assumptions about future sales, earnings or management quality: you were buying the company for the net value of its readily saleable assets and got everything else (property, machinery, patents, and future growth) for free. What’s more, in markets where information circulated less efficiently and cheaply than today, such undervalued shares were not rare.

However, in the early 1980s all this changed irreversibly. With the advent of cheap computing power and the development of massive databases of corporate financial data, it became possible to screen thousands of companies and, in minutes, to come up with those selling at or below Graham’s definition of net working capital.

Efficient markets responded quickly to this technological breakthrough. In short order the only companies selling below their published net working capital were ones with blemishes or problems that could only be uncovered in the footnotes to the annual reports. Value investors had to resort to other criteria, which often involved making assumptions about the future (growth of sales and earnings, appreciation or obsolescence of assets, etc.).

The (seemingly) inexorable rise of indexing

Today, another technological development may require us to abandon some of our preconceived ideas about portfolio construction – at least cyclically.

The world’s first index mutual fund was created as early as 1975 by John Bogle, the outspoken founder of The Vanguard Group. His idea was that low-cost funds that merely mimicked a benchmark index’s performance over the long run would still outperform many mutual funds simply because of their lower fees. That argument was reinforced by empirical evidence that, over long time frames, very few “active” investment managers had bested or even matched the performance of the leading stock market indexes.

All the same, index investing was slow to gain acceptance and I, too, was highly skeptical at first. Not only was I convinced of the superiority of the value investing discipline on both theoretical and logical grounds, but some of the most successful long-term investors had vindicated that discipline by outperforming the indexes over their full careers.

The problem with indexing, or passive investing, is that it is a form of momentum investing: buying more of what has been going up. This not only disregards valuation, which I believe is key to investment performance, but it could even be considered an anti-value discipline.

Indexing can be beneficial in the early stages of a rising market, when the large companies making up the indexes often outperform the broader markets. But indexing offers no protection in falling markets. In fact it may literally become a bubble factory where yesterday’s stars quickly become tomorrow’s duds. This dynamic is illustrated by the recent extreme example of bond market ETFs (or exchange-traded funds):

Most bond indexes are weighted according to how much debt a company or country has issued. Thus, the more indebted an issuer becomes, the bigger share it will occupy in the index, and the more of its debt passive (or index) funds will be required to buy. This is how many funds loaded up on Argentine debt just before the country’s 2012 default crisis.

Nevertheless, during the 1990s, improved computing and networking technologies allowed large institutions to build portfolios that mimicked major market indexes easily and very cheaply. Since then, such passively managed funds, including exchange-traded funds and index funds, have become increasingly popular: in just the six years to 2015, for example, they grew 73% in size to represent 19% of global assets under management.

The situation for equities alone is similar: most stock indexes are weighted according to market capitalization, so that the more expensive a company’s stock price becomes relative to the market, the more index-trackers will be required to buy of it, regardless of valuation.

Closet indexers: If you can’t beat them, imitate them

Today, U.S. equity index funds alone are estimated to total $4 trillion. But the actual amount of money influenced by the major indexes may actually be much higher: some studies have shown closet indexers to represent as much as 60% of active funds. (S&P Global, September 2016 and Philosophical EconomicsMay 1, 2016)

A growing number of investment managers who still claim to exercise their judgment in the selection process are in fact jumping on the indexing bandwagon by including in their portfolios the most influential stocks from their benchmark index. They are commonly referred to ascloset indexers.

Perhaps the index most widely used by consultants for both portfolio indexing and as a performance benchmark is the Standard &Poor’s 500 index. However, out of the 500 mostly US companies in the index, the largest 50 account for nearly half the index’s total value. Just 100 companies make up almost two-thirds of that total. The stock prices of the other 400 companies have far less influence on the index, even though the smallest one has a market capitalization in excess of $2 billion.

Thus it is fairly easy for closet indexers to nearly mimic the performance of the S&P 500 index with a portfolio of only 50-100 stocks. There is growing evidence that this is what many portfolio managers have been doing, consciously or not, under pressure from marketing departments and statistical consultants.

Currently, the exodus from active towards passive management is still gaining momentum. Only 9.5 percent of actively managed large-cap domestic equity funds beat the S&P 500 Index in the five years ended Aug. 31. That’s the worst five-year performance since 1999, according to Morningstar Inc. As a result, about 3,000 actively run funds saw redemptions of $422 billion over five years, while passive vehicles attracted $480 billion.

In a vicious circle, these flows boost the prices of the stocks included in the indexes and tend to depress those that are not, making it difficult for active managers to outperform the indexes – at least until the indexing bubble bursts.

The Lehman epiphany: Macro counts

In my judgment, through the major cycles punctuating my investment career, the contrarian value discipline has performed satisfactorily. The timing is never perfect. Value investors tend not to participate fully in the most ebullient bull markets, when clients wish for more performance, though they also tend to give back less when markets correct significantly. Overall, though, one can argue that the value discipline outperformed other disciplines over the long term.

But the bear market of 2007-2009 changed this. Two main realizations were shared by some of the most thoughtful value investors.

One was that the modern financial system had become so closely layered into the “real” economy that major financial earthquakes (such as the bursting of the sub-prime lending bubble and the Lehman Brothers’ failure) had the potential to trigger deep and durable domino effects. Deservedly or not, practically every type of share was sucked down in the 2007-2009 whirlpool, including so-called “value stocks.” As a Morningstar Hall of Fame mutual fund manager told me in the aftermath: “Maybe we did not pay enough attention to the macro side of things.”

The other realization was that the old adage “Don’t fight the Fed,” which had in the past applied mostly to short-term traders, was now worth heeding by serious fundamental investors as well. This was the result of policies initiated by the Greenspan Federal Reserve, later emulated and reinforced by the Bernanke and Yellen Federal Reserves and more recently adopted by other major central banks. The new policy idea is that because of the increased interdependence between finance and the real economies, it is prudent to give monetary policy a stimulating bias as soon as the behavior of the stock markets give an early, ominous signal.

Unfortunately, pumping money into the economy does not guarantee that the banking system will lend it – or that consumers and businesses, made prudent by the previous recession, will want to borrow. Before newly-released central bank money finds its way to investment in new equipment or even consumer durables,  the money tends to be parked in the financial markets, boosting bond and stock prices.

Since the still-fragile global economies have responded only hesitantly since the Great Recession to the stimulus from central banks, newly “printed” money has continued to flow to the bond and stock markets in the last few years. It has artificially prolonged the bull markets started in 2009, and created the apparent paradox of lukewarm economies and booming stock markets. The result? Investor complacency.

Charles Mackay observed in his 1841 classic Extraordinary Popular Delusions and the Madness of Crowds:

“Men, it has been well said, think in herds; it will be seen that they go mad in herds, while they only recover their sense slowly, and one by one.”

There is little doubt in my mind that passive investing, despite all its obvious mechanical advantages, exaggerates the natural tendencies of crowd behavior. Keeping this in mind, our challenge is to reconcile

  • our medium-term opinions about the recent trend toward indexing, the role of central banks and the desirability to allocate among at least a few major foreign markets and cash reserves.
  • our long-term principle that the contrarian value approach is more likely to be successful when applied to companies less prominent than the large “usual suspects” followed by a majority of analysts and managers. These less-popular companies are where markets are less efficient and where mispricing thus is more likely to occur, creating investment opportunities for value investors.

Wealth creation is a long-term process

I have examined the performance of various portfolios over several decades and observed that, as the number of investments and of managers or sub-managers increased over the years, the portfolio performances tended to become increasingly similar to those of the leading stock market indexes.

Typically, early performance — when portfolios presumably were smaller and more concentrated, and the markets less efficient — tended to be a little better, whereas in later years, when indexing and closet indexing became major influences on the markets, portfolio performances tended to marginally trail the indexes.

This reminds us of the importance of the long term in wealth creation, as well as of the force of compounding. It also points to the cost of underperforming, even by a small margin, over long periods.

To take an un-spectacular example: If a $10 million portfolio earns, on average, 5% per annum, it will grow to $26.5 million in 20 years and to $70.4 million in 40 years. If the same portfolio grows at 5.5% per annum (only half of one percent faster), it will become $29.2 million in 20 years ($2.6 million better) and $85.1 million in 40 years ($14.7 million better).

To be better, one must be different. We believe the dual strategy outlined below may satisfy both our medium-term and our long-term requirements. Combining macro and micro approaches should allow a large portfolio to outperform most competing portfolios without diverging excessively from the behavior of the overall market.

Approach one: contrarian macro

In a February 2015, white paper (“Is Skill Dead?”), Neil Constable and Matt Kadnar of GMO showed that active large-cap managers who outperform the S&P 500 (at least for a while) tend to owe their performance to holdings, not of broadly-owned, familiar stocks, but of foreign equities, small-caps, and cash.

There is a logic behind this observation. As a group, S&P 500 companies included in a portfolio tend to perform similarly to a S&P 500 index fund, and the same can be inferred for portfolios that hold only the largest companies in the index.

Indexers and closet indexers can thus hope to modestly outperform their overall benchmark during periods when the purchasing associated with indexing boosts the prices of these 50-100 companies. However, over the longer term, indexing will do exactly what its name promises – produce not much less than the index, but no more.

Since our cyclical view is that indexing has become too popular to fit our preferred contrarian approach, we suggest a complementary discipline:

The selection of a few indexed, regional portfolios that would have reasons to be uncorrelated with each other (if only because of currencies) and a very few portfolios of industries where companies have reasonably homogenous behavior, especially if unweighted indexes can be utilized (agricultural and industrial commodities, biotech, etc.).

Such a “macro portfolio” would be rebalanced only rarely, when it is determined that some sectors have benefitted excessively from irrational exuberance or, on the contrary, have been unduly punished by the emotional investor consensus. Significant cash reserves would also be included in that portion of one’s investments for prudential/liquidity reasons as well as to facilitate the occasional rebalancing.

If the new realities of the market and the makeup of its familiar benchmark indexes make it difficult for a large, diversified portfolio to materially outperform “the market,” a macro portfolio of indexed funds with a contrarian bias, which would be re-balanced only rarely, seems sensible. At the very least, that portion of the overall portfolio should incur lower costs than the actively managed part.

Approach two: To win over the long term, pick your battle ground

As indexing becomes more prevalent and tends to shape the behavior of the investment crowd, a manager wishing to outperform over the longer term must look beyond the largest companies populating the leading indexes.

Commercial logic dictates that fewer brokerage analysts follow smaller or more distant companies than follow larger domestic ones with liquid and actively traded shares. The consequence is that markets for less institutionally-popular companies are also less “efficient.” Thus mispriced, undervalued shares are easier to find within that segment of the investment universe, opening up the potential for superior gains. In my view, a significant portion of a large portfolio should thus also be devoted to stock-picking within this more fertile universe.

Our potential advantage in that quest is our chosen time horizon. Most analysts, again for commercial reasons, have a horizon of at most two years. In contrast Sicart Associates focuses on companies’ prospects over three years or more.

Investments selected with that approach typically will not behave in sync with the cycles of the overall market. But this is as it should be when a portfolio results from individual, bottom-up choices, and it should not matter much to investors seeking wealth creation over the long term.

François Sicart – November 3, 2016

This presentation and its content are for informational and educational purposes only and should not be used as the basis for any investment decision. The information contained herein is based on publicly available sources believed to be reliable but not a representation, expressed or implied, as to its accuracy, completeness or correctness. No information available through this communication is intended or should be construed as any advice, recommendation or endorsement from us as to any legal, tax, investment or other matters, nor shall be considered a solicitation or offer to buy or sell any security, future, option or other financial instrument or to offer or provide any investment advice or service to any person in any jurisdiction. Nothing contained in this communication constitutes investment advice or offers any opinion with respect to the suitability of any security, and has no regard to the specific investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs of any specific recipient.

The Entrepreneur and the Steward of Capital

As we work with more and more entrepreneurs around the world, we find a number of key differences between them and portfolio investors.

By nature, entrepreneurs feel that they can succeed at anything if they put their minds to it, so they do not initially see any obstacle to taking on new responsibilities as their family’s steward of capital. But in fact, we believe that the qualities that made them successful entrepreneurs are seldom the same ones that make successful stock market investors. The two have overlapping talents, of course, but we observe that each would often benefit from focusing on the activity that best fits their personality.

Furthermore, since entrepreneurs have had most of their net worth tied up in one business, and they have often limited investing experience beyond that, the anticipation of becoming responsible for a patrimony made up of diverse assets over which they have no management control will create anxiety, even if it is not always acknowledged at first.

It is well-known that the stock market is driven by greed on the one end and fear on the other, and the stock market investor’s skill consists of navigating between these two emotions with a clear head. There is a distinct risk that the former entrepreneurs’ anxiety may cloud their judgment, but once they realize that making money and keeping money require two very different skill sets, we may be able to help.

The big transformation

The challenge of morphing from entrepreneur to steward of capital lies in the dual influence on the stock market of psychology vs. fundamentals. It has been said that, in investment markets, price is driven by sentiment, whereas value is driven by fundamentals. As a result, price and value often diverge widely. Thus decision methods and criteria native to business often do not work as well in the stock market.

To create wealth you start a business with little financial capital and demanding, high-stakes timetables. But at least fortune seems potentially around the corner. To preserve existing wealth, you start with a larger financial capital and no time pressure. But the growth of your fortune will have to await the miracle of compounding over many years. The time factor gives you a major advantage, but it also requires you to take on a different role: to turn from fortune maker to steward of fortune.

Optimistic entrepreneur vs. skeptical investor

The biggest difference between entrepreneurs and investors lies in their nature and view of the world. Entrepreneurs tend to be optimists, while investors tend to look at the world with a healthy dose of skepticism.

Entrepreneurs are not only optimists; they are stubborn optimists.  One reason for many entrepreneurs’ success has been creativity — turning ideas into businesses or, at least, into a competitive edge. They will naturally spend a good part of their time on the offensive, devising aggressive ways to gain market share from competitors, often without bothering to calculate if they are properly compensated for the risks they are taking – first, because they are inveterate optimists and second, because they are confident that they are the masters of their business’s destiny.

Good stock market investors are more likely to seek visible value over imaginary gains. They tend to focus more on the defensive because most of them know that even successful investing is fraught with occasional missteps.  In contrast to the entrepreneur — constantly betting that he or she will win by making the right decision — the stock market investor aims first for fewer costly mistakes. He seeks proper diversification and, in the end, a good overall batting average.  Warren Buffett, arguably the world’s most successful stock market investor says it best:

“Rule No. 1: Never lose money. Rule No. 2: Never forget rule No.1”

One big leap vs. a lifetime of compounding

Entrepreneurs’ wealth creation often happens in a relatively quick leap. In the stock market, wealth is more likely to arrive stealthily, the result of a long-lasting, repetitive, reliable investment process. The latter leads to compounding wealth at a relatively steady rate in the long run. To quote Warren Buffett again:

“My wealth has come from a combination of living in America, some lucky genes…

… and compound interest.”

The daily quote challenge and market folly

Recently an entrepreneur-turned venture capitalist told me how he tried to “dabble” in stock investing, and failed. His returns weren’t terrible, but he couldn’t handle one key aspect of it – the daily price quotes. When he started businesses or invested in companies, he didn’t rely on price quotes as the indicator of success. Instead he worked with regular reports, meetings with management, and a continuous flow of information about how the business was actually doing. This fundamental information gave him comfort and peace of mind about his investments. In contrast, stock market investors’ judgment is constantly challenged by short-term price fluctuations that seem to temporarily contradict their long-term, fundamental analysis.
This conversation made me appreciate even more the unique emotional make-up needed to be a successful stock investor. To some extent it requires a split personality: thinking like a fundamental investor while taking advantage of price fluctuations that the market folly has to offer.

Dangers and rewards of contrarianism

Contrarianism consists of taking positions that are radically different from those of the crowd. In financial investment, I find this approach to be extremely valuable.  Buying something that the crowd does not like will, at the very least, insure that you are not overpaying drastically. If your idea and analysis are basically correct but your timing is not perfect (as is often the case for value investors) you also have a good chance of being bailed out by time and successive business cycles. And if the stock has declined in the meantime, you are given an opportunity to buy more shares at a cheaper price.

In contrast, being a contrarian in business could prove fatal.  If, at the beginning of a down cycle, you accumulated too much time-sensitive or fashion-oriented inventory, or invested in too much new equipment, then losses, and possibly a severe liquidity squeeze, are likely to follow.  In business, time seldom bails you out.

Some successful CEOs are long-term planners, but most are more nimble. They are prompt to recognize new trends for their businesses and quick to adapt when necessary, or to identify and seize new opportunities.  For this reason, despite their theoretically longer-term time commitment, business owners/executives tend to have better instincts for trading than for stock market investing.  Unfortunately, in our team’s long stock market experience, we have seen few sustainable fortunes made by short-term trading.

Good understanding of the business vs. poor understanding of the markets’ perception of it

Long-term successful investing may require more than recognizing a good business. These are usually well recognized, widely understood, followed by many analysts and, through the auction system of financial markets, they are often hugely overvalued.

Overpaying for a great business can lead to poor investment returns, as the market perception gets corrected over time and the price/earnings ratio shrinks along with the overly optimistic expectations. It is not unusual, as a result, for a stock price to fall despite still-satisfactory business performance. History is replete with examples of companies that transformed the world (think railroads, airlines, or radio) and yet failed to profit their early investors.

Managing a portfolio of ideas vs. one single business

Technological change offers immense wealth creation opportunities, but it is also responsible for wealth destruction.

Once omnipresent, Kodak vanished not long ago due to the proliferation of digital photography. (1)

Yahoo was once a $100B+ company, while its core assets were acquired for less than $5B this year. (2). AOL peaked at over $200B+ and ended up at $3B. Looking a bit further back in time, Radio Corporation of America (RCA) was once just as hot as many of the later technology favorites. It went public at $1.50 a share in 1920, rose to $114, only to fall to $2.50 by 1929. Excessive market valuations can turn many into millionaires and billionaires, but mean reversion eventually catches up with inflated expectations.

It might have taken the successful entrepreneur one brilliant idea, or one smart career move to create significant new wealth, but preserving that wealth requires a different strategy. Instead of putting all eggs in one basket — a reasonable tactic for an entrepreneur -— the new investor needs to start thinking beyond one business to building a portfolio of investments. There are two reasons for this:

  • First, with age and the new responsibility of substantial capital to protect, investors will naturally becomes more risk averse. Diversification tends to reduce risk.
  • Second, the entrepreneur-turned-investor will relinquish considerable control. When something fails to develop according to plan in your enterprise, you can react and fix it. With your portfolio companies, your only recourse is to bail out by selling. The consolation is that the shares of listed companies are relatively liquid and you don’t have to spend months looking for an elusive buyer.

Warren Buffett says “I’m a better investor because I’m a businessman, and I’m a better businessman because I’m an investor.” (3) As an entrepreneur you already have a higher, healthier risk tolerance than most stock market investors. You are also more aware and curious about new opportunities and, especially if you have negotiated the sale of your venture(s), you understand that realizing value requires a willing buyer.

All those qualities prepare you better for including wise investing among your wealth preservation strategies. The real question is whether you will put them to better use as a budding stock market investor or as the astute client of a professional portfolio manager.

Bogumil Baranowski | New York City

Sources:

  1. Eastman Kodak Files for Bankruptcy by Michael J. De La Merced (The New York Times, January 19, 2012)
  2. Yahoo Sells To Verizon In Saddest $5 Billion Deal In Tech History by Brian Solomon (Forbes July 25, 2016)
  3. Buffett: The Making of an American Capitalist by Roger Lowenstein (Random House, 2008)

Disclosure: This report is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

The Jade Sculptor and the Serial Entrepreneur

A few years ago, I was invited to visit a new jade museum that was about to open to the public in Beijing. Many of the pieces on display had been left behind by Chiang Kai-shek (former leader of the Kuomintang party) when he and his followers retreated to Taiwan in 1949. The exiles had taken with them many of China’s best artistic treasures but somehow the owner of this privately-owned institution had collected enough of the remaining jade pieces to fill a museum.

Among the masterpieces shown were some highly intricate, almost lace-like sculptures which, the curator explained, had often taken the artist a lifetime to complete. It struck me that many among us might need to think hard to identify a single achievement that defines our life. But the sculptor of one of these masterpieces could take in his lifetime achievement at a glance.

Then recently, a good friend mentioned that his son, a brilliant MIT graduate (who denies any desire or ambition to become a serial entrepreneur) had already created and sold two cloud-computing companies and might soon create a third one.

Success, Achievement, and Fulfillment

The contrast between these two experiences made me reflect on the relative definitions of success, achievement, and fulfillment.

Of the various types of satisfactions we can aim for, success is the easiest, not only to achieve, but also to measure. There is a personal side to success, of course, but it usually is experience-specific: if, for example, a scientific experiment proves your hypothesis, you can claim a success. Success is often concrete, and its results are often measured in the eyes of others: fame, official recognition, and wealth.

Achievement is measured over longer periods of time but tends to reflect an accumulation of successes. As such, it still requires external recognition.

On the other hand, fulfillment must be highly personal. Its external signs are hard to make out and vary from one individual to another, like its causes. It is usually hard won, thus especially sweet. Yet we humans are restless, and even the sense of fulfillment may fade in the absence of new activities and new challenges.

When Enough Is No Longer Enough

Leaving semantics behind, all this introspection brings to mind Charles Handy’s seminal book: The Hungry Spirit (1998 – Broadway Books). It starts with the following paragraphs:

In Africa, they say that there are two hungers, the lesser hunger and the greater hunger. The lesser hunger is for the things that sustain life, the goods and services, and the money to pay for them, which we all need. The greater hunger is for an answer to the question “why?”, for some understanding of what that life is for…

… [Maybe] the greater hunger is not just an extension of the lesser hunger, but something completely different. Maybe money is a necessary but not sufficient condition of happiness, in which case more money will not help, if you already have enough.

Asked what “enough” was, John D. Rockefeller reportedly answered: “One more”. But in fact, I doubt that he was talking about money. In business, money is naturally one measure of success. But with relatively few exceptions, the successful entrepreneurs I have known were motivated by more than financial rewards. For many, perhaps most, an enterprise is at least partly a quest in which products, customers, employees, purpose, success, growth and profit coexist harmoniously. In a successful enterprise or venture, there is therefore an aesthetic reward and perhaps even a degree of higher-level satisfaction.

Shorter cycles and the quest for meaning

Our current challenge is the compressed development time of contemporary businesses, driven by constant technical innovation. Entrepreneurs are blessed by ample venture capital eager to finance start-ups at one end. At the other, investment bankers are equally eager to take young companies public at the first hint of potential success. This financial environment has shortened the entrepreneurial time span of today’s business ventures. This is why, with few exceptions (Apple’s Steve Jobs or Amazon’s Jeff Bezos, maybe), most of today’s successful entrepreneurs are likely to become serial entrepreneurs, starting new ventures, selling them, and so on.

Unless, that is, they prefer at some point to adopt a new life altogether.

The first question to ask ourselves is: “When do the rewards of serial entrepreneurship become enough to satisfy the lesser hunger, but not enough to satisfy the greater hunger?” According to Charles Handy, in the search for meaning in your life:

You cannot move on to a different track unless you realize that you have gone far enough on the present one. If you don’t know what enough is, in material or achievement terms [my emphasis], you are trapped in a rut… and will never know what is outside of that rut.

Each new entrepreneurial venture brings with it a “high” combining new dreams, new challenges, the enjoyment of working again with smaller teams, etc. But, according to some entrepreneurs, even these satisfactions soon becomes repetitive and create a sense of déjà vu, which is bound to further shorten the enjoyment phase of the next venture.

The quest for meaning in the rest of our lives

What to do, then, when you sense that you begin to have “enough?”

Most of the entrepreneurs I know are still relatively young and have not had the leisure to seriously tackle the question of what else they could do “after.” Some retirees go back to school, either to study something they missed at university or to learn a new skill or nurture a dormant talent. In my observation, however, this is more typical of corporate or professional retirees. Still-young retired entrepreneurs are more ambitious for their newly-freed time but this does not mean that they have a more precise awareness of their options. I don’t know the answers either, but I do have some suggestions.

First, as Jeff Bezos says: “One of the huge mistakes people make is that they try to force an interest on themselves. You don’t choose your passions; your passions choose you.” Entrepreneurs know that new ideas come in a random fashion, unexpectedly, often when our mind has been in “neutral” for a while. Thus actively searching for a new passion or a new life mission may be the wrong approach.

Second, the example of Michelangelo has relevance. He famously suggested that the sculptor’s task is to discover and release the statue inside each block of marble. This could be a model for “the rest of our lives:” all we need to do is to chip away at the stone to uncover its potential meaning. Maybe the successful entrepreneur should approach his or her “second act” by first eliminating everything that’s out of the question.

An unusual focusing technique

Steve Jobs, who lived with the prospect of an early death from cancer, did so with urgency. “For the past 33 years,” he said, “I have looked in the mirror every morning and asked myself: ‘If today were the last day of my life, would I want to do what I am about to do today?’ And whenever the answer has been ‘No’ for too many days in a row, I know I need to change something.”

Charles Handy and others recognize that when we are in a reflective mode, we tend to look backward instead of forward. But it can be especially helpful to look backward but from the future. How? By periodically writing the eulogy that we would like our best friend to read at our funeral. In a catchier phrase, author and educator Zoe Weil simply advocates: “Live your epitaph.”

When I started thinking about those questions, I had a nightmare of my epitaph reading: “He beat the Dow Jones”. A commendable achievement, for sure, but still a dismal summary of one’s life. We can never give up on the quest for meaning which (as Leonardo said of art) is never finished but only abandoned. This is why entrepreneurs who have accumulated enough money to satisfy their “lesser hunger” (with a comfortable margin, perhaps) often turn their sights toward charitable activities.

Charitable, creative and efficient

Once we realize we have “enough,” charitable activities become a natural endeavor. “Giving back” is how many entrepreneurs describe this motivation. Initially at least, this altruistic élan may be mixed with remnants of egotism or social ambitions or, at least, with the desire to leave a lasting monument to ourselves. In the end, though, entrepreneurs will be entrepreneurs and they will again become the result-driven perfectionists that thrived in business.

Shortly before I started writing this paper, I had lunch with an old friend, one of the pioneers of venture capital and private equity in Europe. Six years ago he created a foundation that aims to be the pioneer of Venture Philanthropy in France.

Venture Philanthropy was born in the United States and aims to apply the disciplines of private equity and venture capital to charitable organizations: obligation and measurement of results, organization for efficient use of resources, better growth strategies and even different fund- raising approaches. And it makes a long-term commitment to accompany the organizations it has elected to help.

My friend may serve as a model for our discussion. He had long sought to undertake some action for the general good. After looking at the almost limitless opportunities and studying the organizations catering to them, he soon concluded that he could put his long experience of private equity to best use by helping organizations become more business-like in the pursuit of their charitable goals.

His approach has several advantages:

  • Former entrepreneurs do not have to learn new skills. Instead, they use talent that has been tested and proven throughout their careers;
  • They do something that is very similar to the work they just set aside, but still have the satisfaction of making room for their business successors to grow and succeed on their own;
  • They no longer work for money, but they can still use familiar tools to measure their success or failure.

My friend concluded that meaning, in his new life, came from the knowledge that he is using his well-tested expertise while producing results that are beneficial for society as a whole.

That, at least, is one testimony from a successful entrepreneur who thinks he has found a way to satisfy his greater hunger.

Disclosure: This report is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.